Skip to main content

Full text of "Whales, dolphins, and porpoises of the western North Atlantic"

See other formats


Hm.m^-om. 


\\^}-.l,l  v^' ■■■:■%'  *^'  "vVi7t  :i-'>  K.-    ■■„  y.-'L^y.^^':-::' '^■.'•^■■yj*.: 


REFERENCE 


NOAA  Technical  Report  NMFS  CIRC-396 


-<^i 


^Utes  o^ 


ales,  Dolphins,  and  Porpoises  of 
the  Western  North  Atlantic 

A  Guide  to  Their  Identification 


STEPHEN  LEATHERWOOD,  DAVID  K.  CALDWELL, 
and  HOWARD  E.  WINN 

with  special  assistance  by 

William  E.  Schevill  and  Melba  C.  Caldwell 


SEATTLE,  WA 
AUGUST  1976 


NATIONAL   OCEANIC   AND  /      National   Marine 

ATMOSPHERIC   ADMINISTRATION     /       Fisheries   Service 


NOAA  TECHNICAL  REPORTS 
National  Marine  Fisheries  Service,  Circulars 


The  major  responsibilities  of  the  National  Marine  Fisheries  Service  (NMFS)  are  to  monitor  and  assess  the  abundance  and  geographic  distribution  of  fishery 
resources,  to  understand  and  predict  fluctuations  in  the  quantity  and  distribution  of  these  resources,  and  to  establish  levels  for  optimum  use  of  the  resources, 
NMFS  is  also  charged  with  the  development  and  implementation  of  policies  for  managing  national  fishing  grounds,  development  and  enforcement  of  domestic 
fisheries  regulations,  surveillance  of  foreign  fishing  oft  United  States  coastal  waters,  and  the  development  and  enforcement  of  international  fishery  agreements 
and  policies.  NMFS  also  assists  the  fishing  industry  through  marketing  service  and  economic  analysis  programs,  and  mortgage  insurance  and  vessel  construction 
subsidies.  It  collects,  analyzes,  and  publishes  statistics  on  various  phases  of  the  industry. 

The  NOAA  Technical  Report  NMFSCIRC  series  continues  a  series  that  has  been  in  existence  since  1941.  The  Circulars  are  technical  publications  of  general  interest 
intended  to  aid  conservation  and  management.  Publications  that  review  in  considerable  detaU  and  at  a  high  technical  level  certain  broad  areas  of  research  appear  in  this 
series.  Technical  papers  originating  in  economics  studies  and  from  management  investigations  appear  in  the  Circular  series. 

NOAA  Technical  Reports  NMFS  CIRC  are  available  free  in  limited  numbers  to  governmental  agencies,  both  Federal  and  State.  They  are  also  available  in 
exchange  for  other  scientific  and  technical  publications  in  the  marine  sciences.  Individual  copies  may  be  obuined  (unless  otherwise  noted)  from  D83,  Technical 
Information  Division,  Environmental  Science  Information  Center,  NOAA,  Washington,  D.C.  20235.  Recent  Circulars  are; 


315.      Synopsis  of  biological  data   on   the   chum   salmon.    Oncorhynchus   keta 

(Walbaum)  1792.  By  Richard  G.  Bakkala.  March  1970.  iii  +  89  p.,  15  figs.,  51 

tables, 

319.       Bureau  ot  Commercial  Fisheries  Great  Lakes  Fishery  Laboratory,  Ann 

Arbor.  Michigan.  By  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries.  March  1970.  8  p..  7  figs, 

330.  EASTROPAC  Atlas;  Vols.  17.  CaUlog  No.  I  49.4:330/(vol.)  11  vols. 
Available  from  the  Superintendent  of  Documents.  U.S.  Government  Printing 
Office,  Washington,  DC.  20402. 

331.  Guidelines  for  the  processing  of  hot  smoked  chub.  By  H.  L.  Seagran,  J. 
T.  Graikoski.  and  J.  A.  Emerson.  January  1970.  iv  +  23  p..  8  figs.,  2  tables. 

332.  Pacific  hake.  (12  articles  by  20  authors.)  March  1970.  iii  +  152  p..  72 
figs..  47  tables. 

333.  Recommended  practices  for  vessel  sanitation  and  fish  handling.  By 
Edgar  W.  Bowman  and  Alfred  Larsen.  March  1970,  iv  +  27  p..  6  figs. 

335.  Progress  report  of  the  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries  Center  for 
Estuarine  and  Menhaden  Research.  Pesticide  Field  Station.  Gulf  Breeze,  Fla.. 
fiscal  year  1%9.  By  the  Laboratory  staff.  August  1970,  iii  +  33  p.,  29  figs.. 
12  tables. 

336.  The  northern  fur  seal.  By  Ralph  C.  Baker.  Ford  Wilke.  and  C.  Howard 
Baltzo.  April  1970,  iu  +  19  p.,  13  figs, 

.337.  Program  of  Division  of  Economic  Research,  Bureau  of  Commercial 
Fisheries,  fiscal  year  1969.  By  Division  of  Economic  Research.  April  1970.  iii 
+  29  p..  12  figs..  7  Ubies. 

338.  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries  Biological  Laboratory,  Auke  Bay, 
Alaska.  By  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries,  June  1970,  8  p..  6  figs. 

339.  Salmon  research  at  Ice  Harbor  Dam.  By  Wesley  J.  Ebel.  April  1970.  6 
p..  4  figs. 

340.  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries  Technological  Laboratory.  Gloucester. 
Massachusetts.  By  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries.  June  1970.  8  p.,  8  figs. 

341.  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries  Biological  Laboratory, 
Beaufort,  N.C..  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  .30,  1968.  By  the  Laboratory 
suff.  August  1970.  iii  +  24  p..  11  figs..  16  tables. 

342.  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries  Biological  Laboratory, 
St.  Petersburg  Beach,  Florida,  fiscal  year  1969.  By  the  Laboratory  staff. 
August  1970.  iii  +  22  p.,  20  figs..  8  tables. 

343.  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries  Biological  Laboratory. 
Galveston.  Texas,  fiscal  year  1969.  By  the  Laboratory  staff.  August  1970.  iii 
+  39  p..  28  figs..  9  UbIes. 

344.  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries  Tropical  Atlantic  Biological  Laboratory 
progress  in  research  1965-69.  Miami.  Florida.  By  Ann  Weeks.  October  1970.  iv 
+  65  p..  53  figs.. 

346.  Sportsman's  guide  to  handling,  smoking,  and  preserving  Great  Lakes 
coho  salmon.  By  Shearon  Dudley.  J.  T.  Graikoski,  H.  L.  Seagran.  and  Paul  M. 
Earl.  September  1970.  ui  +  28'  p..  15  figs. 

347.  Synopsis  of  biological  data  on  Pacific  ocean  perch,  Sebastodes  atutus. 
By  Richard  L,  Major  and  Herbert  H,  Shippen.  December  1970.  iii  +  38  p..  31 
figs..  U  tables. 


349.  Use  of  abstracts  and  summaries  as  communication  devices  in  technical 
articles.  By  F.  Bruce  Sanford.  February  1971.  iii  +  11  p..  1  fig. 

350.  Research  in  fiscal  year  1%9  at  the  Bureau  ot  Commercial  Fisheries 
Biological  Laboratory.  Beaufort.  N.C.  By  the  Laboratory  staff.  November  1970. 
ii  +  49  p..  21  figs.,  17  tables. 

351.  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries  Exploratory  Fishing  and  Gear  Research 
Base.  Pascagoula.  Mississippi.  July  1,  1967  to  June  30,  1969.  By  Harvey  R. 
BuUis.  Jr.  and  John  R.  Thompson.  November  1970.  iv  +  29  p.,  29  figs,.  1 
Ubie. 

352.  Upstream  passage  of  anadromous  fish  through  navigation  locks  and  use 
of  the  stream  for  spawning  and  nursery  habitat.  Cape  Fear  River.  N.C. 
1962-66.  By  Paul  R.  Nichols  and  Darrell  E.  Louder.  October  1970.  iv  +  12  p., 
9  figs.,  4  tables. 

356.  Floating  laboratory  for  study  of  aquatic  organisms  and  their  environ- 
ment. By  George  R.  Snyder.  Theo,dore  H.  Blahm.  and  Robert  J.  McConnell. 
May  1971.  iii  +   16  p..  11  figs.. 

.tei.  Regional  and  other  related  aspects  of  shellfish  consumption  —  some 
preliminary  findings  from  the  1969  Consumer  Panel  Survey.  By  Morton  M. 
Miller  and  Darrel  A.  Nash.  June  1971.  iv  +  18  p..  19  figs.,  3  tables,  10  apps, 

362,  Research  vessels  of  the  National  Marine  Fisheries  Service.  By  Robert  S. 
Wolf.  August  1971.  iii  +  46  p..  25  figs,.  3  tables.  For  sale  by  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office.  Washington. 
D.C.  20402. 

364.  History  and  development  of  surf  clam  harvesting  gear.  By  Phillip  S. 
Parker.  October  1971.  iv  +  15  p..  16  figs.  For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of 
Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington.  D.C.  20402. 

365.  Processing  EASTROPAC  STD  daU  and  the  construction  of  vertical 
temperature  and  salinity  sections  by  computer.  By  Forrest  R.  Miller  and 
Kenneth  A.  Bliss.  February  1972,  iv  +  17  p..  8  figs..  3  appendix  figs.  For 
sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents.  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office. 
Washington.  D.C.  20402. 

366.  Key  to  field  identification  of  andromous  juvenile  salmonids  in  the  Pacific 
Northwest.  By  Robert  J.  McConnell  and  George  R.  Snyder.  January  1972,  iv 
+  6  p..  4  figs.  For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents.  U.S. 
Government  Printing  Office.  Washington.  D.C.  20402. 

367.  Engineering  economic  model  for  fish  protein  concentration  processes.  By 
K.  K.  Almenas,  L.  C.  DurUla.  R.  C.  Ernst.  J.  W.  Gentry.  M.  B.  Hale,  and  J. 
M.  Marchello.  October  1972.  iii  +  175  p..  6  figs..  6  tables.  For  sale  by  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents.  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office.  Washington, 
D.C.  20402. 

368.  Cooperative  Gulf  of  Mexico  estuarine  inventory  and  study.  Florida; 
Phase  I.  area  description.  By  J.  Kneeland  McNulty.  William  N.  Lindall.  Jr.. 
and  James  E.  Sykes.  November  1972.  vii  +  126  p..  46  figs..  62  UbIes.  For 
sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents.  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington.  DC.  20402. 

369.  Field  guide  to  the  anglefishes  (Pomacanthidae)  in  the  western  Atlantic. 
By  Henry  A.  Feddern.  November  1972.  iii  +  10  p..  17  figs..  For  sale  by  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office.  Washington. 
D.C.  20402. 


Continued  on  inside  back  cover. 


—  ^^^  * 

•^  cr 


DOCUMENT 
LIBRARY 

Woods  Hole  Oceanographic 

NOAA  Technical  Report  NMFS  CIRC-396    \^      institution 


Whales,  Dolphins,  and  Porpoises  of 
the  Western  North  Atlantic 

A  Guide  to  Their  Identification 


STEPHEN  LEATHERWOOD,  DAVID  K.  CALDWELL, 
and  HOWARD  E.  WINN 

with  special  assistance  by 

William  E.  Schevill  and  Melba  C.  Caldwell 


SEATTLE,  WA 
AUGUST  1976 


I  CD      UNITED  STATES  /    NATIONAL  OCEANIC  AND  /    National  Marine 

i^      DEPARTMENT  OF  COMMERCE  /      ATMOSPHERIC  ADMINISTRATION         /      Fisheries  Service 

Elliot  L.  Richardson,  Secretary  /  Robert  M   Wtiite,  Administrator      /  Robert  W   Sclioning   Director 


For  Sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,   U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 
Washington,  D.C.  20402  Stock  No.  003-020-00119-0 


'^ENT  O^ 


PREFACE 

In  March  1972,  the  Naval  Undersea  Center  (NUC),  San  Diego,  CaUf.  in  cooperation  with  the  National 
Marine  Fisheries  Service  (NMFS),  Tiburon,  Calif,  published  a  photographic  field  guide— The  Whales,  Dolphins 
and  Porpoises  of  the  Eastern  North  Pacific.  A  Guide  to  Their  Identification  in  the  Water,  by  S.  Leatherwood, 
W.E.  Evans,  and  D.W.  Rice  (NUC  TP  282).  This  guide  was  designed  to  assist  the  layman  in  identifying  the 
cetaceans  he  encountered  in  that  area  and  was  intended  for  use  in  two  ongoing  whale  observer  programs, 
NUC's  Whale  Watch  and  NMFS's  Platforms  of  Opportunity.  The  rationale  of  these  programs  was  that  since 
oceanographers,  commercial  and  sport  fishermen,  naval  personnel,  commercial  seamen,  pleasure  boaters,  and 
coastal  aircraft  pilots  together  canvas  large  areas  of  the  oceans  which  scientists  specializing  in  whales 
(cetologists)  have  time  and  funds  to  survey  only  occasionally,  training  those  persons  in  species  identification 
and  asking  them  to  report  their  sightings  back  to  central  data  centers  could  help  scientists  more  clearly 
understand  distribution,  migration,  and  seasonal  variations  in  abundance  of  cetacean  species.  For  such  a 
program  to  work,  a  usable  field  guide  is  a  requisite.  Because  the  many  publications  on  the  whales,  dolphins,  and 
porpoises  of  this  region  were  either  too  technical  in  content  or  too  limited  in  geographical  area  or  species 
covered  to  be  of  use  in  field  identification,  and  because  conventional  scientific  or  taxonomic  groupings  of  the 
animals  are  often  not  helpful  in  field  identification,  the  photographic  field  guide  took  a  different  approach. 
Instead  of  being  placed  into  their  scientific  groups,  species  were  grouped  together  on  the  basis  of  similarities  in 
appearance  during  the  brief  encounters  typical  at  sea.  Photographs  of  the  animals  in  their  natural 
environment,  supplemented  by  drawings  and  descriptions  or  tables  distinguishing  the  most  similar  species, 
formed  the  core  of  the  guide. 

Despite  deficiencies  in  the  first  effort  and  the  inherent  difficulties  of  positively  identifying  many  of  the 
cetacean  species  at  sea,  the  results  obtained  from  the  programs  have  been  encouraging.  Many  seafarers  who 
had  previously  looked  with  disinterest  or  ignorance  on  the  animals  they  encountered  became  good  critical 
observers  and  found  pleasure  in  the  contribution  they  were  making.  The  potential  for  the  expansion  of  such 
observer  programs  is  enormous. 

Because  of  these  initial  successes  and  the  large  number  of  requests  for  packets  from  persons  working  at 
sea  off  the  Atlantic  coast  of  North  America,  this  guide  was  planned.  Many  of  the  errors  and  deficiencies  of  the 
Pacific  Guide  have  been  corrected,  and  the  discussions  of  the  ranges  of  many  of  the  species  have  been  expanded 
with  considerations  of  the  major  oceanographic  factors  affecting  their  distribution  and  movements.  While  the 
present  volume,  like  the  Pacific  Guide,  is  intended  as  an  aid  to  the  identification  of  living  animals  at  sea,  new 
materials  have  been  provided  to  aid  in  the  identification  and  reporting  of  stranded  specimens,  a  major  source  of 
data  and  study  material  for  museums.  This  new  dimension  is  expected  to  assist  the  U.S.  National  Museum, 
various  regional  museums,  and  other  researchers  actively  collecting  cetacean  materials  for  display  and  study 
in  the  implementation  of  their  stranded  animal  salvage  programs.  Through  a  cooperative  effort  of  this  kind,  the 
best  possible  use  can  be  made  of  all  materials  that  become  available. 

As  a  part  of  continuing  research,  this  guide  will  be  revised  whenever  possible.  Suggestions  for  its 
improvement  will  at  all  times  be  welcome. 


Funds  for  the  preparation  of  this  guide  were  provided  by  a  grant  to  Stephen  Leatherwood  from  the  Platforms 
of  Opportunity  Program,  National  Marine  Fisheries  Service,  National  Oceanic  and  Atmospheric 
Administration,  Tiburon,  Calif.,  Paul  Sund,  Coordinator. 


CONTENTS 

Introduction 1 

Classification  of  cetaceans 1 

Dolphin  or  porpoise 5 

Organization  of  the  guide 5 

How  to  use  the  guide 7 

To  identify  animals  at  sea 7 

To  identify  stranded  animals 7 

To  record  and  report  information 7 

Directory  to  species  accounts: 

Large  whales: 

With  a  dorsal  fin 10 

Without  dorsal  fin   13 

Medium-sized  whales: 

With  a  dorsal  fin 14 

Without  dorsal  fin   15 

Small  whales,  dolphins,  and  porpoises  with  a  dorsal  fin 16 

Species  accounts: 

Large  whales  with  a  dorsal  fin: 

Blue  whale 19 

Fin  whale 26 

Sei  whale 32 

Bryde's  whale 37 

Humpback  whale 40 

Large  whales  without  dorsal  fin: 

Bowhead  whale 49 

Right  whale 52 

Sperm  whale 57 

Medium-sized  whales  with  a  dorsal  fin: 

Minke  whale 63 

Northern  bottlenosed  whale 67 

Goosebeaked  whale 70 

Other  beaked  whales 74 

True's  beaked  whale 77 

Antillean  beaked  whale 78 

Dense-beaked  whale 80 

North  Sea  beaked  whale 82 

Killer  whale 84 

False  killer  whale 88 

Atlantic  pilot  whale 91 

Short-finned  pilot  whale 94 

Grampus 96 

Medium-sized  whales  without  dorsal  fin: 

Beluga 99 

Narwhal 102 

Small  whales,  dolphins,  and  porpoises  with  a  dorsal  fin: 

Atlantic  spotted  dolphin 104 

Bridled  dolphin 108 

Spinner  dolphin 110 

Striped  dolphin 113 

Saddleback  dolphin 116 

Fraser's  dolphin 120 

Atlantic  white-sided  dolphin  123 

White-beaked  dolphin 126 

Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphin  128 

Guiana  dolphin 132 

Rough  toothed  dolphin 135 

Pygmy  killer  whale  138 

Many-toothed  blackfish 142 

Pygmy  sperm  whale  144 

Dwarf  sperm  whale 148 

Harbor  porpoise 150 

Acknowledgments 152 


111 


Selected  bibliography 152 

Appendix  A,  Tags  on  whales,  dolphins,  and  porpoises 154 

Appendix  B,  Recording  and  reporting  observations  of  cetaceans  at  sea 160 

Appendix  C,  Stranded  whales,  dolphins,  and  porpoises;  with  a  key  to  the  identification  of  stranded 

cetaceans  of  the  western  North  Atlantic 163 

Appendix  D,  Recording  and  reporting  data  on  stranded  cetaceans  169 

Appendix  E,  List  of  institutions  to  contact  regarding  stranded  cetaceans 171 


The  National  Marine  Fisheries  Service  (NMFS)  does  not  approve,  rec- 
ommend or  endorse  any  proprietary  product  or  proprietary  material 
mentioned  in  this  publication.  No  reference  shall  be  made  to  NMFS,  or 
to  this  publication  furnished  by  NMFS,  in  any  advertising  or  sales  pro- 
motion which  would  indicate  or  imply  that  NMFS  approves,  recommends 
or  endorses  any  proprietary  product  or  proprietary  material  mentioned 
herein,  or  which  has  as  its  purpose  an  intent  to  cause  directly  or  indirectly 
the  advertised  product  to  be  used  or  purchased  because  of  this  NMFS 
publication. 


Whales,  Dolphins,  and  Porpoises  of  the 
Western  North  Atlantic 

A  Guide  to  Their  Identification 

STEPHEN  LEATHERWOOD,'    DAVID  K.  CALDWELL/    and 
HOWARD  E.WINN' 

with  special  assistance  by 
WUliam  E .  Schevill  *  and  Melba  C .  Caldwell ' 


ABSTRACT 

This  field  guide  is  designed  to  permit  observers  to  identify  the  cetaceans  (whales,  dolphins,  and  porpoises) 
they  see  in  the  western  North  Atlantic,  including  the  Caribbean  Sea.  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  the  coastal 
waters  of  the  United  States  and  Canada.  The  animals  described  are  grouped  not  by  scientific  relationships  but 
by  similarities  in  appearance  in  the  field.  Photographs  of  the  animals  in  their  natural  environment  are  the  main 
aids  to  identification. 

A  dichotomized  key  is  provided  to  aid  in  identification  of  stranded  cetaceans  and  appendices  describe  how 
and  to  whom  to  report  data  on  live  and  dead  cetaceans. 


INTRODUCTION 

All  whales,  dolphins,  and  porpoises  belong  to  an  order  or 
major  scientific  group  called  the  Cetacea  by  scientists.  They 
are  all  mammals  (air-breathing  animals  which  have  hair  in  at 
least  some  stage  of  their  development,  maintain  a  constant 
body  temperature,  bear  their  young  alive,  and  nurse  them  for 
a  while)  which  have  undergone  extensive  changes  in  body 
form  (anatomy)  and  function  (physiology)  to  cope  with  a  life 
spent  entirely  in  the  water.  The  breathing  aperture(s),  called 
a  blowhole  or  blowholes,  has  (have)  migrated  to  the  top  of  the 
head  to  facilitate  breathing  while  swimming;  the  forward 
appendages  have  become  flippers;  the  hind  appendages  have 
nearly  disappeared,  they  remain  only  as  small  traces  of  bone 
deeply  imbedded  in  the  muscles.  Propulsion  is  provided  by 
fibrous,  horizontally  flattened  tail  flukes. 

Scientists  recognize  two  suborders  of  living  cetaceans:  the 
whalebone  whales,  suborder  Mysticeti,  and  the  toothed 
whales,  suborder  Odontoceti.  The  two  groups  are  separated 
in  the  following  ways: 

BALEEN  OR  WHALEBONE  WHALES.  These  animals  are 
called  whalebone  whales  because  when  fully  formed  instead 
of  teeth  they  have  up  to  800  or  more  plates  of  baleen  or 
whalebone  depending  from  the  roof  of  the  mouth.  They  use 
these  plates  to  strain  their  food,  which  consists  of  "krill" 


'Biomedical  Division,  Undersea  Sciences  Department,  Naval 
Undersea  Center,  San  Diego.  CA  92132. 

'Biocommunication  and  Marine  Mammal  Research  Facility, 
C.  V.  Whitney  Marine  Research  Laboratory  of  the  University  of  Florida, 
St.  Augustine,  FL  32084. 

'Graduate  School  of  Oceanography,  University  of  Rhode  Island. 
Kingston,  RI  02881. 

'Woods  Hole  Oceanographic  Institution.  Woods  Hole,  MA  02543  and 
Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  MA 
02138. 


(primarily  small  crustaceans)  and/or  small  schooling  fish,  by 
taking  water  into  the  mouth  and  forcing  it  out  through  the 
overlapping  fringes  of  the  baleen  plates.  Baleen  whales  are 
externally  distinguishable  from  toothed  whales  by  having 
paired  blowholes.  There  are  eight  species  of  baleen  whales  in 
the  western  North  Atlantic,  ranging  in  size  from  the  minke 
whale  (just  over  30  feet  [about  9.1  m])'to  the  blue  whale  (85 
feet  [25.9  m]). 

TOOTHED  WHALES.  Unlike  the  baleen  whales,  the  toothed 
whales  do  have  teeth  after  birth.  The  teeth  vary  in  number 
from  2  to  over  250,  though  they  may  sometimes  be  concealed 
beneath  the  gum.  In  addition,  toothed  whales  have  only  a 
single  blowhole.  This  group  includes  the  animals  commonly 
called  dolphin  or  porpoise  as  well  as  some  commonly  called 
whales  (for  example,  the  sperm  whale).  There  are  currently 
about  30  species  of  toothed  whales  known  from  the  western 
North  Atlantic,  ranging  in  maximum  adult  size  from  the 
common  or  harbor  porpoise,  which  is  approximately  5  feet 
(1.5  m)  long,  up  to  the  sperm  whale  which  reaches  a  length  of 
68  feet  (20.7  m).  Several  other  species  which  are  expected  to 
be  found  in  this  region,  though  they  have  not  yet  been 
reported,  are  also  included  in  this  guide. 

CLASSIFICATION  OF  CETACEANS 

In  addition  to  the  two  suborders  (Mysticeti  and 
Odontoceti),  the  cetacean  order  contains  numerous  families, 
genera,  and  species.  Each  of  these  groupings  represents  a 
progressively  more  specialized  division  of  the  animals  into 
categories   on   the    basis   of   similarities    in   their   skulls. 


'Throughout  this  guide,  measurements  are  given  first  in  feet  or 
inches,  followed  in  parentheses  by  their  equivalents  in  meters  or 
centimeters.  It  is  recognized  that  field  estimates  cannot  be  as  precise  as 
most  of  the  conversions  used. 


ATLANTIC  OCEAN 


Figure  l.-The  western  North  Atlantic,  from  Ut.  35°N-65°N. 


postcranial  skeletons,  and  external  characteristics.  The 
discipline  which  concerns  itself  with  naming  an  animal  and 
assigning  it  to  its  appropriate  scientific  category  is  known  as 
taxonomy.  An  example  of  the  classification  of  a  cetacean 
species  is  shown  in  the  following: 


SCIENTIFIC  CLASSIFICATION  OF  THE 
ATLANTIC  BOTTLENOSED  DOLPHIN 


Kingdom: 

Phylum: 


Subphylum:      Vertebrata 


Class: 


Order: 


Suborder: 


Animalia  all  animals 

Chordata  having  at  some  stage  a  noto- 

chord,  the  precursor  of  the 
backbone 
animals     with     backbones- 
fishes,  amphibians,  reptiles, 
birds,  and  mammals 

Mammalia  animals  that  suckle  their 
young 

Cetacea  carnivorous,    wholly    aquatic 

mammals:  whales,  including 
dolphins  and  porpoises 

Odontoceti  toothed  whales  as  distinguish- 
ed from  Mysticeti,  the 
baleen  whales 


Family:  Delphinidae      dolphins 

Genus:  Tursiops  bottlenosed  dolphins 

Species:  truncatus  Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphin 

Modern  taxonomy  had  its  origin  with  the  Swedish 
naturalist  Linnaeus,  whose  tenth  edition  of  the  Systema 
Naturae  in  1758  forms  the  official  starting  point.  Following 
Linnaeus,  modern  scientific  names  consist  of  two  words,  a 
generic  name,  which  has  an  initial  capital,  and  a  species  name, 
which  rarely  does,  occasionally  in  botany  (some  species 
names  deriving  from  a  person's  name  are  capitalized).  Both 
names  are  usually  of  Latin  origin  (sometimes  Greek)  and  are 
italicized  or  underlined.  These  scientific  names  are  of 
particular  importance  because,  although  common  names  of 
species  often  are  different  in  different  countries  or  even  in 
different  regions  of  the  same  country,  the  scientific  name 
remains  the  same.  For  example,  the  right  whale  is  uni- 
versally known  as  Eubalaerva  glacialis  though  its  common 
names  include  black  right  whale,  nordcaper,  sletbag,  Biscay 
whale,  and  Biscayan  right  whale. 

Although  classification  of  many  species  is  still  in  a  state  of 
flux,  the  classification  of  western  North  Atlantic  cetaceans 
followed  in  this  guide  is  as  follows: 


Figure  2.-1116  western  North  Atlantic,  from  lat.  37°N  south  to  eastern  Venezuela. 


Order  Cetacea 

Suborder  Mysticeti — Baleen  whales 
Family  Balaenopteridae— Rorquals 

Balaenopteraacutorostrata 

Balaenoptera  physalus 

Bataenoptera  musculus 

Balaenoptera  borealis 

Balaenoptera  edeni 

Megaptera  novaeangliae 
Family  Balaenidae— Right  whales 

Balaenamysticetus 

EubalaerM  glacialis 
Suborder  Odontoceti— Toothed  whales 
Family  Ziphiidae 

Mesoplodon  bidens 

Mesoplodon  densirostris 


Page  of 

synoptic  account 

of  the  species 


Lacepede 1804 

Minke  whale 

63 

(Linnaeus  1758) 

Fin  whale 

26 

(Linnaeus  1758) 

Blue  whale 

19 

Lesson  1828 

Sei  whale 

32 

Anderson  1879 

Bryde's  whale 

37 

(Borowski  1781) 

Humpback  whale 

40 

Linnaeus  1758 

Bowhead  whale 

49 

(Borowski  1781) 

Right  whale 

52 

(Sowerby  1804) 

North  Sea  beaked  whale 

82 

(Blainvillein 

Dense-beaked  whale 

80 

Desmarestl817) 

blowho  les 


dorsal    fin 


baleen  ar 
wha I e  bone 


t  h  roa  t 
g  rooves 


umbilicus 
(  novel ) 


Figure  3.  — A  baleen  whale  (humpback)  showing  the  main  body  parts  referred  to  in  the  text. 


Mesoplodon  europaeus 

(Gervais  1855) 

Antillean  beaked  whale 

78 

Mesoplodon  mirus 

True  1913 

True's  beaked  whale 

77 

Ziphius  cavirostris 

G.Cuvierl823 

Goosebeaked  whale 

70 

Hyperoodon  ampullatus 

(Forster  1770) 

Northern  bottlenosed  whale 

67 

Family  Physeteridae 

Physeter  catodon 

Linnaeus  1758 

Sperm  whale 

57 

Kogiabreviceps 

(Blainville  1838) 

Pygmy  sperm  whale 

144 

Kogia  simus 

(Owen  1866) 

Dwarf  sperm  whale 

148 

Family  Monodontidae 

• 

Monodon  monoceros 

Linnaeus  1758 

Narwhal 

102 

Delphinapterus  leucas 

(Pallas  1776) 

Beluga 

99 

Family  Stenidae 

Steno  bredanensis 

(G.  Cuvier  in  Lesson  1828) 

Rough-toothed  dolphin 

135 

Sotalia  guianensis 

(P.-J.  van  Beneden  1864) 

Guiana  dolphin 

132 

Family  Delphinidae 

Peponocephalaelectra 

(Gray  1846) 

Many-toothed  blackfish 

142 

Feresaattenuata 

Gray  1874 

Pygmy  killer  whale 

138 

Pseudorca  crassidens 

(Owen  1846) 

False  killer  whale 

88 

Globicephala  melaena 

(Traill  1809) 

Atlantic  pilot  whale 

91 

Globicephala  macrorhynckus 

Gray  1846 

Short-finned  pilot  whale 

94 

Orcinus  orca 

(Linnaeus  1758) 

Killer  whale 

84 

Lagenorhynchus  albirostris 

Gray  1846 

White-beaked  dolphin 

126 

Lagenorhynchus acutus 

(Gray  1828) 

Atlantic  white-sided  dolphin 

123 

Lagenodetphis  hosei 

Fraser 1956 

Fraser's  dolphin 

120 

Tursiops  truncatus 

(Montagu  1821) 

Bottlenosed  dolphin 

128 

Grampus  griseus 

(G.  Cuvier  1812) 

Grampus 

96 

SteneUa  longirostris 

Gray  1828 

Spinner  dolphin 

110 

Stenella  frontalis 

(G.  Cuvier  1829) 

Bridled  dolphin 

108 

Stenella  coeruleoalba 

(Meyen  1833) 

Striped  dolphin 

113 

Stenella  plagiodon 

(Cope  1866) 

Spotted  dolphin 

104 

Delphinus  delphis 

Linnaeus  1758 

Saddleback  dolphin 

116 

Family  Phocoenidae 

Phocoenaphocoena 

(Linnaeus  1758) 

Harbor  porpoise 

150 

This  tentative  classification  follows  an  unpublished  list  by 
W.E.  Schevilland  E.M.  Mitchell  currently  under  review.  The 


scientific  names  are  followed  by  the  name  of  the  individual 
who  named  the  species  and  the  year  of  naming,  and  then  by 


Figure  4.  — A  fin  whale  in  the  North  Atlantic  with  the  paired  blowholes 
open  during  respiration.  The  paired  blowholes  distinguish  this  animal  as  a 
baleen  whale.  (Photo  by  W.  A.  Watkins.) 


the  common  name  most  often  used  in  the  western  North 
Atlantic'  It  may  be  noted  that  some  of  the  authors  are  in 
parentheses.  This  indicates  that  though  the  species  name  has 
remained  the  same  since  the  date  of  naming  the  species  has 
since  been  assigned  to  another  genus.  Because  the  species  are 
not  arranged  in  taxonomic  order  in  this  field  guide,  the  page 
of  the  synoptic  account  of  each  is  p  "ovided  in  the  column  to  the 
right. 

DOLPHIN  OR  PORPOISE 

There  is  still  considerable  controversy  over  the  correct 
usage  of  the  terms  dolphin  and  porpoise.  As  mentioned  in  the 
preceding  section,  common  names  of  any  species  may  vary 
from  locale  to  locale  and  even  from  individual  to  individual. 
Some  persons  argue  for  the  use  of  the  term  porpoise  for  all 
small  cetaceans.  Others  insist  on  the  term  dolphin.  Still 
others  either  randomly  use  the  terms  or  call  members  of  the 


'  Most  common  names  are  based  on  some  characteristic  of  the  species 
(e.g..  spotted  dolphin,  striped  dolphin,  rough-toothed  dolphin);  others 
are  the  names  of  authors  of  the  species  (e.g.,  True's  beaked  whale)  or  of 
habitats  or  macrohabitats  which  they  inhabit  (e.g..  North  Sea  beaked 
whale  and  harbor  porpoise);  the  origins  of  some  common  names,  however, 
are  less  obvious  (e.g..  dense-beaked  whale),  and  of  less  use  in  field 
references. 


family  Delphinidae  dolphins  and  members  of  the  family 
Phocoenidae  porpoises.  The  evidence  supporting  any  one  of 
these  positions  is  confusing  at  best  and  no  usage  of  terms 
appears  to  be  without  problems.  We  see  no  wholly 
satisfactory  resolution  to  the  problem  at  this  time.  For  all 
these  reasons,  we  have  little  desire  to  defend  our  decision  to 
follow  the  last  of  these  practices  in  this  guide,  referring  to  all 
members  of  the  family  Delphinidae  for  which  the  term 
dolphin  or  porpoise  appears  in  the  common  name  as  dolphins, 
and  to  the  one  member  of  the  family  Phocoenidae  represented 
in  the  western  North  Atlantic,  Phocoerm  phocoena,  as  the 
harbor  porpoise.  Although  all  cetaceans  may  be  regarded  as 
whales,  the  term  "whale"  most  commonly  applies  to  the 
larger  animals.  For  all  species  treated,  other  common  names 
by  which  they  may  be  known  are  also  listed. 

Detailed  treatment  of  the  relative  merits  of  the  various 
terminologies  is  inappropriate  here.  Furthermore,  it  is  our 
opinion  that  the  usage  of  the  terms  dolphin,  porpoise,  and 
whale  as  part  of  the  common  names  of  cetaceans  is  largely  a 
matter  of  personal  preference. 


ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  GUIDE 

The  differences  between  baleen  and  toothed  whales  are 
easy  enough  to  see  in  animals  washed  up  on  the  beach  or 
maintained  in  a  tank  at  a  zoo  or  aquarium.  But  since  an  animal 
at  sea  can  seldom  be  examined  that  closely,  its  most  obvious 
characteristics  may  be  its  overall  size,  the  presence  or 
absence  of  a  dorsal  fin,  its  prominent  coloration  or  markings, 
its  general  behavior,  or  its  swimming,  blowing,  and  diving 
characteristics.  For  that  reason,  regardless  of  their  scientific 
relationships,  all  the  whales,  dolphins,  and  the  one  porpoise 
covered  in  the  main  text  of  this  guide  are  divided  into  three 
groups.  Those  over  40  feet  (12.2  m)  long  are  discussed  in  the 
section  on  Large  Whales,  those  from  13  to  40  feet  (4.0  to  12.2 
m)  in  the  Medium- Sized  Whale,  and  those  less  than  13  feet 
(4.0  m)  in  the  Small  Whales,  Dolphins,  and  Porpoise  (with  a 
dorsal  fin).  There  are  no  small  whales,  dolphins,  or  por- 
poises in  this  region  without  a  dorsal  fin.  Each  section  is 
further  divided  into  those  animals  with  a  dorsal  fin  and  those 
without.  From  that  point,  animals  likely  to  be  confused  in 
the  field  are  grouped  together  and  the  important  differ- 
ences between  them  are  discussed. 

The  synoptic  accounts  of  the  species  are  followed  by  five 
appendices:  Appendix  A  discusses  and  illustrates  man-made 
and  applied  tags  and  natural  markings  on  cetaceans  and  their 
importance  in  studies  of  natural  history.  Appendix  B 
discusses  the  data  which  are  most  important  to  record  in 
observations  of  cetaceans  at  sea,  gives  examples,  and 
provides  blank  sighting  forms.  Appendix  C  discusses  possible 
causes  of  cetacean  strandings  and  the  manner  in  which 
stranded  animals  should  be  handled  and  adds  a  key  and  tables 
to  aid  in  identifying  stranded  cetaceans.  Appendix  D 
provides  guidelines  for  collecting  data  on  stranded  cetaceans 
and  provides  forms  and  specific  instructions  for  taking 
standard  measurements.  Appendix  E  lists  institutions  to  be 
contacted  in  the  event  of  a  cetacean  stranding  or  for 
information. 

A  bibliography  of  useful  references  on  cetaceans  in 
general  and  cetaceans  of  this  region  in  particular  and  a 
directory  to  species  accounts  are  included. 


Figure  5.  — A  humpback  whale  lying  on 
its  left  side  on  the  deck  of  a  Canadian 
whaling  station.  Note  the  fringes  of 
baleen  suspended  from  the  roof  of  the 
mouth.  {Photo  by  J.  G.  Mead.) 


/•"^SVtlv. 


Figure  7.  — The  open  mouth  of  an  Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphin  from  the 
northeastern  Gulf  of  Mexico.  All  toothed  whales  have  teeth,  which  are 
used  primarily  for  grasping  rather  than  lor  chewing.  The  number  varies 
from  2  to  over  250.  though  they  are  buried  beneath  the  gums  in  females 
and  immature  animals  of  several  species,  take  peculiar  form  in  one 
(narwhal), andareextensively  worn  in  others. (PAoto  6vi).  K.  CaldwelL) 


HOW  TO  USE  THE  GUHJE 

To  Identify  Animals  at  Sea 

The  three  major  sections  of  the  guide  (i.e.,  large,  medium, 
and  small  whales)  are  preceded  by  a  directory  to  species 
accounts,  which  is  a  summary  of  the  most  obvious 
characteristics  of  each  species  and  in  which  summary 
statements  about  each  characteristic  are  arranged  in  parallel 
order.  To  use  the  guide  to  identify  living  animals  observed  at 
sea,  a  person  or  persons  should: 

1.  First  estimate  the  animal's  size  and  determine  whether 
or  not  it  has  a  dorsal  fin. 

2.  Note  also  any  distinctive  features  of  body  shape  and 
coloration  and  observe  its  general  behavior,  including 
swimming,  blowing,  and  diving  characteristics.  It  should  be 
noted  that  coloration  may  vary  somewhat  at  sea,  depending 
on  light  conditions  and  water  clarity.  For  example,  animals 
which  appear  dark  gray  or  black  at  the  surface  or  when  dead 
may  appear  brown  in  good  light  or  when  submerged.  Making 
a  brief  sketch  at  this  point  may  aid  in  identifying  the  animal  or 
in  later  recalling  its  distinctive  features. 

3.  Using  the  directory,  locate  the  section  to  which  the 
animal  probably  belongs. 

4.  Then,  for  more  detailed  information,  consult  the  section 
indicated.  There  you  will  find  a  more  complete  discussion  of 
the  animal's  range,  size,  and  distinctive  characteristics.  In 
addition,  you  will  find  a  brief  discussion  distinguishing  it  from 
animals  with  which  it  is  likely  to  be  confused  in  the  field. 


Figure  6.  — Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphin  mother  and  calf  from  north- 
eastern Florida.  Note  the  single  open  blowhole,  a  characteristic  that 
marks  these  animals  as  toothed  whales.  {Photo  c<mrte$y  of  Marmeland 
of  Florida.) 


This  guide  will  probably  work  best  if,  in  advance  of 
attempting  to  use  the  key  in  the  field,  the  reader  will 
familiarize  himself  with  the  general  outline,  with  characters 
or  behaviors  to  note,  and  with  the  locations  of  the  various 
species  accounts.  It  will  also  help  if  he  schools  himself  to  ask  a 
series  of  questions  about  the  animal(s)  he  sees  at  the  time  of 
the  encounter  rather  than  depending  on  his  recall  at  a  later 
time  (see  p.  160).  As  we  have  emphasized  several  times  in 
this  guide,  positive  identification  of  cetaceans  at  sea  can 
only  occasionally  be  made  on  the  basis  of  a  single  character- 
istic. Therefore,  the  greater  the  amount  of  pertinent  evi- 
dence an  observer  obtains,  the  greater  the  likelihood  he  can 
make  a  reliable  identification. 


To  Identify  Stranded  Animals 

Stranded  animals  can  best  be  identified  by  referring  to 
Appendix  C  and  its  associated  tables,  making  a  preliminary 
determination  and  then  consulting  the  species  accounts  in  the 
main  body  of  the  book  for  verification  of  the  identification.  As 
noted  in  that  appendix,  if  the  animal  is  recently  stranded, 
identification  can  be  made  using  any  of  the  externally  visible 
characteristics  described  for  the  living  species  at  sea.  But 
even  if  the  animal  is  in  an  advanced  stage  of  decomposition,  it 
can  usually  be  identified  by  referring  to  the  key  and  to  the 
numbers  and  descriptions  of  baleen  plates,  for  all  baleen 
whales,  and  the  numbers  and  relative  lengths  of  ventral 
grooves,  for  all  balaenopterine  whales  (Table  1),  or  to  the 
tables  on  the  numbers  and  descriptions  of  teeth,  for  toothed 
whales  (Table  2). 


To  Record  and  Report  Information 

As  discussed  in  the  preface,  though  learning  to  identify 
the  whales,  dolphins,  and  porpoises  one  sees  may  be  exciting 
in  itself,  many  persons  may  want  to  participate  in  the 
accumulation  of  data  on  these  interesting  animals  by 
routinely  reporting  their  observations  to  scientists  who  are 
actively  studying  them  and  who  can  make  immediate  use  of 
the  information.  The  following  may  help  these  persons: 

Suggestions  for  making  and  recording  observations  of 
cetaceans  at  sea  and  sample  data  forms  are  included  in 
Appendix  C.  Similar  suggestions  for  taking  and  recording 
data  on  stranded  cetaceans  are  included  in  Appendix  D.  For 
both  types  of  data,  blank  data  forms  located  after  the 
appendices  may  be  photocopied  in  bulk  for  use  in  the  field. 

Completed  data  forms  and  all  associated  information  for 
sightings  at  sea  should  be  forwarded  to  the  Platforms  of 
Opportunity  Program,  National  Marine  Fisheries  Service, 
Tiburon,  CA  94920,  or  to  one  of  the  authors  of  this  guide. 
From  there,  they  will  be  made  available  to  scientists  active- 
ly studying  the  cetaceans  of  a  given  species  or  geographical 
area. 

Completed  data  forms  and  all  associated  information  for 
observations  of  stranded  cetaceans  should  be  forwarded  to 
the  Division  of  Mammals,  U.S.  National  Museum, 
Washington,  DC  20560,  to  one  of  the  authors  of  this  guide, 
or  to  one  of  the  regional  laboratories  listed  in  Appendix  E. 
These  persons  have,  in  turn,  been  encouraged  to  keep  a  free 
flow  of  information  among  them. 


5:' 

s 

^ 

73 

a, 

1J 

^ 

B. 

3 

73 

^ 

D. 

C 

ed 

a 

X 
1> 

4* 
C 

2: 

.73 

■*2 

-Q  . 

OJ 

^ 

CI. 

3 

1 

o 

Mi 

11 

a> 

TO 

c 

73 

^ 

to 

o 

S 

■!-• 

o 

x: 

^  . 

vi 

'0 

£ 

■s 

_a) 

c 

0 

c 

3 

O 

c 

o 
a. 

tJ 

X 

u 

E 

cd 
X 

X 

73 

£ 

c 
"73 

0) 

Q 

0 

cd 

1 

(L> 

s 
u 

£ 

-a 

C 

a 

c 

73 

It 
> 

c 

73 

C 

-a 

1) 

-TJ 

^ 

o 

0 

nj 

u 

3 

X 

1. 

~ 

•z: 

c 

— 

4J 
'•J 

O 

a 

>* 

a 

■Cj  _ 

a 

V5 

2 

E 

^ 

U- 

c 

c 

73 

E 

"% 

-a 

0 

"S 

T3 

C 

■a 
O 

c 

< 

o 

c 
11 

£ 

c 
o 
o 

x: 

3 
0 

?3 
00 

0 

c3 

c 

3 

c 

73 
:S 

£ 

Q. 
73 

11 

C 

73 

T3" 
(U 
wo 

a> 
a. 
E 

0 

>. 

Oi 
jd 

■o 
It 
a. 

1 

x: 
o 

u 
a. 
o. 

D 
C 

E 

E 

o 

S     3^     3: 

a]     _ca      td 

U       1)       u 

i> 
c 
O 

3 

c 
£ 

£ 

c 
? 

c 
'.J 

3 

C 

'*- 
0 

a 

E 

0 

>. 

1 

Xf 

■0 
c 

C 
c3 

> 
3 

> 

3 
0 

-o 

c 

"0 

1 

c 
Id 

73 

E 

cd 

1 

0. 

3 

0 
&b 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

11 

P 

K 
> 

cd 

x: 
c 

1 

1 

1 

■o 
11 

73 

£ 

It 

E 

4J 

£ 

0 

x: 

a> 

1- 

at 

> 

X 

c 
It 

•0 

c 

r3 
-ii 

73 

X 

•u 

> 

3 

x: 
_c 

■0 

c 

73 

.:^ 

73 
X 
TS 

> 

cd 
J= 

1) 

I1 

QJ 
Q. 
D. 
3 
rr\ 

QJ 

? 

^ 

? 

^ 

0 

c 
c 

E 

0 

a. 

u 

0. 

I 

, 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

E 

QJ 

a 
i> 
E 

0 

1 

1 

1 

E 

u 

a. 

>. 

c 

1 

0 

"^ 

■rz 

x: 

3= 

o 

o 

c 

O 

o 
a 

o 

3 

3 
0 

C 

c 

£ 
0 

c 
1) 
c 

E 

r3 

:d 

c 
0 

11 

73 

x: 

73 

1* 

< 

< 

< 

< 

0 

XI 
< 

0 

z 

C 
0 

73 

s 

1 

:2 

cy: 

is 

o 

-J 

0) 

lo 

a__ 

r, 

^ 

«-) 

^O 

>^ 

0 

^ 

TT 

0 

00 

■^ 

W-) 

r- 

l-*-J 

■^ 

so 

00 

"O 

c    c 

S 

ri 

— 

a 

:3 

1:3 

■a 

:3 

-7 

— 

— 

Crv 

r- 

OS 

■ts 

<-*-( 

f) 

^o 

lo 

v-^ 

T 

■^ 

'".' 

r-l 

r^ 

r-\ 

-7 

'-;l 

— 

<^i 

c 

o 

oo 

(^1 

f^i 

01 

6 

00 

00 

r^ 

6 

00 

0 

00 

rn 

^ 

r^ 

6 

00 

0 

r-x 

00 

SO 

oc 

73 

'is 

J 

r-) 

r^ 

■^ 

^ 

^ 

n-i 

r--i 

r-\ 

— H 

r-l 

r\ 

_ 

r-x 

~" 

'~i 

1) 

a. 

c  x: 

a. 
ID 

^  1 

r^i 

_ , 

0 

.. 

so 

1 

tjo 

0 

0 

■^ 

0 

00 

SO 

i^ 

r~~ 

"-i 

yn 

oc 

-^ 

—M 

o> 

— H 

m 

m 

^ 

w-» 

yr\ 

00 

s 

r  1 

r-1 

m 

r\ 

— 

rx 

0 

f^ 

r-i 

^ 

Q. 

O' 

c:' 

o 

o 

0 

0 

C' 

(^ 

00 

QC 

P^ 

0 

00 

f^\ 

6 

c^ 

VO 

ro 

6 

ri 

0 

so 

— 

00 

r\ 

c: 

f-i 

^ 

::> 

— 

r'-, 

ri 

^ 

■^ 

tt 

r-) 

rO 

r\ 

r^i 

<-i 

^' 

rx 

f^i 

c 

'J 

a. 

c 

O 

r- 

r- 

o 

r^ 

00 

0 

r-i 

■^ 

00 

"i- 

so 

ON 

r-j 

-^ 

00 

0 

rn 

vO 

0 

r^ 

so 

CO 

*^i 

V-) 

C30 

rv» 

^ 

00 

0 

H 

"o 

i/-, 

^ 

r- 

r^ 

r^ 

00 

00 

00 

00 

c^. 

0^ 

ON 

ON 

0 

0 

2 

— 

r-i 

r^i 

r^i 

r-x 

r<) 

r^i 

ro 

^ 

^ 

•* 

IV-) 

o 

5t 

-3 

ru 

a. 

XI 

2 

-? 

2 

c 

§ 

^ 

_Ol 

^ 

to 

5 

c 

c 

i 

•J 

1 
s 

o 

5' 

.2 

to 

n. 
N 

1 
1 

5 

I 

t-5 

1 

c: 

1 

1 
1 

<>1 

1 

1 
1 

s 
1 

52 

1 
s 
2 

Li 

"a 

1 

2 
-2 

t 

.L; 

'O 

f 

2 

.a 

-S 
0 

to 

to 

5. 
S 
2 

Co 

5 

to 

1 

a. 

1 
s 

1 

1 
1 

.to 

1 
.a 

to 

.to 
to 

& 
0 

L) 

"=1 

-Si 
C 

to 

,to 
to 

"B. 

1 

■Sf 
.to 

-J 

3 

to 

3 

1 

S 

:g 
a 

to 

1 
•1 

to 
to 

1 

t5 

.to 

.1 

1 
.a 

.to 

1 

(3 

g 

1 

1>7 

to 
.g 

5:. 

3 

8 

"6. 
g 

0 

x: 

3 

c 

1» 

•a 
f 

a. 

T3 

C 
C 

"S. 

"H. 

c 
PJ 
c 
c 
o 
E 
E 
o 
'J 

3> 

x: 
> 

o 

c 

o 
.o 

c 

o 

o 

o 

— 

f 

1) 
X) 

c 

X 
0) 

St 

OJ 

X> 
r3 

73 

X 

X 

_4> 

a. 

3 

a 

E 

6 

•a 

c 

0 
■0 

c 
0 

T3 

C 

a. 
0 
-0 

0 

73 

c 

a. 
0 
•a 

0 

■0 
11 

a 

0 
-a 
-a 

73 
It 

0 
•a 

0 
c 

0 
X 

C 

to 

C 

X 

a. 

"o 
■o 
■a 

x: 

0 
0 

73 

x: 
1^ 

X 

X 
X3 
It 

J= 

0 
0 

C 
73 

_1t 

73 

£ 

a 

It 

73 

X 

£ 

CJ 

a. 

0 

"0 
0. 

a. 

CI. 

c 
a. 

x: 

XI 

c 
< 

X 

c 
Q 

:5 

15 

0 

c 

< 

0 

cd 
_3 

CQ 

x: 

73 
2 

■a 

0 
Q, 
C/1 

c 
c 
'a. 

CO 

-0 

on 

X) 

73 

73 

0 

c 

< 

0 

c 

73 

< 

33 

c 

73 

3 
0 

X 
3 

E 

>, 

E 

ox, 
>. 
a. 

73 

0 
tn 

-     ^       o 


< 
z 


^ 

J= 

> 
O 

o 

> 

> 

o 

w 

> 

3     t!! 

Si 

n 

ffl 

« 

fl 

1—    ■"•    w 

n 

c 

c 

o 

c 

c 

o      c      ^ 

Ji 

QQ 

o 

o 

X 

o 

o 

X 

X 

-s  I-  -g 

> 

C 
> 

fl 

fl 

n 

nj 

« 

X 

X 

_fl 

_w 

Jj 

■a 

u 

3i 

^  s  ^ 

a: 

c 

C       (q       o 

"o 

< 

< 

UJ 

< 

< 

UJ       C      X 

3 

o 

fl 

> 
o 

oc 

1 

>n 

O 

<--! 

n 

c 
O 

c 

c: 
o 

o 

c 
> 

O 

1/-, 

00 

§ 

4 

z 

Cl 

Z 

o 

W-1 

O 

E 

6 

o 

o 

v~. 

o 

«/^ 

W-i 

o 

m 

Z 

_4> 

**-, 

NO 

1^1 

r*^ 

c- 

r- 

r-j 

c 

o 

o 

M-) 

v-i 

O 

•n 

m 

n 

V 

5 

Xi 

M 

J 

>, 

E 

O 

m 

c 

« 

c 

c 

u: 

E 

4; 

E 

o 

c 

BJ 

— 

c 

Xi 

JU 

o 

c 
o 

T3 

c 

00 

c 

o 

i 

X 

£ 

4> 

E 
o 

o   ij 

CL       cd 

X 

X 

o 

en 

t^ 

ab 

U 

o 

^ 

ffl 

^    £ 

4> 

o 

o 
o 

X 

X 

3 
XI 

_3 
X 

X 

c 
u 

E 

o 

x: 

X 

> 

Otl 

■g 

X 

x: 

G. 

O 

O 

SI 

o 

o 
■o 

i 

jj 

o 

i 

o 
c 

o 
:d 
CQ 

X 

o 

cd 

rt 

X 

o 

« 

u 

2     E 

1  1 

■ 

< 

at, 

to  one-l 
whitish. 

Ash  bla 

light  bri 
be  light 

Slate  gr 

X) 

X 

< 

x:' 

X 

X 

o 

5 

Cl 

O 

u 

E 

o 

o 

o 

-* 

^ 

^ 

o 

o 

c 

0 

m 

r^r 

rj 

^ 

^ 

o 

c 

t« 

T3 

c 

r-i 

?"4 

m 

O 

V-1 

^ 

r-j 

^ 

w 

^ 

— 

■5 

J3 

'— 

e 

Q. 

*f 

oc 

r-i 

o 

■^ 

f, 

_ 

3 

O 

x: 

E 

oo 

r- 

•^ 

^0 

■^ 

r-i 

x: 

C 

« 

u 

s 

^ 

c 

S 

C7> 

~ 

- 

'T 

r- 

OC 

^ 

4.> 

o 

1> 

in 

r*-, 

O 

1 
o 

o 

O 

o 

<n 

^ 

'J' 

1^ 

■f 

o 

sO 

O 

r-j 

4J 

Xi 

E 

c 

o 

fN 

oo 

o 

C5 

i 

3 

_t> 

a 

r-J 

rsi 

r*-, 

r-j 

rM 

f^. 

r^j 

r--, 

Z 

E 

3 

"7" 

_ 

_ 

„ 

"(U 

O 

O 

O 

O 

o 

■oo 

O 

O 

1 

^N 

E 

n6 

TT 

ON 

•V 

>o 

O^ 

^d 

d 

r^j 

rj 

'5 

>^ 

■s" 

cd 

■o 

w^ 

O 

rs| 

>c 

in 

s 

o 

CO 

r^ 

•£> 

•^ 

W-1 

NO 

I/". 

J^ 

o 

u 

c 

4J 

3 

o 

NO 

rvi 

o 

o 

r-j 

r^ 

OO 

O 

r^ 

rn 

•^ 

•^ 

m 

nO 

« 

a 

o 

Qu 

J__ 

^ 

_5 

^ 

3 

u 

a 

a 

E 

^ 

c 

3 

-c' 

^ 

^ 

> 

.2 

V 

c 

c. 

-C 

^ 

„ 

5 

■3 

G 

<3 

2 

£ 

1    1 

u 

0^ 

a 

a 

^ 

u 

c 

c 

J 

c 

S- 

c 

^ 

C       ^ 

»< 

^ 

^ 

^ 

o 

^ 

"5 

^       ^ 

^ 

^ 

_2 

^ 

be 

:; 

^ 

•c 

-3     ? 

^ 

"a 

"5 

~3 

a 

,3 

^      a 

OQ 

03 

CQ 

oa 

■ri 

oa 

^ 

00 

u 

_4> 

E 

« 

o 

4. 

en 

tj 

J3 

dj 

c 

o 

"    E 

_4. 

<Li 

X 

i 

X 

Id 

X 

■iE 

C/3 

X 

n: 

td 

X 

(TJ 

? 

E 
c 

_3 
CD 

X 

-a 

a. 
£ 

3 

X 

o 
CQ 

X 
QO 

c 

2 

LARGE  WHALES 

(40-85  feet  [12-26  ml  maximum  overall  length) 


With  a  Dorsal  Fin 

All  five  species  of  large  whales  with  a  dorsal  fin  belong  to 
the  same  major  baleen  whale  group,  the  balaenopterid 
whales  or  rorquals.  All  are  characterized  by  the  presence  of  a 
series  of  ventral  grooves,  usually  visible  on  stranded 
specimens  and  the  length  and  number  of  which  are  diagnostic 
to  species.  In  addition,  all  species,  with  the  exception  of  the 
humpback  whale,  have  at  least  one  distinctive  (though  often 
not  prominent)  ridge  along  the  head  from  just  in  front  of  the 
blowhole  to  near  the  tip  of  the  snout.  (The  humpback  whale, 
on  the  other  hand,  is  distinguished  by  numerous  knobs, 
some  of  which  are  located  along  the  line  of  the  head  ridge, 
with  others  scattered  on  the  top  of  the  head.)  In  Bryde's 
whale,  the  single  head  ridge  characteristic  of  the  other  ror- 
quals is  supplemented  by  two  auxiliary  ridges,  one  on  each 
side  of  the  main  ridge. 

At  sea,  these  whales  often  appear  very  similar  and  must 
be  examined  carefully  before  they  can  be  reliably  identified. 

In  general,  though  the  characteristics  of  behavior  may 


vary  from  one  encounter  to  the  next,  based  on  the  activities  in 
which  the  animal  is  engaged,  whales  in  this  group  may  be 
distinguished  from  each  other  on  the  basis  of  differences  in  1) 
the  size,  shape,  and  position  of  the  dorsal  fin  and  the  timing  of 
its  appearance  on  the  surface  relative  to  the  animal's  blow  (in 
general,  the  larger  the  whale,  the  smaller  the  dorsal  fin— the 
further  back  its  position  and  the  later  its  appearance  on  the 
surface  after  the  animal's  blow);  2)  the  height  of  body  in  the 
area  of  the  dorsal  fin,  relative  to  the  size  of  the  dorsal  fin, 
which  is  exposed  as  the  animal  sounds;  3)  sometimes  the  blow 
rate  and  movement  patterns;  and  4)  the  shape  and  color  of  the 
head. 

Despite  variability  in  behavior  by  members  of  the  same 
species  from  one  encounter  to  the  next,  an  observer  can 
greatly  increase  the  reliability  of  his  identification  by  forming 
the  habit  of  working  systematically  through  a  set  of 
characteristics  for  the  species  rather  than  depending  on  any 
single  characteristic. 


Body  very  large,  up  to  85  feet  (25.9  m)  long.' 

Body  basically  bluish  with  mottlings  of  grayish  white. 

Baleen  all  black. 

Head  broad  and  nearly  U-shaped,  viewed  from  above. 

Head  flat  in  front  of  blowhole,  viewed  from  side. 

Dorsal  fin  small  (to  13  inches  (33  cm]),  triangular  to  moderately 

falcate,  in  the  last  one-third  of  back. 
Distribution  primarily  from  temperate  seas  to  pack  ice;  rare  in 

tropics. 
Distribution  more  northerly  during  summer. 
Flukes  occasionally  raised  slightly  on  long  dive. 

Body  large,  up  to  79  feet  (24  m)  long. 

Body  mostly  dark  gray  or  brownish  gray;  undersides  of  flukes  and 

flippers  and  belly  white;  grayish-white  chevron  frequently  on 

back  behind  head. 
Right  lower  lip  white;  right  upper  lip  sometimes  white;  left  lip  dark. 
Head  V-shaped,  viewed  from  above. 

Right  front  one-third  to  one-fifth  of  baleen  plates,  yellowish  white. 
Other  baleen  bluish  gray  with  yellowish-white  stripes. 
Dorsal  fin  to  24  inches  (61  cm),  slightly  more  than  one-third  forward 

from  tail;  forms  angle  of  less  than  40°  with  back. 
Distribution  extensive  but  not  very  common  near  pack  ice  and  in 

tropics. 
Distribution  more  northerly  during  summer. 
Flukes  not  raised  on  dive. 


Blue  whale 

Balaenoptera  musculus 
p.  19 


Fin  whale 

Balaenoptera  phy  solus 
p.  26 


Body  up  to  62  feet  (19  m)  long. 

Body    appears   shiny;    dark    g^ay    on    back,    often    with    ovoid 

grayish-white  scars;   white  on  front  of  belly;   undersides  of 

flippers  and  flukes  dark. 


Sei  whale 

Balaenoptera  borealis 
p.  32 


'These  figures  are  all  near  maximum  sizes  recorded  for  the  North  Atlantic.  For  all  species  which  have  historically  been  ex 
ploited  by  whale  fisheries  present  maximum  sizes  may  be  significantly  less  than  these  figures. 

It  should  also  be  noted  that  differences  in  methods  of  measurements  often  account  for  discrepancies  in  reported  lengths. 


10 


BLUE 


Fl  N 


SEI 


BRYDE  S 


,4 


Figure  8a.  — Swimming,  blowing,  and  diving  characteristics  of  blue,  fin,  sei,  and  Bryde's  whales. 


Baleen  grayish  or  ash  black  with  fine,  light-gray  bristles. 

Dorsal  fin  to  24  inches  (61  cm),  strongly  falcate,  well  more  than  one- 
third  forward  from  tail;  forms  angle  of  more  than  40°  with 
back. 

Distribution  extensive;  are  not  very  common  in  cold  waters  and 
may  have  a  greater  tendency  than  fin  whales  to  enter  tropi- 
cal waters. 

Distribution  more  northerly  in  summer. 

Flukes  not  raised  on  dive. 


Body  up  to  46  feet  (14  m)  long. 

Body  dark  gray  overall. 

Head  has  series  of  three  ridges  from  area  of  blowhole  to  snout. 

Baleen  slate  gray  with  coarse  dark  bristles. 

Dorsal  fin  to  18  inches  (45.7  cm),  falcate,  well  more  than  one-third 

forward  from  tail,  often  irregularly  worn  on  rear  margin. 
Distribution  primarily  tropical  and  southern  temperate. 
Flukes  not  raised  on  dive. 


Bryde's  whale 

Balaenoptera  edeni 
p.  37 


11 


HUMPBACK 

BOWHEAD 

RIGHT 

SPERM 

* 

Figure  8b.  — Swimming,  blowing,  and  diving  characteristics  of  humpback,  bowhead,  right,  and  sperm  whales. 


Body  up  to  53  feet  (16.2  m)  long. 

Body  dark  gray  with  irregular  white  area  on  belly;  flippers  white; 

underside  of  flukes  often  has  varying  amounts  of  white. 
Head  in  front  of  blowhole  flat  and  covered  with  knobs. 
Baleen  dark  gray  to  black  with  olive-black  bristles. 
Dorsal  fin  small,  quite  variable  in  shape,  usually  hooked,  located 

on  a  step  or  hump,  in  last  one-third  of  back. 
Flippers  very  long  (to  nearly  one-third  of  body  length),  white,  and 

scalloped  on  leading  edge. 
Distribution  at  least  New  England  to  Iceland  and  Greenland  during 

summer. 
Distribution  to  shallow  tropical  banks,  winter  and  spring. 
Flukes  often  scalloped  on  trailing  edges  and  sometimes  raised  on 

dive. 


Humpback  whale 

Megaptera  novaeangliae 
p.  40 


NOTE:  Because  of  its  small  adult  size,  usually  less  than  30  feet  (9.  Im),  another  member  of  the  rorqual  family, 
the  minke  whale,  is  included  with  the  medium-sized  whales  in  this  guide.  Features  by  which  it  may  be 
distinguished  from  all  other  rorquals  are  discussed  in  the  species  account. 

Further,  inasmuch  as  the  dorsal  fin  of  the  humpback  whale  is  highly  variable  in  shape,  positive  identification 
may  require  reference  to  the  sperm  whale  (p.  57),  which,  though  the  sperm  whale  has  been  classified  with 
species  without  dorsal  fin,  has  a  rather  distinct  dorsal  hump,  particularly  noticeable  when  the  animal  arches 
the  back  and  tail  to  begin  a  long  dive. 


12 


(40-65  feet  [12-20  m|  maximum  overall  length) 


Without  a  Dorsal  Fin 

There  are  three  species  of  large  whales  without  a  dorsal 
fin  in  the  western  North  Atlantic  Ocean.  Two  of  these,  the 
bowhead  or  Greenland  whale,  and  its  more  widely  distributed 
close  relative  the  right  whale,  are  baleen  whales.  The  third, 
the  sperm  whale,  is  a  toothed  whale.  The  first  two  have 
relatively  smooth  backs  without  even  a  trace  of  a  dorsal  fin. 
The  sperm  whale  has  a  humplike  low,  thick,  dorsal  ridge, 
which,  from  certain  views,  particularly  when  the  animal  is 
humping  up  to  begin  a  dive,  may  be  clearly  visible  and  look 
like  a  fin.  But  because  the  profile  of  that  hump  and  the 
knuckles  which  follow  it  are  often  not  very  prominent  in  this 
species,  it  has  been  classified  with  the  finless  big  whales. 

All  three  species  are  characterized  by  very  distinctive 
blows  or  spouts.  In  both  the  bowhead  and  the  right  whales, 
the  projection  of  the  blow  upward  from  two  widely  separated 


blowholes  assumes  a  very  wide  V-shape  with  two  distinct 
columns,  which  may  be  seen  when  the  animals  are  viewed 
from  front  or  back.  Though  this  character  may  be  visible 
under  ideal  conditions  in  many  of  the  other  baleen  whales 
species  as  well,  it  is  exaggerated  and  uniformly  distinct  in  the 
bowhead  and  right  whales  and  may  be  used  as  one  of  the 
primary  key  characters.  In  the  sperm  whale,  the  blow 
emanates  from  a  blowhole  which  is  displaced  to  the  left  of  the 
head  near  the  front  and  projects  obliquely  forward  to  the 
animal's  left.  This  blow  seen  under  ideal  conditions  positively 
labels  a  large  whale  as  a  sperm  whale. 

Remember,  however,  that  wind  conditions  may  affect  the 
disposition  and  duration  of  the  blow  of  any  species  and  that  a 
single  character  alone  is  seldom  sufficient  to  permit  positive 
identification. 


Body  to  65  feet  (19.8  m)  long. 

Body  dark;  back  smooth. 

Chin  and  belly  often  white. 

Head  lacks  callosities. 

Baleen  dark  gray  with  gray  fringes;  to  12  feet  (3.7  m)  or  more. 

Upper  jaw  and  lower  lip  strongly  arched. 

Two  blowholes  clearly  separated. 

Blow  projects  upward  in  wide  Vshape. 

Distribution  restricted  to  Arctic  waters  south  to  Davis  Straits. 

Flukes  raised  on  longer  dives. 


Bowhead  whale 

Balaena  mysticetus 
p.  49 


Body  to  53  feet  (16.2  m)  long. 

Body  from  dark  to  light  gray  and  mottled;  back  smooth;  chin  and 
belly  usually  white. 

Head  and  lower  jaw  covered  with  callosities  (the  largest  of  which  is 
called  the  bonnet  and  is  set  on  top  of  the  snout). 

Baleen  usually  dark  gray  with  dark  fringes;  to  7.2  feet  (2. 2  m).  When 
animals  swim,  mouth  agape,  near  surface;  baleen  sometimes 
appears  pale  brownish  to  yellowish  g^ay  in  color. 

Upper  jaw  and  lower  lip  strongly  arched. 

Two  blowholes  clearly  separated. 

Blow  projects  upward  in  wide  V-shape. 

Distribution  extends  from  Iceland  south  at  least  to  Florida  and  re- 
ported from  Texas. 

Flukes  raised  on  longer  dives. 


Right  whale 

Eubalaena  gladalis 
p.  52 


Body  to  69  feet  (20.9  m)  long;  males  grow  significantly  larger  than 

females. 
Body  dark  grayish  brown  to  brown;  wrinkled  in  appearance. 
Back  has  rounded  hump  followed  by  knuckles. 
Head  boxlike,  comprises  up  to  40%  of  body  length. 
From  18  to  25  functional  teeth  in  each  side  of  narrow  lower  jaw. 
Single  blowhole  on  left  of  head  at  front. 
Blow  projects  forward  obliquely  from  head  and  to  left. 
Distribution  extends  from  tropics  to  Arctic;  adult  males  distributed 

farther  north. 
Flukes  raised  on  longer  dives. 


Sperm  whale 

Physeter  catodon 
p.  57 


'These  figures  are  near  maximum  sizes  recorded  for  the  North  Atlantic.  All  three  species  have  been  heavily  exploited  by 
whale  fisheries.  Therefore  maximum  sizes  today  may  be  significantly  less  than  these  figures  (see  text). 

It  should  also  be  noted  that  differences  in  methods  of  measurements  often  account  for  discrepancies  in  reported  lengths. 


13 


MEDIUM-SIZED  WHALES 

(13-32  feet  [4-10  m]  maximum  overall  length) 


With  a  Dorsal  Fin 


There  are  11  species  of  medium-sized  whales  with  a  dorsal 
fin  known  from  the  western  North  Atlantic.  These  species, 
taking  many  diverse  forms,  range  in  maximum  adult  size 
from  about  13  feet  (4.0  m)  (grampus)  to  about  33  feet  (10.1  m) 
(the  minke  whale).  This  group  includes  such  widely 
distributed  and  frequently  encountered  species  as  the  pilot 
whales,  false  killer  whales,  and  minke  whales,  and  such 
rarely  encountered  and  poorly  known  species  as  the  various 
"beaked  whales"  (Mesoplodon  spp.  and  the  goosebeaked 
whale). 


Aside  from  their  common  inclusion  within  the  stated  size 
range  and  the  presence  of  a  dorsal  fin  in  all  species  (which 
ranges  from  only  a  small  nubbin  in  some  of  the  beaked  whales 
to  a  substantial  5-  to  6-foot  [1.5-  to  1.8-m]  sail  on  adult  male 
killer  whales),  these  species  have  no  diagnostic  field 
characteristics  in  common.  Therefore,  each  is  discussed  in 
detail  and  is  placed  in  the  text  in  near  proximity  to  those 
species  with  which  it  is  likely  to  be  confused  in  the  field. 


Body  to  30  feet  (9.1  m),  or  more,  long. 

Body  black  or  dark  gray;  area  of  gray  shading  on  each  side  just  in 

front  of  and  below  dorsal  fin. 
Flippers  have  transverse  white  band. 
Head  very  sharply  V-shaped  viewed  from  above. 
Dorsal  fin  falcate  and  distinct;   usually    appears     simultaneous 

with  blow. 
Blow  often  low  and  indistinct. 

Distribution  polar,  temperate,  and  tropical:  frequently  coastal. 
Often  curious  about  boats. 
Flukes  not  raised  on  dive. 

Body  to  32  feet  (9.8  m)  long. 

Body  of  young  uniformly  chocolate  brown;  body  of  adults  brown 

with  cream  or  yellow  blotches. 
Head  bulbous  in  adults  and  white  in  larger  animals;  has  distinct 

beak. 
Dorsal  fin  falcate  and  distinct,  in  last  one-third  of  back. 
Distribution  north  temperate  and  Arctic-offshore. 
Often  curious  about  boats. 
Flukes  large,  rarely  notched;  occasionally  raised  on  long  dive. 

Body  to  at  least  23  feet  (7  m)  long. 

Body  from  dark  gray  or  brown  to  rust  or  fawn  and  splotched  with 

white;  eyes  dark. 
Head  of  large  males  white. 
Back  frequently  scarred  with  numerous  scratches,  presumably 

tooth  marks. 
Dorsal  fin  falcate  and  distinct,  in  last  one-third  of  back. 
Distribution  primarily  tropical;  extends  to  temperate. 
Flukes  light  beneath,  sometimes  shallowly  notched;  often  raised  on 

dive. 

Body  to  16-22  feet  (4.9-6.7  m)  long. 
Body  color  black  to  dark  gray. 
Back  frequently  scarred. 
Dorsal  fin  position  varies  with  species. 
Distribution  varies  with  species. 
Flukes  not  usually  distinctly  notched. 

Body  to  at  least  30  feet  (9.1  m)  long. 

Body  black  with  sharply  demarcated  white  belly  and  oval  white 

patch  above  and  behind  eye;  gray  saddle  behind  dorsal  fin. 
Body  chunky. 

Dorsal  fin  in  males  can  be  very  tall,  sometimes  6  feet  (1.8  m). 
Dorsal  fin  in  females  and  immature  animals  up  to  3  feet  (0.9  m), 

distinctly  falcate. 


Minke  whale 

Balaenoptera  acutorostrata 
p.  63 


Northern  bottlenosed  whale 

Hyperoodon  ampuUatus 
p.  67 


Goosebeaked  whale 

Ziphius  cavirostris 
p.  70 


All  other  western  North  Atlantic 
beaked  whales 

Mesoplodon  spp. 
p.  74 


Killer  whale 

Orcinus  area 
p.  84 


14 


Distributed  from  tropics  to  Arctic;  most  common  in  colder  waters. 
Often  seen  in  shallow  bays  and  rivers  and  near  shore. 
Flukes  may  be  raised  on  dive. 

Body  to  at  least  18  feet  (5.5  m)  long. 

Body  black  (faint  gray  blaze  on  belly  between  flippers). 

Body  slender. 

Head  small,  tapering. 

Large  prominent  teeth  frequently  visible  at  sea. 

Flippers  have  distinct  hump  on  leading  edge. 

Dorsal  fin  to  14  inches  (35.6  cm),  falcate,  and  from  rounded  to 

pointed  on  tip. 
Distribution  pelagic  tropical  to  warm  temperate  seas. 
Frequently  ride  bow  waves. 

Body  to  at  least  22  feet  (6.7  m)  long. 

Body  black  with  light  gray,  anchor-shaped  area  on  chest;  gray 

saddle  sometimes  seen  behind  dorsal  fin. 
Head  becoming  more  bulbous  with  age,  somewhat  squarish  in 

adult  males  viewed  from  above. 
Tail  humped. 

Flippers  long  (to  one-fifth  of  body  length),  sickle-shaped. 
Dorsal  fin  broad-based,  falcate  to  flaglike,  in  front  half  of  back. 
Distribution  primarily  north  temperate— about  Hatteras  north. 
Flukes  not  usually  raised  on  dive. 

Body  to  at  least  17.5  feet  (5.3  m)  long. 

Body  black  with  indistinct  light  gray  area  on  chest;  saddle  behind 

dorsal  fin. 
Head  becoming  more  bulbous  with  age;  square  in  large  adult  males 

viewed  from  above. 
Flippers  relatively  short  (to  less  than  one-sixth  of  body  length). 
Dorsal  fin  broad-based,  falcate  to  flaglike,  in  front  half  of  back. 
Distribution  tropical  and  warm  temperate;  from  about  Hatteras 

south. 
Flukes  not  usually  raised  on  dive. 

Body  to  at  least  13  feet  (4.0  m)  long. 

Body  of  newborn  light  gray;  darkens  with  age. 

Body  of  adults   light   gray   or   white;    scarred   with   numerous 

scratches. 
Head  blunted,  not  beaked. 
Forehead  has  vertical  crease  in  center. 
Dorsal  fin  less  than  15  inches  (38.1  cm),  rather  erect  and  distinct, 

and  dark  even  in  light  adults. 
Distribution  tropical  to  temperate. 
Rarely  ride  bow  wave. 


False  killer  whale 

Pseudorca  crassidens 
p.  88 


Atlantic  pilot  whale 

Globicephala  melaena 
p.  91 


Short-finned  pilot  whale 

Globicephala  macrorhynchus 
p.  94 


Grampus 

Grampus  griseus 
p.  96 


(13-16  feet  [4-5  m]  maximum  overall  length) 


Without  a  Dorsal  Fin 

The  only  two  species  of  medium-sized  cetaceans  in  the 
western  North  Atlantic  which  have  no  dorsal  fin,  the  Beluga 
or  white  whale  and  the  Narwhal,  share  such  limited  common 


range,  well  outside  the  theater  of  normal  boating  traffic,  that 
they  are  generally  infrequently  encountered. 
Both  species  are  easily  identifiable  when  seen. 


Body  to  16  feet  (4.9  m)  long. 

Body  of  adults  all  white;  young  slate  gray. 

Small  row  of  bumps  along  back  ridge  near  midpoint,  sometimes 

dark  brown. 
Distribution  usually  near  coast  from  Arctic  waters  to  St.  Lawrence 

Gulf  and  into  Hudson  Bay. 


Beluga 

Delphinaptems  leucas 
p.  99 


15 


Body  to  16  feet  (4.9  m)  long.  Narwhal 

Body  of  adult  brownish  with  grayish  spots;  body  of  young  dark  Monodon  monoceros 

bluish  gray  fading  to  white  belly.  ^^2 

Head  small;  adults  may  have  tusks  up  to  9  feet  long  (2.7  m).  P' 

Small  row  of  bumps  along  back  ridge. 
Distribution  usually  in  coastal  waters  from  Arctic  waters  south  to 

Labrador  coast. 

SMALL  WHALES,  DOLPHINS,  AND  PORPOISES 

(less  than  13  feet  [4  mj  maximum  overall  length) 

With  a  Dorsal  Fin 

The  species  in  this  group  are  not  discussed  in    order         near  proximity  to  those  animals  with  which  they  are  likely  to 
of  length;  instead  the  species  of  the  genus  Stenella  are  treat-  be  confused  in  the  field, 

ed  together  and  then  they  and  other  species  are  placed  in 

Body  to  7.5-8  feet  (2.3-2.4  m)  long.  Atlantic  spotted  dolphin 

Body  dark  purplish  gray  on  back,  lighter  gray  on  sides  and  belly;  Stenella  plagiodon 

becomes  increasingly  spotted  with  increase  in  size.  ^q4 

Body  has  spinal  blaze  and  light  line  from  flipper  to  eye. 
Beak  white  on  tip. 
Rides  bow  waves. 
Distribution  usually  in  tropical  and  warm  temperate  waters;  most 

common  inside  100-fathom  curve  of  continents. 

Body  to  at  least  7  feet  (2.1  m)  long.  Bridled  dolphin 

Body  dark  gray  on  back;  lighter  gray  on  sides  and  belly.  Stenella  frontalis 

Body  has  no  spinal  blaze.  p  ^Qg 

Cape  on  top  of  head  distinct. 
Bridle:  dark  lines  from  eye  to  rostrum  and  from  flippers  to  corner 

of  mouth. 
Rides  bow  waves. 
Distribution  in  tropical  waters,  primarily  in  West  Indies. 

Body  to  at  least  7  feet  (2. 1  m)  long.  Spinner  dolphin 

Body  dark  gray  on  back;  tan  on  sides;  white  on  belly.  SteneUa  longirostris 

Beak  often  long  and  slender,  usually  black  above,  white  below.  p  hq 

Tip  of  snout  and  lips  distinctly  black. 

Dorsal  fin  moderately  falcate  to  triangular  and  very  erect. 

Rides  bow  waves. 

Often  jumps  and  spins  on  longitudinal  axis. 

Distribution  in  oceanic  and  coastal  tropical  waters. 

Body  to  about  9  feet  (2.7  m)  long.  ^'"^"^  '*°'P'7^    _ 

Body  dark  gray  or  bluish  gray  on  back;  gray  on  sides;  gray  or  white  SteneUa  coeruleoalba  - 

on  belly.  Stenella  Styx 

Distinctive  black  stripes  from:  1)  eye  to  anus.  2)  eye  to  flipper.  p  ^^^3 

Distinctive  black  blaze  from  behind  dorsal  fin  to  side  above  flipper. 
Rides  bow  waves. 
Distribution  temperate,  subtropical,  and  tropical;  seldom  close  to 

shore. 

Body  to  8.5  feet  (2.6  m);  usually  less  than  7.5  feet  (2.3  m)  long.  Saddleback  dolphin 

Body  brownish  gray  to  black;  belly  and  chest  white;  crisscross  Delphinus  delphis 

(hourglass)  pattern  of  yellow  tan  on  sides.  j^g 

Distinct  black  stripe  from  center  of  lower  jaw  to  flipper. 
Rides  bow  waves. 
Distribution  temperate  and  tropical;  seldom  close  to  shore. 

16 


Body  to  at  least  8  feet  (2.4  m)  long. 

Body  very  robust  in  front  of  dorsal  fin,  resembling  cross  between 

saddleback  dolphin  and  Atlantic  white-sided  dolphin. 
Beak  very  short  and  indistinct. 
Distinct  black  stripe  from  beak  to  area  of  anus. 
Dorsal  fin  and  flippers  small. 
Distribution  tropical  (not  yet  recorded  in  western  North  Atlantic). 


Fraser's  dolphin 

Lagenoldelphis  hosei 
p.  120 


Body  to  about  9  feet  (2.7  m)  long. 

Dorsal  fin  part  gray,  part  black;  tall  and  distinctly  falcate. 

Distinctive  patch  of  white  on  side;  tan  or  yellow  coloration  below 

and  behind  dorsal  fin,  often  visible  on  swimming  animal. 
Beak  short;  all  dark. 
Does  not  usually  ride  bow  waves. 
Distribution  Cape  Cod  to  southern  Greenland. 


Atlantic  white-sided  dolphin 

Lagenorhynchus  acutus 
p.  123 


Body  to  about  10  feet  (3.1  m)  long. 

Dorsal  fin  all  black,  tall,  and  distinctly  falcate. 

Two  pale  areas:  one  in  front,  another  behind  and  below  dorsal  fin; 

visible  on  swimming  animal. 
Beak  short,  sometimes  brushed  with  white  blaze. 
May  ride  bow  waves. 
Distribution  Newfoundland  north  in  summer,  Cape  Cod  north  in 

winter;  common  close  to  shore  at  Cape  Cod  in  spring. 


White-beaked  dolphin 

Lagenorhynchus  albirostris 
p.  126 


Body  to  12  feet  (3.7  m)  long. 

Body  dark  gray  on  back;  lighter  gray  on  sides;  belly  white  to  pink. 

Snout  robust  and  short. 

Dorsal  fin  tall;  back  curved. 

Ride  bow  waves;  often  turn  head  downwards  or  to  the  sides  as 

they  do  so. 
Distribution  temperate  and  tropical,  usually  within  20  miles  of 

shore  (often  in  bays,  lagoons,  and  larger  rivers)  but  extending  off 

the  continental  shelves. 


Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphin 

Tursiops  truncatus 
p.  128 


Body  to  approximately  5.6  feet  (1.7  m)  long. 
Body  steel  blue  to  dark  brown  on  back;  white  on  belly. 
Dorsal  fin  nearly  triangular;  curves  only  slightly  backward. 
Distribution  in  Lake  Maracaibo  and  the  rivers  of  Guiana  and  in  the 

near  shore   coastal   waters  of   northeastern   portion  of  South 

America. 


Guiana  dolphin 

SotaMa  guianensis 
p.  132 


Body  to  about  8  feet  (2.4  m)  long. 

Body  dark  gray  to  purplish  gray  on  back  with  white  or  pink  blotches 

on  sides;  belly  white. 
Body  frequently  shows  numerous  white  scars. 
Head  tapers  gradually;  beak  long  and  slender;  no  clear  separation  of 

beak  from  forehead. 
May  ride  bow  waves. 
Distribution  in  deep  tropical  waters. 


Rough-toothed  dolphin 

Steno  bredanensis 
p.  135 


Body  to  8-9  feet  (2.4-2.7  m)  long. 

Body  black  with  white  belly  patch  which  may  extend  up  sides  in 

area  of  anus. 
Head  rounded;  no  beak;  lips  white;  lower  jaw  and  chin  may  be 

white. 
Dorsal  fin  to  15  inches  (38  cm)  tall,  falcate;  located  near  midpoint 

of  back. 
Distribution  tropical  and  subtropical. 


Pygmy  killer  whale 

Feresa  attenuata 
p.  138 


17 


Body  to  about  9  feet  (2.7  m)  long.  Many-toothed  blackfish 

Body  black  on  back;  light  gray  on  belly.  „                 i    >      , 

„     J           ,    ,         u     1         J      1         •        r         u*  Peponocephala  electra 
Head  rounded;  no  beak;  underslung  jaw;  lips  white. 

Dorsal  fin  to  10  inches  (25.4  cm),  tall,  distinctly  back  curved.  P-  ^^^ 

Distribution  tropical  (not  yet  reported  in  western  North  Atlantic). 

Body  to  about  11  feet  (3.4  m)  long.  Pygmy  sperm  whale 

Body  dark  steel  gray  on  back;  lighter  gray  on  sides;  pinkish  to  white  k         h 

on  belly  (older  animals  speckled  on  belly).  ^  ^ 

Head  blunt;  jaw  underslung;  false  gills  or  bracket  marks  on  side  of  p.  144 

head.  ~ 

Dorsal  fin  small;  located  in  last  one-third  of  body. 
Has  not  been  reported  to  ride  bow  waves. 
Distribution  in  tropical  and  temperate  waters. 

Body  to  about  9  feet  (2.7  m)  long.  D^arf  sperm  whale 

Body  dark  steel  gray  on  back;  lighter  gray  on  sides;  pinkish  to  jCnn^in  o,™„o 

white  on  belly. 
Head  blunt;  jaw  underslung;  false  gills  or  bracket  marks  on  side  P-  ^^° 

of  head. 
Body  has  two  small  creases  on  throat. 
Dorsal  fin  like  that  of  Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphin;  located  near 

midpoint  of  back. 
Has  not  been  reported  to  ride  bow  waves. 
Distribution  poorly  known;  at  least  from  Georgia  to  the  tropical 

seas. 

Body  to  5  feet  (1.5  m)  long.  Harbor  porpoise 

Body  dark  brown  above  and  white  below;  transition  zone  on  sides  p,  , 

often  speckled  or  streaked;  ventral  white  extends  high  onto  side 

in  front  of  dorsal  fin.  P-  1^0 

Head  rounded;  beak  small  and  indistinct. 
Dorsal  fin  short  and  triangular. 
Distribution  in  shallow  waters  from  at  least  Delaware  north; 

generally  found  inshore;  often  in  bays,  river  mouths  and  inlets. 
Does  not  approach  boats. 


18 


BLUE  WHALE  (B) 

Balaenopteramusculus  (Linnaeus  1758) 


Other  Common  Names 

Sulphur-bottom. 

Description 

Blue  whales  are  the  largest  living  mammals.  Though 
reports  of  maximum  length  and  weight  vary  from  one  account 
to  another,  Antarctic  blue  whales  are  known  to  have  reached 
lengths  to  100  feet  (30.5  m)  and  weights  of  over  150  tons 
(136,363  kg]"  before  stocks  were  severely  depleted  by 
whaling  operations.  North  Atlantic  blue  whales  may  be 
expected  to  reach  lengths  of  80-85  feet  (24.4-25.9  m).  In  all 
known  populations  of  blue  whales,  females  are  slightly  larger 
than  males  of  the  same  age. 

Viewed  from  above,  the  blue  whale's  rostrum  is  broad, 
flat,  and  nearly  U-shaped  (actually  shaped  like  a  Gothic  arch, 
slightly  flattened  on  the  tip),  with  a  single  ridge  extending 
from  the  raised  area  just  in  front  of  the  blowholes  towards  but 
not  quite  reaching  the  tip  of  the  snout. 

The  dorsal  fin  is  extremely  small  [to  only  13  inches  (33 
cm)]  and  variable  in  shape  from  nearly  triangular  to 
moderately  falcate.  In  all  cases,  it  is  located  so  far  back  on  the 
animal's  tail  stock  that  it  is  seldom  visible  until  the  animal  is 
about  to  begin  a  dive. 

Blue  whales  are  light  bluish  gray  overall,  mottled  with 
gray  or  grayish  white.  Some  animals  may  have  yellowish  or 
mustard  coloration,  primarily  on  the  belly,  the  result  of  the 
accumulation  of  diatoms  during  long  stays  in  the  cooler 
waters  to  the  north.  The  undersides  of  the  flippers  are  light 
grayish  blue  to  white. 

The  baleen  plates  are  all  black. 


Natural  History  Notes 

The  blow  or  "spout'  is  tall,  to  perhaps  30  feet  (9.1  m), 
slender,  vertical,  and  not  bushy,  as  is  the  blow  of  humpback 
whales,  for  instance. 

Although  the  blowing  and  diving  patterns  of  blue  whales 
may  vary,  depending  on  the  speed  of  movement  and  the 
activity  of  the  whale  when  it  is  encountered,  they  may  be 
generally  described  as  follows:  If  the  animal  is  moving  slowly, 
the  blowhole  and  part  of  the  head  may  still  be  visible  when  the 
dorsal  fin  breaks  the  surface,  and  the  animal  may  settle 
quietly  into  the  water  without  exposing  the  last  portion  of  the 
tail  stock  or  the  tail  flukes.  If  the  animal  is  moving  more 
quickly,  however,  or  is  about  to  begin  a  long  dive,  the 
blowhole  disappears  below  the  surface,  a  broad  expanse  of 
the  back  is  exposed  and  disappears,  and  the  dorsal  fin 
emerges  briefly  just  before  the  animal  lifts  its  tail  stock  and 
flukes  slightly  above  the  surface  before  slipping  out  of  sight. 


'  The  letter  in  parentheses  indicates  whether  the  species  is  a  baleen  (B) 
or  a  toothed  (T)  whale. 

'°  The  largest  measured  specimen  was  "just  over"  100  feet  (30.5  m) ;  the 
largest  specimen  weighed,  the  150-ton  individual  noted  above,  was  89  feet 
(27.1  m)  long. 


In  this  species  it  can  be  generally  stated  that  the  maximum 
height  of  back  in  the  area  of  the  dorsal  fin  which  is  exposed 
above  the  surface  as  the  animal  sounds  is  approximately  four 
times  the  height  of  the  dorsal  fin  itself.  The  exposure  of  the 
tail  flukes  is  unlike  that  of  the  humpback  whale  (Fig.  39),  the 
right  whale  (Fig.  50),  or  the  sperm  whale  (Fig.  57)  in  that 
when  beginning  a  long  dive  all  these  other  species  raise  the 
flukes  high  out  of  the  water  and  usually  descend  at  a  steep 
angle.  Blue  whales  lift  the  flukes  only  slightly,  if  at  all. 

Blue  whales  are  relatively  shallow  feeders,  feeding  as 
they  do  almost  exclusively  on  "krill"  (small  shrimplike 
crustaceans),  most  of  which  are  distributed  in  the  surface 
330  feet  (100  m).  Blue  whales  usually  occur  singly  or  in 
pairs. 

May  Be  Confused  With 

At  sea,  blue  whales  may  be  confused  with  fin  whales 
(p.  26)  and  though  the  two  are  sometimes  difficult  to 
distinguish  from  a  distance,  the  following  key  differences 
permit  identification  at  close  range: 


Blue  Whale 


Fin  Whale 


COLORATION 


Mottled   bluish 
and  below. 


All  black. 


gray  above  Gray  above,  white  below;  fre- 
quently grayish-white  chev- 
ron behind  head,  right  lower 
lip  white. 

BALEEN 

Bluish  gray  with  yellowish- 
white  strips;  front  fifth  to 
third  of  baleen  on  right  side 
all  white. 


HEAD 


Broad  and  nearly  U-shaped; 
all  dark. 


Narrower,    more   V-shaped; 
right  lower  lip  white. 


DORSAL  FIN 


To  13  inches  (33  cm);  triangu- 
lar to  moderately  falcate;  in 
last  third  of  back;  visible  well 
after  blow. 


To  24  inches  (61  cm);  falcate; 
located  slightly  more  than  a 
third  forward  from  tail 
flukes;  usually  visible  short- 
ly after  blow. 


SURFACING  AND  PREPARING  TO  DIVE 


Often  shows  head  and  blow- 
holes; broad  expanse  of  back 
and  much  later,  dorsal  fin. 


Usually  rolls  higher  out  of 
water,  particularly  on  long 
dive;  dorsal  fin  visible  short- 
ly after  blow. 


19 


Figure  9.  — Closeup  views  of  swimming  blue  whales  off  British  Columbia  (top)  and  Baja  California  (bottom).  In  both  photos  note  the  broad  rounded 
appearance  of  the  head  and  the  single,  prominent  central  head  ridge.  In  the  animal  on  the  top  note  also  the  black  baleen  plates,  barely  visible  at  the 
front  of  the  slightly  open  mouth.  In  the  animal  on  the  bottom  note  the  pattern  of  light  grayish-white  mottling  along  the  back  and  the  raised  areas 
around  the  blowholes.  These  features  clearly  mark  these  animals  as  blue  whales.  iPhotoi  by  R.  M.  GUmore  [top]  and  K.  C.  Balcomb  [bottom].) 


20 


a- 


-^2SB^Ki?'*'"SSiBr;. 


J*!"'"feJm 


-'•Si. 


Figure  12.  — A  sequence  showing  fast-swimming  blue 
whales  oH  southern  California.  The  animal  rises  rather 
steeply  to  the  suriace  (a) ,  emits  a  tall,  vertical  blow  (b,  c), 
shows  its  broad  bluish  back,  mottled  with  grayish  white, 
and  its  small  dorsal  fin  (d,  e),  and  then  dives  out  of  sight 
(I).  When  swimming  in  this  manner,  blue  whales 
sometimes  raise  their  tail  flukes  slightly  above  the 
surface  before  beginning  their  long  dives  (gl.  {Photos 
by  J.  F.  Fish  [a-f]  and  K.  C.  Balcomb  [g].) 


23 


-< 


Figure  13.  — Two  views  of  blue  whales  on  the  ramps  of  whaling  stations  in  Japan  itop)  and  at  Hermitage  Bay,  Newfoundland  (bottom).  Note  the  broad 
rounded  appearance  of  the  head,  the  single  central  head  ridge,  and  the  dark  bluish-gray  coloration,  interrupted  only  by  mottlings  of  grayish  white.  In  the 
animal  on  the  bottom  note  the  all-black  baleen  plates,  which  are  very  broad  relative  to  their  length.  (Photos  by  Japanese  Whalet  Research  Institute, 
courtesy  of  H.  Omura  ltop\;  and  F.  W.  True,  courtesy  of  U.S.  National  Museum  [bottom].) 


24 


the  species  to  continue  their   increase,    barring  renewed 
exploitation. 


Stranded  Specimens 

Stranded  blue  whales  can  be  readily  identified  by  1)  the 
large  body  size  (to  85  feet  (25.9  m]);  2)  the  broad  flat  head;  3) 


the  all  black  baleen  plates  (270-395  in  number),  which  are 
usually  barely  more  than  twice  as  long  as  they  are  wide;  and 
4)  the  55-88  ventral  grooves  extending  to  the  navel  or  beyond 
(Table  2). 

Depending  on  the  state  of  decay  and  the  position  of  the 
stranded  specimen,  any  of  the  body  characteristics  described 
for  living  animals  may  also  be  used  to  positively  identify  the 
specimen. 


Figure  14.  -  Dead  blue  whales,  harpooned  and  afloat  off  the  stern  of  a  factory  ship  in  the  Antarctic  (top),  and  on  the  deck  of  a  whaUng  station  in  western 
Canada  (bottom).  In  both,  note  the  numerous  ventral  grooves  (from  55  to  85  or  more)  extending  to  the  region  of  the  navel  and  sometimes  beyond,  and  the 
light  coloration  of  the  undersides  of  the  flippers.  Even  though  grooves  are  often  present  above  the  flippers,  and  occasionally  even  on  the  side  of  the  head, 
counts  of  ventral  grooves  are  usually  made  between  the  flippers.  {Pkotoa  by  Japanese  Whales  Research  Institute,  courtesy  ofH.  Omura  [top];  ondG.  C 
Pike,  courtesy  of  I.  MacAslde  [bottom].) 


25 


FIN  WHALE  (B) 

Balaenopteraphysalus  (Linnaeus  1758) 


Other  Common  Names 

Finback  whale,  finner,  razorback,  common  rorqual. 

Description 

Fin  whales  have  been  reported  to  reach  79  feet  (24  m). 
Females  are  slightly  larger  than  males  of  the  same  age. 

The  back  is  distinctly  ridged  towards  the  tail,  prompting 
the  common  name  "razorback"  whale. 

The  rostrum  is  narrower  and  more  V-shaped  than  that  of 
the  blue  whale  and  has  the  same  sort  of  single  distinctive  head 
ridge.  The  top  of  the  head  is  flat,  though  slightly  less  than 
that  of  the  blue  whale. 

The  dorsal  fin  is  up  to  24  inches  (61  cm)  tall;  angled  less 
than  40°  on  the  forward  margin,  located  slightly  more  than 
one-third  forward  from  the  tail,  and  appears  on  the  surface 
shortly  after  the  blow. 

All  individuals  are  dark  gray  to  brownish  black  on  the 
back  and  sides  with  none  of  the  mottling  present  on  blue 
whales  and  are  rarely  as  heavily  scarred  as  sei  whales.  Along 
the  back,  just  behind  the  head,  there  is  a  grayish-white 
chevron,  with  the  apex  along  the  midline  of  the  back  and  the 
arms  of  the  chevron  oriented  posteriorly,  which  is  sometimes 
distinctive  and  may  be  visible  as  the  animals  surface  to 
breathe.  The  undersides,  including  the  undersides  of  the 
flukes  and  flippers,  are  white.  On  the  head,  the  dark 
coloration  is  markedly  asymmetrical,  reaching  farther  down 
on  the  left  than  on  the  right  side.  The  right  lower  lip, 
including  the  mouth  cavity,  and  the  right  front  baleen 
(approximately  one-fifth  to  one-third)  are  yellowish  white. 
Occasionally  the  right  upper  lip  is  also  white.  The  remainder 
of  the  plates  on  the  right  side  and  all  those  on  the  left  side  are 
striped  with  alternate  bands  of  yellowish  white  and  bluish 
gray.  The  fringes  of  the  plates  are  brownish  gray  to  grayish 
white. 


Natural  History  Notes 

Fin  whales  are  one  of  the  most  common  baleen  whale  spe- 
cies in  the  world  and  constitute  a  major  portion  of  the  whaling 
catch.  They  are  reportedly  one  of  the  fastest  of  the  big  whales 
(sei  whales  may  be  slightly  faster)  possibly  reaching  burst 
speeds  in  excess  of  20  knots,  and  were  not  an  important  com- 
mercial species  until  the  comparatively  recent  development  of 
fast  catcher  boats  and  the  depletion  of  blue  whale  stocks. 

A  fin  whale's  blow  can  be  from  15  to  20  feet  (4.6  to  6.1  m) 
tall  and  has  been  described  as  an  inverted  cone  or  an 
elongated  ellipse. 

Fin  whales  dive  to  at  least  755  feet  (230. 1  m).  This  depth  is 
probably  deeper  than  that  of  either  blue  or  sei  whales,  a 
factor  usually  reflected  in  differences  among  the  surfacing, 
blowing,  and  diving  characteristics  of  these  three  species. 
When  they  are  moving  leisurely  at  the  surface,  fin  whales 
expose  the  dorsal  fin  shortly  after  the  appearance  of  the 
blowholes,  slightly  later  than  that  of  the  sei  whales.  When 
they  are  surfacing  from  a  deeper  dive,  however,  they  surface 
at  a  steeper  angle,  blow,  submerge  the  blowholes,  and  then 


arch  the  back  and  dorsal  fin  high  into  the  air  before  beginning 
another  long  dive.  In  this  species  it  can  be  generally  stated 
that  the  maximum  amount  of  the  back  in  the  area  of  the  dorsal 
fin  which  is  exposed  above  the  surface  as  the  animal  sounds  is 
approximately  2  times  the  height  of  the  dorsal  fin.  Fin  whales 
do  not  show  their  tail  flukes  when  beginning  a  dive. 

Unlike  blue  or  sei  whales,  fin  whales  do  breach  on 
occasion.  When  they  do  leap  clear  of  the  water,  fin  whales 
usually  reenter  with  a  resounding  splash,  like  that  made  by 
humpback  and  right  whales  and  not  smoothly,  head  first,  as 
minke  whales  often  do. 

Fin  whales  are  sometimes  found  singly  or  in  pairs  but 
more  often  occur  in  pods  of  six  or  seven  individuals  and  many 
pods  consisting  of  as  many  as  50  animals  may  be  concentrated 
in  a  small  area. 

Fin  whales  calve  and  breed  in  winter,  mostly  in  temperate 
waters. 

Atlantic  fin  whales  eat  a  wide  variety  of  foods,  including 
krill,  capelin,  squid,  herring,  and  lanternfish. 

May  Be  Confused  With 

Fin  whales  may  be  confused  with  blue  whales,  sei  whales, 
and,  in  the  southernmost  portion  of  their  range,  with  Bryde's 
whales.  They  may  be  distinguished  from  the  blue  whales  by 
differences  in  overall  coloration,  coloration  and  shape  of  the 
head,  and  the  size,  position,  and  time  of  appearance  of  the 
dorsal  fin  at  the  surface  (see  p.  19).  After  close  examination 
they  may  be  distinguished  from  Bryde's  whales  by  the 
presence  of  three  ridges  along  the  head  (of  the  Bryde's  whale) 
and  by  the  smaller,  more  sharply  pointed  falcate  dorsal  fin  of 
the  Bryde's  whale  (see  Fig.  31).  They  may  be  distinguished 
from  sei  whales  in  the  following  similar  ways: 


Fin  Whale 


Sei  Whale 


DORSAL  FIN 


Slightly  falcate,  forms  angle 
of  less  than  40°  with  back 
slightly  more  than  one-third 
forward  from  tail. 


Sharply  pointed  and  falcate; 
forms  angle  of  greater  than 
40°  with  back  well  more  than 
one-third  forward  from  tail. 


SURFACING  BEHAVIOR 


Usually  rise  obliquely  so  top 
of  head  breaks  surface  first; 
after  blowing,  animal  arches 
its  back  and  rolls  forward 
exposing  the  dorsal  fin  on  the 
long  dive;  on  sounding,  the 
maximum  amount  of  back  in 
the  area  of  the  dorsal  fin 
which  is  exposed  is  approxi- 
mately 2  times  the  height  of 
dorsal  fin. 


Primarily  skimmer  feeders; 
usually  rise  to  surface  at 
shallow  angle  so  that  dorsal 
fin  and  head  are  visible 
almost  simultaneously;  when 
starting  the  long  dive  does 
not  usually  arch  the  back  as 
much  as  the  fin  whale;  on 
sounding,  the  maximum 
amount  of  back  in  the  area  of 
the  dorsal  fin  which  is 
exposed  is  approximately  1 
times  the  height  of  the  dorsal 
fin. 


26 


BLOW 


Tall  (to  20  feet  (6.1  m]); 
inverted  cone  (point  down) 
or  elongated  ellipse. 


Similar  shape  but  smaller— 
rarely  taller  than  10-15  feet 
(3.1-4.6  m). 


COLOR  OF  LOWER  LIP 
White  on  right,  gray  on  left.      Gray. 

BALEEN  PLATES 


DIVING 


Dive  for  5-15  (usually  6-7) 
min;  blow  3-7  times  or  more 
at  intervals  of  up  to  several 
minutes,  then  dive  again. 


Dive  for  3-10  min;  usually 
blow  at  even  intervals  over 
long  periods  of  time;  often 
visible  just  below  the  sur- 
face, even  on  longer  dives. 


Ash  black  with  a  blue  tinge 
and  fine  grayish  bristles. 


COLOR  OF  UNDERSIDES 


White    higher   up   on    right 
than  on  left  side. 


Mostly  gray;  irregular  whit- 
ish area  on  belly. 


Right  one-fifth  to  one-third 
in  front  white;  all  others 
alternate  bands  of  yellowish 
white  and  bluish  gray;  bris- 
tles grayish  white. 

Distribution 


Fin  whales  are  probably  the  most  numerous  and  widely 
distributed  large  whale  species  in  the  western  North 
Atlantic. 


y      J' 


Figure  15.  —The  heads  of  fin  whales  surfacing  to  breathe  off  Japan  and  in  the  northern  North  Atlantic  ( inse  tl .  When  they  can  be  approached  from  the  right 
side,  fin  whales  can  be  positively  distinguished  from  the  other  large  balaenopterine  species  by  the  white  coloration  of  the  right  lower  lip  and  the  flat,  narrow 
head.  Note  also  the  single  central  head  ridge.  [J>hotoi  by  Japaneie  Whales  Research  Institute,  courtesy  of  H.  Omura,  and  K.  C.  BaUomb  [inset].) 


27 


-••J«!^ 


Figure  16.  —  A  gmall  group  of  fin  whales  off  British  Columbia.  Fin  whales  may  be  found  in  groups  of  up  to  six  or  seven  individuals  and  these  groups  may 

congregate  in  feedinggrounds.   {Photo  by  G.  C.  Pike,  courtesy  of  L  MacAalde.) 


Figure  17.—  The  back  ol  a  harpooned  fin  whale  in  the  eastern  North  Pacific  (left)  and  in  the  North  Atlantic  (right).  In  both  note  the  light  grayish-white 
chevrons  just  behind  the  head.  These  chevrons  are  not  usually  very  distinctive  in  North  Atlantic  fin  whales.  In  the  animal  in  the  left  photo  note  also  the 
prominent  ridge  along  the  back  behind  the  dorsal  fin— a  characteristic  which  prompted  the  common  name  "razorback."  {Photos  courtesy  of  Los 

Angeles  Examiner  [left]  and  K.  C.  Balcomb  [right]. ) 


Figure  19.  —  As  they  begin  a  long  dive,  fin  whales  frequently  arch  the  tail 
stock  high  into  the  air,  exposing  the  dorsal  fin.  Even  on  a  long  dive, 
however,  this  species  is  not  known  to  throw  its  tail  flukes  high  into  the 
air  or  even  to  raise  them  slightly,  as  blue  whales  sometimes  do  when 
beginning  a  long  dive.  {Photo  from  off  Virgima  by  J.  G.  Mead. ) 


28 


Fin  whales  summer  from  below  the  latitude  of  Cape  Cod, 
Mass.,  north  to  the  Arctic  Circle.  (They  are  frequently  seen 
between  New  York  and  Bermuda  this  time  of  year.)  Within 
this  zone  they  may  sometimes  be  seen  very  close  to  shore  and 
appear  to  be  concentrated  between  shore  and  the 
1,000-fathom  curve  from  at  least  lat.  41°20'  to  57°00'N.  In 
recent  years  they  have  been  reported  in  relatively  large 
numbers  in  the  Gulf  of  Maine  from  March  through  June,  off 
Newfoundland  as  early  as  June  but  increasing  to  August,  and 
entering  Davis  Straits  and  beyond  in  substantial  numbers  in 
midsummer  to  late  summer.  There  is  some  evidence  that  the 
animals  venturing  farthest  north  are  the  largest  individuals 
of  the  species.  Movements  of  the  population(s)  southward 
have  usually  begun  by  October,  though  some  fin  whales 
sometimes  remain  in  the  northern  seas  sufficiently  long  to 
become  trapped  in  the  ice  and  killed. 

During  winter  the  range  of  fin  whales  spreads  out  from 
the  advancing  ice  southward,  reaching  at  least  to  the  coast  of 
Florida,  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  to  the  Greater  Antilles, 
though  fin  whales  are  not  at  all  common  in  tropical  waters. 
During  the  winter  many   fin   whales   move   into   offshore 


waters.  Northward  migrations  probably  begin  in  midspring. 

Fin  whales  may  be  found  in  Cape  Cod  waters  all  year 
long. 

There  may  be  two  or  possibly  three  separate  stocks  of  fin 
whales  in  the  western  North  Atlantic,  one  more  northern 
cold-adapted  stock  and  another  more  southern  stock.  The 
ranges  of  the  two  stocks  appear  to  overlap,  such  that  the 
winter  range  of  the  northern  stock  probably  becomes  the 
spring  and  summer  range  of  the  more  southern  stock.  The 
third  stock  may  consist  of  an  isolated  population  in  the 
northern  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Stranded  fin  whales  may  be  most  readily  identified  by  1) 
the  yellowish-white  coloration  of  the  right  front  baleen  and 
the  right  white  lower  lip;  2)  the  numerous  baleen  plates 
(262-473  in  number);  3)  the  numerous  ventral  grooves  (56-100 
in  number)  extending  to  the  navel  and  beyond  (Table  2);  and 
4)  the  broad,  flat  sharply  pointed  head  with  only  a  single  head 
ridge. 


lt!^r«  *'~^"'^r"*i',°  "*"!.*.'  "'T  ?*  1'*"''  ""^ '"'""''  *''*°  *''*  ^heellike  silhouette  of  the  back,  and  then  the  dorsal  fin.  Note  that  in  this  species  the 
S^Zt"  travel";  '"''"'"'''''"' "'^*' ""' "^^^^ 


"•"^^JiiMBMliM^. 


29 


Figure  20.  — Probably  a  fin  whale  (perhaps  a 
Bryde's  whale)  breaching  in  the  eastern  tropical 
Pacific.  This  type  of  behavior  has  been  described 
for  humpback,  minke,  and  fin  whales  but  is  far  more 
common  for  the  first  two  species.  Breaching  fin 
whales  often  reenter  the  water  with  a  resounding 
splash,  much  like  humpback  whales,  but  sometimes 
smoothly,  head  first,  as  minkes  sometimes 
do.  (Photo  by  K.  D.  Sexton,  courtesy  of  National 
Marine  Fisheries  Service. ) 


Figure  21 . — A  head-on  view  of  a  fin  whale  stranded 
at  Ormond  Beach,  Fla.  Note  the  flat  narrow 
appearance  of  the  head  and  the  single,  central  head 
ridge.  {Photo  by  F.  Essapian,  courtesy  of  Marine- 
land  of  Florida.) 


30 


Fi^re  22.  —  Id  this  partly  flensed  fin  whale,  at  Blanford,  Nova  Scotia,  note  the  white  lower  lip  and  the  white  baleen  in  the  right  front.  The  inset  photo  shows 
the  right  upper  jaw  of  a  fin  whale  with  the  baleen  intact.  {Photos  by  H.  E.  Wmn,  and  from  the  North  Pacific  by  Japanese  Whales  Research  Institute, 
courtesy  of  H.  Omura  [inset].) 


v*». 


Figure  23.  — A  fin  whale  on  the  ramp  of  the  whaUng  station  also  at  Blanford,  Nova  Scotia.  Note  the  ventral  grooves,  56  to  100  and  extending  at 

least  to  the  navel.    iPhoto  by  L.  Rigley.) 


31 


SEI  WHALE  (B) 

Balaenoptera  horealis  Lesson  1828 


Other  Common  Names 

Pollack  whale,  sardine  whale,  Rudolphi's  rorqual. 

Description 

Sei  (pronounced  "say")  whales  have  been  reported  to 
reach  62  feet  (19  m). 

The  snout  is  less  acutely  pointed  than  that  of  the  fin  whale 
but  when  viewed  from  the  side  appears  slightly  arched.  In 
general,  the  head  is  intermediate  in  shape  between  that  of  the 
blue  whale  and  that  of  the  fin  whale.  The  dorsal  fin,  which  is 
from  10  to  24  inches  (25.4  to  61  cm)  tall  and  strongly  falcate  in 
adult  animals,  is  located  about  two-thirds  of  the  way  back  on 
the  back,  farther  forward  than  that  of  the  blue  or  fin  whales. 
Sei  whales  are  dark  steel  gray  on  the  back  and  sides,  and  on 
the  posterior  portion  of  the  ventral  surface.  The  body  often 
has  a  galvanized  appearance  due  to  scars  possibly  resulting 
from  lamprey  bites  inflicted  during  migrations  into  warmer 
waters.  These  scars  may  be  dark  gray  to  almost  white  in 
color.  On  the  belly  there  is  a  region  of  grayish  white  that  is 
confined  to  the  area  of  the  ventral  grooves.  Neither  the 
flippers  nor  the  tail  flukes  are  white  underneath.  The  right 
lower  lip  and  the  mouth  cavity,  unlike  those  of  the  fin  whale, 
are  uniformly  gray.  The  baleen  plates  are  uniformly  grayish 
black  with  fine  grayish-white  fringes.  (A  small  number  of  sei 
whales  have  been  noted  to  have  a  few  half- white  plates  near 
the  front  of  the  mouth,  a  feature  which  might  result  in  their 
confusion  with  fin  whales.) 

Natural  History  Notes 

The  blow  of  sei  whales  is  an  inverted  cone  rarely  taller 
than  15  feet  (4.6  m). 

Sei  whales  are  generally  skimmer  feeders  and  do  not 
usually  dive  very  deeply.  For  that  reason  they  usually  surface 
at  a  shallower  angle  than  fin  whales.  The  head  rarely 
emerges  at  a  steep  angle  (except  when  the  whales  are 
chased).  Instead,  the  blowholes  and  a  major  portion  of  the 
back,  including  the  dorsal  fin,  become  visible  almost 
simultaneously  and  remain  visible  for  relatively  long  periods 
of  time.  In  this  species  it  can  be  generally  stated  that  the 
amount  of  the  back  in  the  area  of  the  dorsal  fin  which  is 
exposed  above  the  surface  as  the  animal  sounds  is 
approximately  the  same  height  as  the  dorsal  fin.  When  they 
begin  another  dive,  sei  whales  do  not  arch  the  tail  stock  or 
flukes  high.  Instead,  they  normally  submerge  by  slipping 
quietly  below  the  surface,  often  remaining  in  view  only  a  few 
feet  down  and  leaving  a  series  of  tracks  or  swirls  on  the 
surface  as  they  move  their  tail  flukes.  When  they  are  feeding 
in  this  manner,  sei  whales  may  exhibit  a  highly  regular 
blowing  and  diving  pattern  over  long  periods  of  time. 

Sei  whales  usually  travel  in  groups  of  from  two  to  five 
individuals,  though  they  may  concentrate  in  large  numbers 
on  the  feeding  grounds. 

In  the  northern  portion  of  their  range,  sei  whales  feed  on 
copepods.  Throughout  the  remainder  of  the  range,  however, 
their  food  is  more  varied  and  also  includes  krill  and  a  variety 


of  small  schooling  fishes.  The  species  derived  its  common 
name,  in  fact,  from  its  frequent  occurrence  with  or  near  sei 
fish. 

May  Be  Confused  With 

The  sei  whale's  smaller  size  and  decidedly  taller,  more 
falcate  dorsal  fin  located  well  more  than  one-third  forward 
from  the  tail  should  prevent  confusion  with  the  blue  whale.  At 
a  distance,  however,  sei  whales  are  difficult  to  distinguish 
from  either  fin  whales  or  Bryde's  whales.  The  primary  clues 
for  distinguishing  them  from  fins  are  the  differences  in 
swimming,  blowing,  and  diving  characteristics  tabularized  in 
detail  on  p.  26  and  the  asymmetrical  coloration  of  the  fin 
whale. 

Sei  whales  may  be  distinguished  from  Bryde's  whales  only 
upon  close  examination.  The  dorsal  fin  of  Bryde's  whales  is 
small,  to  18  inches  (45.7  cm),  sharply  pointed,  and  often  worn 
on  the  rear  margin.  If  close  examination  is  possible,  the  sei 
whale  will  be  seen  to  have  only  a  single  head  ridge.  Bryde's 
whales  have  two  additional  ridges— one  on  each  side  of  the 
main  ridge.  Bryde's  whales  are  primarily  fish  feeders  and 
their  diving  behavior  more  closely  resembles  that  of  a  fin 
whale  than  that  of  a  sei  whale.  (See  p.  37). 

Distribution 

The  distribution  and  migrations  of  the  sei  whale  during 
most  of  the  year  are  rather  poorly  known.  The  species  is 
known  to  avoid  the  colder  regions  near  the  pack  ice  and  to 
range  from  Iceland  south  to  the  northeast  Venezuelan  coast 
and  the  northeast  and  southwest  Gulf  of  Mexico.  There  are 
also  records  from  Cuba  and  the  Virgin  Islands.  Along  the 
northeast  United  States  and  eastern  Canadian  coasts,  where 
most  research  on  sei  whales  has  been  conducted,  the  species 
migrates  from  New  England  through  the  Blanford,  Nova 
Scotia  area  in  June  and  July,  is  found  in  small  numbers  off 
eastern  Newfoundland  in  August  and  September  (abundant 
in  Placentia  Bay,  Newfoundland  in  August),  and  continues 
northward  to  the  Davis  Straits  in  September  and  October. 
An  offshore  stock  may  be  found  year-round  in  the  Labrador 
Sea.  The  summer  range  (May  to  September  or  October) 
extends  from  New  England  to  southern  Arctic  waters. 
Though  some  individuals  remain  behind  through  November, 
the  southward  movement  of  the  bulk  of  the  population 
presumably  begins  in  October.  In  general,  sei  whales  do  not 
venture  as  far  north  as  fin  whales  but  may  have  a  greater 
tendency  to  enter  tropical  waters. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Stranded  sei  whales  are  most  likely  to  be  confused  with  fin 
whales  or  Bryde's  whales.  The  three  head  ridges  of  the 
Bryde's  whale  (sei  whales  have  only  one)  assist  in  distinguish- 
ing sei  whales  from  Bryde's  whales.  They  may  be  distin- 
guished from  fin  whales  and  all  other  rorquals  by  the  follow- 
ing characteristics:  1)  The  color  of  the  baleen  plates— uni- 
formly ash  black  with  a  blue  tinge  and  fine  white  bristles 


32 


(Table  2).  2)  The  density  of  bristles  on  the  plates— sei  whales 
have  from  35  to  60  baleen  fringes  per  centimeter;  all  other 
rorquals  have  far  fewer  (less  than  35).  3)  The  relative  lengths 
of  the  ventral  grooves— the  grooves  of  sei  whales  end  well 
before  the  navel;  those  of  blue,  fin,  and  Bryde's  whales 


extend  at  least  to  the  navel.  4)  The  relatively  small  numbers 
of  ventral  grooves  (38-56)— both  blue  and  fin  whales  have 
more;  Bryde's  whales  have  approximately  the  same  number. 
If  the  animal  is  not  in  an  advanced  state  of  decomposition, 
the  region  of  white  coloration  of  the  belly  may  also  be  visible. 


Figure  24.— The  head  of  a  sei  whale  is  intermediate  in  shape  between  that  of  the  blue  whale  and  that  of  the  fin  whale.  When 
viewed  from  the  side  it  is  slightly  arched.  Note  the  single  central  head  ridge,  from  just  in  front  of  the  blowholes  to  near  the  tip  of 
the  snout.  Bryde's  whales,  with  which  sei  whales  are  most  likely  to  be  confused  in  the  tropical  and  subtropical  portions  of  their 
range,  have  two  auxiliary  ridges,  one  on  each  side  of  the  top  of  the  head,  in  addition  to  this  main  central  ridge.  (Photo  from  the 
North  Pacific  by  Japanese  Whalei  Research  Institute,  courtesy  of  H.  Omura.) 


Figure  25.  — Sei  whales  are  dark  gray  on  the  right  lower  lip.  They  can  be  distinguished  from  fin  whales, 
which  have  a  white  right  lower  Up,  by  approaching  them  from  the  right  side.  {Photo  from  the  North 
Pacific  by  Japanese  Whales  Research  Institute,  courtesy  of  H.  Omuro.) 


33 


! 


1  -. 


i 


•V 


'^ 


f» 


I 


I 


t^ 


\ 


I, 
'I. 


,u 


f  f 


> 


/i 


:l 


<;  5 


o  ^5 

as    4»  1^ 
o    Ml  »~ 


s  a  a  a 

2  "  ^  J 

a  •  S  aj 

«  4(  e  ^ 


1 


"a  t  o  S 

s  £    b.    O 

3  4*  (X^  -C 

^  ^  «  h 

^  (8     V     O 

a  3-?  s 

E  »  Sa: 

=  §  t^l 

*  ®    3  c5 

ft)  ^     X   S 

">  S   *   S 


.a  « 


I 

5  5  i* 

4*    0)    a*   o* 

•3  «  J  ? 
tl  £*. 

.5   a  j<   .. 
■3     -  «  ^ 


■«  =a  ■"  2 

4,    a<    o  Ji 
-=  -S  -=  ~ 

Is  S  2 

3    ^  -O  -C 

»-   It  5  Co 
-C  X  ffi   /. 

c   a;   e  5 
"".  "a  '  S 

«>  -0  s  s 


i-a  £^ 


S    »    00  ■? 

«  -c   b,   r 
P   o   2   « 


i  111 


ill 


34 


lain. 


Figure  27.  — A  freshly  dead  gei  whale  from  the  Pacific  (top)  and  a  stranded  specimen  in  an  advanced  stage  of  decomposition  at  Cape  Island,  S.C.  (bottom 
and  inset).  Note  that  even  though  the  distinctive  coloration  of  the  fresh  specimen  has  faded  on  the  rotting  specimen,  the  numbers  and  lengths  of  the 
ventral  grooves  (38  to  56  in  number  and  stopping  well  short  of  the  navel)  still  permit  the  specimen  to  be  distinguished  from  fin,  blue,  and  Bryde's  whales, 
in  all  of  which  the  grooves  extend  at  least  to  the  navel.  {Photos  by  Japanete  Whales  Research  Institute,  courtesy  of  H.  Omura  [top];  and  J.  G. 

Mead  [bottom  and  inset].) 

35 


T^ 


r- 


rS,^*^fc*:l 


Figure  28.  —  Dorsal  view  of  a  sei  whale  on  the  deck  of  a  whaUng 
ship  in  the  North  Pacific.  Note  the  numerous  scars  on  the  body  and 
the  otherwise  dark  gray  coloration  of  the  back.  {Photo  by 
Japanese  Whales  Research  Irutitute,  courtesy  of  H.  Omura. ) 


Figure29.— The  right  upper  jaw  of  the  sei  whale  stranded  at  Cape 
Island.  S.C.  The  baleen  plates,  here  partly  buried  in  the  sand, 
numbering  from  318  to  340  per  side  and  uniform  dark  gray  with 
fine  Ughter  gray  bristles,  continue  to  serve  as  identifying 
characteristics  even  on  a  badly  decomposed  specimen.  [Photo  by 
J.  G.  Mead.) 


36 


BRYDE'S  WHALE  (B) 

Balaenoptera  edeni  Anderson  1879 


Other  Common  Names 

None  known. 
Description 

Bryde's  whales  reach  a  maximum  length  of  approximately 
46  feet  (14  m).  They  closely  resemble  sei  whales  in  external 
appearance.  At  a  distance,  the  head  of  this  species  is  similar 
in  profile  and  general  appearance  to  that  of  the  sei  whale.  The 
most  distinctive  field  characteristic  of  the  species,  however, 
is  the  presence  of  three  ridges  along  the  head  anterior  to  the 
blowhole.  In  addition  to  the  medial  ridge  characteristic  of  all 
the  other  balaenopterid  species,  Bryde's  whales  have  two 
secondary  ridges  on  the  top  of  the  head — one  along  each  side 
even  with  the  blowhole  running  forward  towards  the  tip  of 
the  snout.  If  they  can  be  examined  at  close  range,  Bryde's 
whales  can  be  positively  identified  by  this  character  alone. 

The  dorsal  fin  of  Bryde's  whales  is  up  to  18  inches  (45.7  cm) 
tall,  extremely  falcate,  pointed  on  the  tip,  located  well  more 
than  one-third  forward  from  the  tail,  and  is  often  irregularly 
notched  or  frayed  on  the  rear  margin  from  unknown  causes. 
Bryde's  whales  are  dark  gray  overall,  though  some 
individuals,  like  some  minke  whales,  have  a  small  region  of 
g^ay  on  each  side  just  forward  of  the  dorsal  fin. 

Natural  History  Notes 

Bryde's  whales,  like  minke  whales,  reportedly  often 
approach  close  to  vessels  as  if  curious  about  them.  During  this 
time  they  may  be  examined  carefully  and  their  identifying 
characteristics  seen. 

Though  euphausiids  may  be  an  important  food  for  this 
species  in  limited  areas,  Bryde's  whales  often  feed  on 
schooling  fish  (including  pilchards,  anchovies,  herring,  and 
mackerel).  This  food  preference  is  reflected  in  the  diving 
behavior  of  the  species.  Bryde's  whales  are  not  "skimmer" 
feeders;  they  are  deeper  divers.  When  they  surface  to 
breathe,  they  often  rise  more  steeply  to  the  surface,  exposing 
much  of  the  head,  roll  the  body  sharply,  and  hump  up  the  tail 
stock  before  beginning  another  dive.  In  this  species,  as  in  the 
fin  whale,  it  can  be  generally  stated  that  the  amount  of  the 
back  which  is  exposed  above  the  surface  as  the  animal  sounds 
is  approximately  twice  the  height  of  the  dorsal  fin.  They 
apparently  do  not  raise  the  tail  flukes  when  beginning  a  dive. 

May  Be  Confused  With 

At  sea  Bryde's  whales  may  be  confused  with  sei  whales, 
fin  whales,  and  perhaps  minke  whales. 

They  may  be  most  readily  distinguished  from  sei  whales 
by  the  characteristics  discussed  on  p.  32  and  by  differences  in 


diving  behavior.  The  shallow- feeding  sei  whales  surface  and 
blow  at  regular  intervals  over  long  periods  of  time.  Bryde's 
whales  are  deeper  divers,  less  likely  to  surface,  and  blow  at 
evenly  spaced  intervals.  If  they  are  seen  only  briefly  or  at  a 
distance,  however,  the  two  species  may  be  impossible  to, 
differentiate. 

During  the  winter  months,  when  fin  whales  may  venture 
into  tropical  waters,  they  may  also  be  confused  with  Bryde's 
whales.  But  fin  whales  seldom  exhibit  curiosity  about  boats. 
In  addition,  the  dorsal  fin  of  the  fin  whale  is  larger,  is  located 
farther  back  on  the  back  than  that  of  Bryde's  whale,  and  does 
not  become  visible  as  soon  after  the  blow.  It  is  also  less  likely 
to  be  worn  on  the  rear  margin  than  that  of  a  Bryde's  whale. 

The  head  of  the  fin  whale  is  more  acutely  pointed. 
Furthermore,  the  right  lower  lip  and  the  right  front  baleen  of 
the  fin  whale  are  white.  The  baleen  and  the  right  lower  lip  of 
Bryde's  whales  are  dark  gray.  If  the  animals  can  be 
approached  closely  from  the  right  side,  positive  identification 
is  possible  using  these  differences  in  color. 

Like  Bryde's  whales,  minke  whales  often  approach  close 
to  vessels.  But  minke  whales  have  an  acutely  pointed  snout,  a 
single  head  ridge,  and  a  white  band  on  each  flipper.  Further, 
minke  whales  rarely  reach  30  feet  (9. 1  m)  in  maximum  length. 

Distribution 

The  distribution  of  Bryde's  whales  is  rather  poorly 
known,  no  doubt  in  part,  because  the  species  is  difficult  to 
positively  identify  at  sea,  and  records  of  its  occurrence  may 
have  often  been  confused  with  those  of  sei  whales,  fin  whales, 
or  minke  whales.  From  stranded  animals  and  confirmed 
sightings  at  sea,  the  species  appears  to  be  found  primarily 
near  shore  in  areas  of  high  productivity  in  tropical  or 
subtropical  waters,  though  it  ventures  into  warmer 
temperate  waters  as  well.  It  has  been  reported  from  Virginia 
south  into  the  northeast  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  southeast 
Caribbean,  and  southern  West  Indies  (Curacao  and  Granada). 
To  date  no  migration  has  been  described  for  the  species. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Stranded  Bryde's  whales  can  be  positively  identified  by 
the  three  ridges  along  the  top  of  the  head  from  the  area  of  the 
blowhole  to  the  tip  of  the  snout.  All  other  species  of 
balaenopterid  whales,  except  humpback  whales  have  but  a 
single  ridge.  If  the  head  of  a  stranded  specimen  is  buried  in 
sand,  is  decomposed  beyond  recognition,  or  is  otherwise 
inaccessible  for  identification,  Bryde's  whales  can  still  be 
distinguished  from  sei  whales  by  differences  in  the  relative 
lengths  of  the  ventral  grooves  (Table  2)  and  from  both  the  fin 
whale  and  the  sei  whale  by  differences  in  the  characteristics 
of  the  baleen  plates  (Table  2). 


37 


Figure  30. —On  the  head  of  this  Bryde's  whale  off  La  Jolla,  Calif,  two  of  the  three  head  ridges  characteristic  of  the  species,  the  main  ridge  and  the  left 
auxiliary  ridge,  are  clearly  visible.  These  ridges  permit  this  animal  to  be  positively  identified  as  a  Bryde's  whale.   {Photo  by  F.  Morejohn.) 


/       ^ttt  * 


K.tA 


if  .t  tA 


Figure  31. -Bryde's  whales  in  the  Gulf  of  CaUfornia  and  north  of  Hawaii  (inset).  In  both,  note  the  tall,  sickle-shaped  appearance  of  the  dorsal  fin,  much  like 
that  of  the  sei  whale.  In  the  animal  in  the  larger  photo  note  the  ragged  rear  margin  of  the  dorsal  fin,  a  frequently  observed  characteristic  in  Bryde's  whales. 
In  the  animal  on  the  left  note  also  the  region  of  gray  on  the  sides  m  front  of  the  dorsal  fin.  (Photo»  by  W.  C.  Cummings  and  S.  Okrumi  [intet]. ) 


38 


■f        H 


Figure  32.  -Stranded  Bryde's  whales  at  Walnut  Point,  Va.  (top)  and  Panacea.  Fla.,  Gulf  of  Mexico  (bottom).  In  both  animalB  note  the  head  shape  similar  to 
that  of  the  sei  whale,  and  the  three  distinct  head  ridges.  In  the  animal  on  the  bottom,  note  that  the  two  outermost  ridges  have  their  origin  in  grooves  beside 
the  blowholes.  In  the  animal  on  the  top,  note  also  the  baleen  plates,  up  toat  least  300  per  side  and  dark  gray  with  coarse  gray  bristles.  There  is  frequently  a 
rather  wide  interval  at  the  front  of  the  mouth  between  the  left  and  right  rows  of  baleen.  {Photos  by  U.S.  National  Mutevm,  courtesy  of  J.  G.  Mead  Hop] 
and  M.  B.  Rank,  courtesy  of  Wide  World  Photos  [bottom]. ) 


39 


HUMPBACK  WHALE  (B) 

Megapteranovaeangliae  (Borowski  1781) 


Other  Common  Names 


Humpbacked  whale,  bunch,  hump  whale,  or  hunchbacked 
whale. 

Description 

Humpback  whales  reach  a  length  of  53  feet  (16.2  m). 

The  body  is  robust,  narrowing  rapidly  on  the  tail  stock. 
The  head  is  quite  broad  and  rounded,  somewhat  like  that  of 
the  blue  whale.  The  head  ridge  characteristic  of  other 
balaenopterid  species  is  indistinct  and  is  replaced  in 
prominence  by  a  string  of  fleshy  "knobs"  or  protuberances, 
many  more  of  which  are  randomly  distributed  on  the  top  of 
the  head  and  on  the  lower  jaw.  There  is  a  distinctive  rounded 
projection  near  the  tip  of  the  lower  jaw.  Humpback  whales 
carry  many  barnacles  and  whale  lice.  The  baleen  plates  are  all 
black  with  black  or  olive-black  bristles. 

The  flippers  are  very  long  (nearly  a  third  as  long  as  the 
body),  are  scalloped  on  at  least  the  leading  edge,  and  are 
nearly  all  white. 

The  dorsal  fin,  located  slightly  more  than  two-thirds  of  the 
way  back  on  the  back  in  approximately  the  same  position  as 
that  of  the  fin  whale,  is  small  and  varies  in  size  and  shape  from 
a  small,  triangular  nubbin  to  a  more  substantial,  sharply 
falcate  fin.  The  dorsal  fin  frequently  includes  a  step  or  hump, 
which  is  quite  distinct  when  the  animal  arches  its  back  to 
begin  a  dive  and  from  which  the  species  derives  its  common 
name. 

Humpback  whales  are  basically  black  in  color  with  a  white 
region  of  varying  size  on  the  belly,  which  upon  close 
examination  may  often  be  seen  to  be  crosshatched  with  thin 
dark  lines;  the  flippers  and  the  undersides  of  the  flukes  also 
are  white. 

Natural  History  Notes 

The  blow  of  humpback  whales  is  from  8  to  10  feet  (2.4  to 
3.1  m)  tall  and  has  been  described  as  balloon-shaped.  It  is 
wide  relative  to  its  height.  Feeding  humpback  whales 
habitually  blow  4-8  times  at  intervals  of  15-30  s  after  a  long 
dive.  In  the  tropics  they  habitually  blow  2-4  times  in 
succession  when  beginning  a  long  dive.  In  diving,  humpback 
whales  throw  the  tail  flukes  high  into  the  air,  exposing  the 
sometimes  white  undersurface  and  the  rippled  rear  margin. 

Humpback  whales  often  leap  clear  of  the  water,  raise  a 
flipper,  and  slap  it  against  the  water,  or  "lobtail,"  raising  the 
tail  high  into  the  air  and  bringing  it  crashing  back  to  the  water 
in  a  loud  report.  Often,  particularly  when  they  are 
encountered  on  their  tropical  breeding  grounds,  humpback 
whales  will  be  found  lying  on  their  sides  with  a  long  flipper  in 
the  air. 

Humpback  whales  feed  on  krill  and  schooling  fish. 

May  Be  Confused  With 

From  a  distance  humpback  whales  may  be  confused  with 
any  of  the  other  large  balaenopterid  (rorqual)  whales— blue. 


fin,  sei,  or  Bryde's.  Although  it  is  highly  variable,  the  dorsal 
fin  most  closely  resembles  that  of  the  blue  whale.  However,  it 
is  located  farther  forward  on  the  back.  Humpback  whales 
distinguish  themselves  from  the  remainder  of  the  rorquals  by 
their  habit  of  raising  the  flukes  high  into  the  air  when  starting 
a  long  dive.  (In  very  shallow  water  they  may  not  raise  the 
flukes  at  all.)  The  only  other  rorqual  to  do  so — the  blue 
whale — raises  the  flukes  slightly  or  not  at  all. 

Under  some  conditions  humpback  whales  may  be 
confused  with  sperm  whales  at  a  distance.  When  arching  the 
back  to  begin  a  dive,  both  may  show  a  distinct  hump.  Both 
species  frequently  raise  their  flukes  nearly  vertically  when 
beginning  a  long  dive  but  differ  in  several  ways.  The  flukes  of 
humpback  whales  show  varying  amounts  of  white  beneath, 
are  pointed  on  the  tips,  and  are  distinctly  concaved  and 
irregularly  rippled  on  the  rear  margin.  Those  of  sperm 
whales  are  all  dark  and  more  flattened  and  even  along  the 
rear  margin.  Further  the  species  can  be  distinguished  in  the 
following  ways: 


Humpback  Whale 


Sperm  Whale 


BLOW 


Projects  upwards  from  cen- 
ter of  head.  Usually  blows 
4-8  times  (2-4  times  in 
tropics)  before  diving. 


Projects  obliquely  forward 
from  left  side  of  tip  of  snout. 
Usually  blows  many  times 
(20-50  or  more)  beforediving. 


Raised  area  around  blow 
holes,  knobs  on  upper  sur 
face. 


HEAD 

Blunted,  long,  smooth. 


FLUKES 

Often  white  underneath.  Smooth, 
concaved  and  scalloped  on  margin, 
rear  margin,  deeply  notched. 

FLIPPERS 


all  black  on   rear 


Extremely  long  (to  one-third 
of  body),  white  and  scalloped 
on  leading  edge. 


Short;  all  black. 


DORSAL  FIN  (OR  HUMP) 


Triangular  to  falcate  fin, 
including  a  step  or  hump  in 
front  of  the  dorsal  fin; 
smooth. 


Rounded  hump,  two-thirds 
back  on  back  followed  by 
knuckles  or  crenulations. 


When  they  can  be  examined  at  close  range,  humpback 
whales  can  be  easily  distinguished  from  all  other  large  whale 
species  with  a  dorsal  fin  by  the  tuberosities  or  knobs  on  the 
head,  by  the  long  white  flippers  scalloped  on  the  leading  edge, 
by  the  small  distinctive  dorsal  fin,  and  by  their  distinctive  tail 
flukes. 


40 


•^ vB^a^^o.-- 


Figure33.  — Three  views  of  blowing  humpback  whales.  The  blow  of  this  species  is  usually  less  than  10  feet  (3.1  m)  tall,  wider  than  it  is  high,  and  has  been 
described  as  balloon-shaped.  In  the  photo  on  the  top,  the  wind  has  ab-eady  begun  to  distort  the  blow.  In  the  photo  on  the  bottom,  two  separate  columns  are 
visible.  All  baleen  whales  have  a  bipartite  blowhole,  and  if  an  observer  is  directly  behind  or  in  front  of  either  the  right  whale  or  the  humpback  whale  under 
ideal  wind  conditions,  the  blows  of  these  two  species  may  appear  as  two  distinct  spouts.  {Photos  from  West  Indies  by  H.  E.  Winn  [top  and  middle]  and 
from  off  St.  Augustine,  Fla.  by  D.  K.  Caldwell  [bottom].) 


41 


Figure  34.  — Head  views  of  surfacing  humpback  whales.  Note  the  rather  broad 
rounded  appearance  of  the  top  of  the  head  and  the  small  head  ridge,  which  extends 
from  just  in  front  of  the  blowholes  to  near  the  tip  of  the  snout.  In  humpback  whales 
the  single  central  head  ridge  characteristic  of  most  balaenopterid  species  is  replaced 
in  prominence  by  a  series  of  knobs,  some  of  which  are  oriented  along  the  same  line  as 
the  head  ridge.  On  the  animal  in  the  inset  photo  note  also  the  characteristic  rounded 
projection  below  the  tip  of  the  lower  jaw,  heavily  encrusted  with  barnacles.  (PAotOt 
from  off  St.  Aiiguitme,  Flo.  by  D.  K.  Caldwell  and  from  Weit  Indies  by  H.  E.  Wirni 
[inset]. ) 


Figure  35.  —  A  mother  humpback  whale  with  her  newborn  calf  off  the  northern  West  Indies.  Newborn  humpback  whales  are  from  12  to  15  feet  (3.7  to  4.6  ml 
long  and  are  colored  like  the  adults.  Note  the  mother's  long  white  pectoral  flipper,  clearly  visible  below  the  surface.   {Photo  by  H.  E.  Winn. ) 


42 


Figure  36.— Humpback  whales  fall  back  into  the  water  after  breaching.  Note  the  long  flippers,  distinctly  scalloped  on  the  leading  edge.  In  the 
animal  on  the  top,  note  also  the  knobs  on  the  head,  visible  in  profile,  the  cluster  of  barnacles  located  on  the  rounded  projection  below  the  tip  of  the  lower 
jaw,  and  the  throat  grooves.  iPkotoi  off  Baja  CaHforma  by  K.  C.  Balcomb  [top]  and  off  Bermuda  by  C.  Leventon  [bottom].) 


43 


Distribution 


Stranded  Specimens 


In  the  western  North  Atlantic,  humpback  whales  are 
widely  distributed  from  north  of  Iceland,  Disko  Bay  and  west 
of  Greenland,  south  to  Venezuela  and  around  the  tropical 
islandsof  the  West  Indies.  They  have  been  reported  from  the 
central  and  eastern  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Summer  ranges  extend  at 
least  from  New  England  north  to  the  pack  ice,  and  feeding 
concentrations  may  be  found  in  any  portion  of  this  region. 
During  winter,  humpback  whales  migrate  southward  to  the 
shallow  borderlands  of  Bermuda,  to  the  Bahamas,  and  to  the 
West  Indies  to  calve  and  mate. 


The  most  distinctive  features  of  stranded  humpback 
whales  are  1)  the  ventral  grooves,  14-22  in  number,  very  wide 
and  extending  to  the  navel;  2)  the  tuberosities  of  the  snout 
and  lower  jaw,  often  the  sites  of  numerous  barnacle  colonies; 
3)  the  long  flippers  (to  nearly  a  third  of  the  total  body  length); 
and  4)  the  distinctive  rounded  projection  near  the  tip  of  the 
lower  jaw. 

If  these  characteristics  are  not  sufficiently  clear,  the 
species  may  be  identifiable  by  the  characteristics  of  the 
baleen  plates  (Table  2). 


Figure  37. —Often,  particularly  on  their  tropical  breeding  grounds,  humpback  whales  lie  on  their  sides  at  the  surface,  the  long  white  pectoral  fUpper  in  the 
air.  Note  the  pronounced  scalloping  on  the  leading  edge.  {PhotoinearWe$tIndiei  by  C.  McCann[top]andH.  E.  Winn  [bottom].) 


44 


3flfeai^ 


Figure  38.  —  A  series  showing  the  extreme  variability  in  dorsal  fin  shapes  of  humpback  whales:  (a)  a  small  ridge,  (b)  sUghtly  falcate,  (cl  triangular  with  a 
pronounced  hump,  (d)  slightly  rounded,  (e)  distinctly  rounded,  and  (f)  taller  and  more  distinctly  falcate.  {Photos  from  northern  West  Indies  by  H. 
E.  Winn  [a,  c,  e\  and  C.  McCann  [b];  off  Baja  CaUfomia  by  K.  C.  Balcomb  |<fl;  and  off  St.  Augmtine,  Fla.  by  D.  K.  CaUweli  \f\.) 


45 


a 


Figure  39.  —The  humpback  whale  is  the  only  large  whale  species  with  a  distinct  dorsal  fin  which  regularly  raises  its  tail  flukes  when  beginning  a  long  div;. 
When  it  does  so,  the  scalloped  trailing  edge  is  often  visible  (f ,  g,  h).  When  the  diving  whale  is  seen  from  the  rear,  the  varying  degree  of  white  coloration  on 
the  undersides  of  the  flukes  aids  in  identification  (  h ) .  (Photos  from,  northern  North  A  tlantic  by  K.  C.  Balcomb  [a-f],  from  West  Indies  by  C.  McCann 
[g],  and  from  off  Massachusetts  by  W.  A.  Watkins  [A].) 


46 


Figure  40.  —  DetaQ  of  the  head  of  a  humpback  whale  harpooned  off  Japan.  Note  the  knobs  along;  the  top  of  the  head  and  on  the  lower  jaw,  the  rounded 
projection  near  the  tip  of  the  lower  jaw  and  the  wide  ventral  grooves.  The  large  mass  of  tissue  to  the  left  of  the  animal  is  its  tongue .  In  the  inset  photo  from  a 
Canadian  whaUng  station,  note  the  baleen  plates,  less  than  3  feet  (0.9  m)  long  and  dark  oUve  green  to  black  in  color.  {Photos  by  Japanese  Whales  Research 
Institute,  courtesy  of  H.  Omura;  and  J.  G.  Mead  [inset]. ) 


Figure  41 .  —  A  humpback  whale  on  the  deck  of  a  whaUng  station  in  western  Canada.  All  of  the  species'  most  distinctive  characteristics  are  evident  in  this 
photograph:  11)  the  hump  and  the  dorsal  fin;  (2)  the  knobs  on  the  top  of  the  snout;  and  (3)  the  long  flipper,  with  numerous  barnacles  attached  to  its 
leading  edge.  (Photo  by  G.  C.  Pike,  courtesy  of  I.  MacAskie.) 


47 


Figure  42.  — North  Atlantic  humpback  whales  have  from  14  to  20  broad,  widely  spaced  ventral  grooves  which  extend  about  to  the  navel.  Those  grooves 
remain  good  diagnostic  characters  for  considerable  periods  after  the  animal's  death,  as  evidenced  in  the  freshly  killed  specimen  from  Newfoundland  (top) 
and  the  badly  decomposed  stranded  animal  from  New  Jersey  (bottom).   (Photos  from  U.S.  National  Museum,  courtesy  of  J.  G.  Mead.) 


48 


BOWHEAD  WHALE  (B) 

Balae-immysticetus  Linnaeus  1758 


Other  Common  Names 

Greenland  whale,  Arctic  right  whale,  great  polar  whale. 

Description 

Bowhead  whales,  so-called  because  of  the  high-arching 
jaws  and  the  resultant  contour  of  the  head,  reach  a  maximum 
length  of  about65feet(19.8m).  They  are  extremely  robust  in 
form. 

When  viewed  from  the  side,  some  swimming  bowhead 
whales  show  two  characteristic  curves  to  the  back:  the  first 
extends  from  the  tip  of  the  snout  to  just  behind  the  blowholes; 
the  second,  encompassing  the  entire  back,  begins  just  behind 
the  head  and  extends  all  the  way  to  the  tail.  This  character 
may  be  present  only  in  adult  animals  and  may  be  more 
pronounced  in  males.  Younger  animals,  particularly  females, 
are  often  stubbier  and  somewhat  barrel-shaped  behind  the 
head.  In  all  animals  the  back  is  smooth,  lacking  even  a  trace  of 
a  dorsal  fin. 

The  head  of  the  bowhead  whale  is  smooth,  black,  and 
without  the  bonnet  and  the  "rock-garden,"  the  colorful 
clusters  of  callosities  characteristic  of  the  black  right  whale. 
The  blowholes  are  widely  separated,  and  the  blow  emanating 
from  them  projects  upward  as  two  separate,  distinct  spouts. 
Though  two  separate  columns  sometimes  may  be  visible 
under  windless  conditions  in  the  blows  of  most  mysticetes, 
this  feature  is  exaggerated  and  is  most  characteristic  in  the 
bowhead  and  right  whales. 

Bowhead  whales  are  black  overall,  except  for  a  white 
"vest"  of  uneven  coloration  on  the  chin.  Within  that  vest,  near 
the  sides  of  the  white  zone,  there  may  be  a  series  of  grayish 
black  to  black  spots,  which  on  some  animals  have  been  likened 
to  a  string  of  beads.  The  vest  is  clearly  visible  when  a 
surfacing  animal  is  viewed  from  the  front  or  the  side  or  when 
the  animals  hang  vertically  in  the  water  with  the  head  on  the 
surface  and  the  tail  flukes  down,  as  they  do  during  periods  of 
early  spring  mating. 


Natural  History  Notes 

Bowhead  whales  are  ususally  found  singly  or  in  groups  of 
up  to  three  animals,  though  fall  concentrations  may  include 
up  to  50  animals. 

Bowhead  whales  sometimes  breach,  throwing  most  of  the 
body  clear  of  the  surface  and  reentering  with  a  resounding 
splash. 


May  Be  Confused  With 

Bowhead  whales  are  the  only  species  of  large  whales 
found  routinely  in  Arctic  waters.  Though  other  species, 
including  some  of  the  balaenopterid  whales  and  the  right 
whale,  may  venture  north  as  far  as  the  southern  limits  of  the 
bowhead  whale  and  beyond,  they  usually  do  so  in  the  spring 


and  summer,  at  a  time  when  the  bowhead  whales  are  farther 
to  the  north.  Evenif  they  are  encountered  together,  bowhead 
whales  can  be  distinguished  from  all  the  balaenopterid  whales 
by  the  absence  of  a  dorsal  fin.  Bowhead  whales  have  neither  a 
fin  nor  the  slightest  trace  of  a  dorsal  fin  or  ridge,  while  all  the 
balaenopterids  have  a  dorsal  fin;  and  their  back  is  extremely 
smooth,  like  that  of  the  right  whale.  The  bowhead  and  right 
whales  may  be  readily  distinguished  from  one  another  by  the 
characters  listed  below  for  stranded  specimens. 


Distribution 

Though  bowhead  whales  in  the  western  North  Atlantic 
were  once  distributed  from  Arctic  waters,  from  the  edge  of 
the  ice,  south  as  far  as  the  Strait  of  Belle  Isle  and  the  St. 
Lawrence  River  in  such  abundance  that  they  were  once 
referred  to  simply  as  "the  whale,"  overwhaling  through  the 
19th  century  until  as  recently  as  1911  has  severely  reduced 
their  numbers  and  restricted  their  modern  range.  Today  in 
addition  to  the  more  abundant  populations  of  the  Bering, 
Beaufort,  and  Chukchi  seas  and  the  Sea  of  Okhotsk,  there  are 
populations  off  eastern  Greenland  and  in  Davis  Straits,  Baffin 
Bay,  James  Bay,  and  the  adjacent  waters.  Within  these 
ranges,  bowhead  whales  move  southward  in  front  of  the 
advancing  ice  floes  and  may  be  expected  near  the  southern 
limits  of  their  range  from  September  or  October  through  the 
early  spring  months.  Populations  in  the  western  North 
Atlantic  appear  to  be  increasing  slowly. 


Stranded  Specimens 

In  addition  to  the  fact  that  their  ranges  may  overlap  only 
slightly  if  at  all,  bowhead  whales  may  be  distinguished  from 
the  other  right  whales  of  the  western  North  Atlantic  by 
differences  in  1)  primary  distribution,  2)  coloration,  3) 
lengths  of  the  longest  baleen  plates,  and  4)  presence  of 
callosities. 


Bowhead  Whale 


Right  Whale 


DISTRIBUTION 


Arctic  distribution  south  to 
Davis  Straits  only  during 
winter. 


Texas,  southwest  Florida 
north  to  Iceland,  reaching 
northern  limits  only  during 
spring  and  summer. 


COLORATION 


Black  with  white  "vest"  on 
front  part  of  lower  jaw, 
sometimes  containing  a 
string  of  black  spots;  upper 
jaw  lacks  the  "rock  garden." 


Sometimes  black  often 
brown  or  mottled  with  re- 
gions of  white  on  chin  and 
belly;  patches  of  yellowish  to 
pink  callosities  and  lice 
encrusting  the  snout  in  what 
has  been  called  a  "rock 
garden." 


49 


BALEEN  PLATES 


325-360  per  side;  plates  to  14 
inches  (35.6  cm)  at  base  and 
longest  plates  up  to  14  feet 
(4.3  m)  long.  Dark  gray  or 
black  with  gray  fringes; 
anterior  margin  of  some 
plates  whitish,  showing 
green  iridescence  in  sun- 
light. 


250-390  per  side;  plates  12 
inches  (30.5  cm)  at  base  and 
up  to  7.2  feet  (2.2  m)  long. 
Dirty  gray  with  black  frin- 
ges; some  anterior  plates 
partly  or  completely  white. 


BONNET  AND  OTHER  CALLOSITIES 
Not  present.  Present. 


Figure  43.  — Swimming  adult  bowhead  whales,  particularly  males,  often 
show  two  characteristic  humps  or  curves  to  the  back  — one  on  the  head, 
ending  just  behind  the  blowholes,  and  a  larger  curve  from  just  behind  the 
blowholes  to  near  the  flukes;  the  second  is  accentuated  when  the  animal 
humps  up  to  begin  a  dive.  {Photo  by  J.  Lentfer.) 


"■%!• 


'  ^^^tf^'^^^I^B 


•Jr. 


Figure  44.  - 


-Bowbead  whales  have  no  dorsal  fin.  The  back  is  smooth  and  black,  though  often  irregularly  spaced 
white  or  grayish  scars  of  unknown  origin  appear.   (Photoi  by  J.  Lentfer.) 


50 


IT 


^1. 


Figure  45.-1116  unusually  shaped  head  and  the  broad  lower  jaw,  colored  by  a  broad  white  vest,  are  evident  in  the  swimming  bowhead  whale  (left)  and  in 
both  members  of  the  copulating  pair  (right).  Also  evident  on  the  animal  to  the  far  left  is  the  "string  of  black  beads"  which  is  sometimes  found  in  the  white 
region.  {Pkotot  by  J.  Lentfer.) 


Figure  46.  —  A  harpooned  bowhead  whale  (this  one  from  the  Alaskan  population).  Note  the  high  arching  upper  jaw  of  the  species.  Bowhead  whales  have 
up  to  at  least  360  plates  per  side,  far  more  than  the  black  right  whale.  The  longest  plates,  located  near  the  middle  of  each  jaw,  are  reported  to  reach 
12  feet  (3.7  ml,  or  more,  in  length.   {Photo  by  D.  R.  Patten.) 


51 


RIGHT  WHALE  (B) 

Eubalaena  glacialis  (Borowski  1781) 


Other  Common  Names 


Black  right  whale.  Biscayan  right  whale,  Biscay  whale, 
Nordcaper  right  whale. 

Description 

These  right  whales  reach  a  length  of  about  53  feet  (16.2 
m). 

The  body  is  rotund  and  completely  lacking  a  dorsal  fin  or  a 
dorsal  ridge.  The  upper  jaw  is  long,  narrow,  and  highly 
arched.  The  lips  are  similarly  highly  arched.  The  top  of  the 
head  has  a  series  of  bumps  or  callosities,  the  largest  one  of 
which  is  known  as  the  "bonnet,"  on  the  upper  surface  in  front 
of  the  blowholes.  Yellowish-brown  lice  and,  less  frequently, 
barnacles  grow  on  the  callosities.  The  color  and  extent  of  the 
callosities  varies  from  one  individual  to  the  next. 

The  two  blowholes  are  widely  separated,  resulting  in  the 
projection  of  the  blow  upward  as  two  distinct  spouts.  The 
body  is  dark  on  the  back,  sometimes  black,  more  often  brown 
or  mottled,  usually  has  a  region  of  white  on  the  chin  and  belly, 
and  sometimes  has  numerous  small  grayish-white  scars  of 
unknown  origin.  The  baleen  plates  are  up  to  7.2  feet  (2.2  m) 
long,  very  narrow,  and  variable  in  color  from  dark  brownish 
through  dark  gray  to  black  in  color.  When  the  animals  swim, 
mouth  agape  near  the  surface,  the  baleen  sometimes 
appears  pale  yellowish  gray  in  color. 

Natural  History  Notes 

Right  whales  are  usually  not  wary  of  boats  and  may  often 
be  approached  very  closely. 

Like  sperm  and  humpback  whales,  they  usually  throw 
their  flukes  high  into  the  air  when  beginning  a  long  dive. 

Right  whales  feed  primarily  on  copepods. 

Historically,  this  whale  was  nearly  exterminated  by 
hunters,  who  took  advantage  of  its  slow  speed  and  who  knew 
that  its  carcass  floats,  to  harvest  these  animals  for  their  great 
yield  of  whalebone  and  oil.  It  was  these  characteristics  which 
prompted  whalers  to  dub  these  animals  the  "right"  whales  to 
kill  (as  opposed  to  the  ones  that  were  too  fast  to  catch  and 
sank  when  killed). 

May  Be  Confused  With 

The  distinct  blow  of  the  right  whales  and  their  smooth 


dark  back,  devoid  of  any  traces  of  a  dorsal  fin.  m.ake  it 
unlikely  that  the  species  will  be  confused  with  any  other  large 
whales  except,  perhaps,  the  bowhead  whale.  In  the  event 
that  the  expansion  of  their  ranges  again  causes  these  two 
species  to  overlap  in  distribution,  they  can  be  distinguished 
from  one  another  by  the  characteristics  discussed  on  p.  49. 
If  only  the  flukes  are  seen  as  the  animal  begins  a  dive, 
right  and  bowhead  whales  may  be  distinguished  from  the 
other  two  species  of  large  whales  exhibiting  this  behavior, 
the  sperm  and  the  humpback,  in  this  way:  the  flukes  of  right 
and  bowhead  whales  are  broad,  pointed  on  the  tips,  greatly 
concave  towards  a  deep  fluke  notch,  and  dark  below: 
those  of  the  sperm  whale  are  more  nearly  triangular,  while 
those  of  the  humpback  whale  have  a  jagged  irregular  or 
rippled  rear  margin  and  are  sometimes  variously  white 
below. 

Distribution 

Like  its  more  northern  relative,  the  bowhead  whale,  the 
right  whale  was  once  the  object  of  a  widespread  and 
extensive  whale  fishery,  which  reduced  the  species  to 
critically  low  numbers. 

Though  the  former  range  of  right  whales  is  not  clearly 
known,  the  species  is  thought  to  have  been  abundant  from  the 
Davis  Straits  south  at  least  to  the  Carolinas  and  Bermuda  and 
to  have  occurred  in  winter  to  Florida  and  perhaps  into  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico. 

Currently,  right  whales  are  known  from  Iceland  south  to 
Florida.  Animals  move  north  along  the  eastern  Florida  coast 
between  early  January  and  late  March.  During  this  time  the 
species  has  also  been  observed  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  off 
southwestern  Florida  and  Texas.  Right  whales  pass  the  coast 
of  New  England  in  fair  numbers  in  spring  and  continue  as  far 
north  as  at  least  Nova  Scotia.  Right  whales  are  also  found  off 
Iceland,  though  the  migration  routes  to  and  from  Iceland 
waters  are  not  known.  The  recent  apparent  increases  in 
numbers  at  the  northern  and  southern  coastal  approaches  in 
New  England  and  Florida,  respectively,  lend  credibility  to 
the  hopeful  contention  that  the  species  will  again  recolonize 
its  historical  range. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Stranded  right  whales  can  be  easily  identified  by  all  the 
characters  discussed  on  p.  49  and  summarized  in  Table  2. 


52 


Figure  47.  — The  V-shaped  blow  characteristic 
of  right  whaleB.  Note  the  two  distinct  spouts, 
bushv  in  appearance.     (Photo  off  Cape  Cod  by 

W.  A.  Watkins.) 


-^T"^ 


Figure  48.  -A  right  whale  off  the  northeastern  Florida  coast.  Note  the  robust  body,  the  smooth  back,  completely  lacking  a  dorsal  fin,  and 
the  narrow  rostrum,  bearing  the  characteristic  yellowish  callosities.  Right  whales,  primarily  mothers  with  calves,  show  up  on  the  Florida 
coast  in  the  early  spring  on  their  slow  annual  migration  to  the  north.  {Photo  by  N.  Fain,  courtesy  of  Marineland  of  Florida.) 


53 


..:,:%Mmtim^iW 


o-      *;  .o  ■ 

^  s  <« 

—   a  o  o 

s    o>  **  ^ 


■Sis 


■5    q    S-& 

t;  .s  o  .2f 

o   S    o   •- 


S  :5  T5  "S 
■^    *    «    |5 


1 


*  ^  ^   a 

Q.  a    >    a* 

3  ;^   a.  ^ 


I 

^  -   i  -r' 
"f  ■=  5  J 


8  6 
8  2 


54 


a 


f 


b  - 


--  c  - 


^r^-w 


,'te--:^3te:: 


'—^:::S&^ 


^   '  ",--  ,.^.  ifm-<^   ""T^" 


e  - 


-,^-«C3^ 


W^  M^ 


Figure  50.  —  Right  whales  frequently  throw  their  tail  flukes  high  into  the 
air  and  then  slip  nearly  vertically  beneath  the  surface.  Note  that  the  rear 
margin  of  the  flukes  of  this  species,  unlike  that  of  the  humpback  whale,  is 
smooth,  broad,  and  concaved  distinctly  towards  a  deep  fluke 
notch.  {Photos  from  the  northern  North  Atlantic  by  K.  C.  Balcomb  [a-g] 
and  off  northeastern  Florida  by  N.  Fain,  courtesy  of  Marineland  of 
Florida  [h]. ) 


55 


Figure  51.  — A  stranded  right  whale  at  Narragensett  Bay,  R.I.  Note  the  narrow,  highly  arched  lower  jaw,  the 
extremely  long,  narrow  baleen  plates,  reaching  lengths  of  6.5  feet  (2.0  m),  or  more;  and  the  bonnet  (the 
protuberance  near  the  tip  of  the  upper  jaw).  (Photo  from  U.S.  National  Museum,  courtesy  of  J.  G.  Mead.) 


Figure  52.  -  A  ventral  view  of  a  harpooned  female  right  whale  at  Newfoundland.  Note  that  this  species,  like  the  bowhead,  lacks  the  series  of  ventral  grooves 
which  characterize  all  other  baleen  whales  of  the  western  North  Atlantic.  Note  also  the  absence  of  the  vest  of  white  on  the  chin,  a  feature  which  is- 
characteristic  of  the  bowhead  whale.  Some  right  whales,  however,  do  have  extensive  regions  of  white  on  the  ventral  surface,  including  the  chin.   [Photo 
from  U.S.  National  Museum,  courtesy  of  J.  G.  Mead.) 


56 


SPERM  WHALE  (T) 

PhysetercatodonLinnaeus  1758 


Other  Common  Names 

Cachalot,  Sea  Wap  (St.  Vincent). 

Description 

Male  sperm  whales  have  been  reported  to  reach  a  length 
of  69  feet  (20.9  m),  though  today  individuals  larger  than  50 
feet  (15.2  m)  are  rare.  Females  are  much  smaller,  rarely 
exceeding  38  feet  (11.6  m). 

A  sperm  whale  is  among  the  easiest  of  whales  to  identify 
at  sea  even  when  comparatively  little  of  the  animal  is  visible. 
It  has  a  huge  head,  which  comprises  from  a  fourth  to  a  third  of 
the  animal's  total  length.  (The  proportion  is  considerably 
higher  for  males  than  for  females.)  The  blunted  "squarish" 
snout,  which  may  project  up  to  5  feet  (1.5  m)  beyond  the  tip  of 
the  lower  jaw,  houses  a  large  reservoir  containing  a  high- 
quality  oil  called  spermaceti. 

The  single  blowhole  is  located  well  to  the  left  of  the 
midline  and  far  forward  on  the  head.  As  a  consequence  the 
small  bushy  blow,  usually  less  than  8  feet  (2.4  m),  emerges 
forward  at  a  sharp  angle  from  the  head  and  towards  the  left. 
Under  good  wind  conditions  this  feature  alone  may  permit 
positive  identification  of  sperm  whales  even  at  considerable 
distances. 

Sperm  whales  have  a  distinct  dorsal  hump,  usually 
rounded  in  its  appearance  about  two-thirds  of  the  way  back 
from  the  tip  of  the  snout.  Immediately  behind  the  hump  is  a 
series  of  knuckles  or  crenulations  along  the  midline.  This 
hump  and  the  crenulations  are  clearly  visible  when  the 
animals  arch  the  tail  before  beginning  a  dive.  There  is  a 
ventral  keel,  which  may  also  be  visible  as  animals  "sound" 
(dive).  The  flukes  of  sperm  whales  are  broad  and  triangular  in 
shape,  are  not  concaved,  but  are  deeply  notched  on  the  rear 
margin. 

Sperm  whales  usually  are  dark  brownish  gray  in  color. 
The  body  has  a  "corrugated"  or  "shriveled"  appearance.  The 
belly  and  the  front  of  the  head  may  be  grayish  to  off-white. 
The  skin  around  the  mouth,  particularly  near  the  corners,  is 
white.  The  undersides  of  the  flukes  and  flippers  vary  in  color 
through  numerous  shades  of  browns  and  brownish  grays. 

Natural  History  Notes 

Sperm  whales  may  dive  to  depths  in  excess  of  3,270  feet 
(996.7  m)  for  periods  of  an  hour  or  more.  As  do  most  whales 
upon  surfacing  from  a  deep  dive,  sperm  whales  emit  a  single 
explosive  blow  and  then,  depending  on  the  length  of  the  dive, 
may  remain  on  the  surface  for  over  10  min  and  blow  more  than 
50  times  before  beginning  the  next  dive.  Shorter  periods  on 
the  surface  and  fewer  blows  are  more  common.  Females  may 
dive  and  remain  on  the  surface  for  shorter  periods  of  time 
than  males.  When  beginning  a  deep  dive,  sperm  whales 
throw  their  broad  triangular  flukes,  dark  on  the  undersides, 
high  into  the  air. 

Sperm  whales  may  be  found  singly  or  in  groups  of  up  to  35 
or  40  individuals.  Older  males  are  usually  solitary  except 
during  the  breeding  season.  During  the  remainder  of  the  year 


large  groups  may  be  bachelor  bulls  (sexually  inactive  males) 
or  nursery  schools  containing  females  and  juveniles  of  both 
sexes.  Sperm  whales  are  seldom  found  in  less  than  600  feet 
(182.9  m)  of  water. 

Sperm  whales  feed  primarily  on  squid  but  may  occasion- 
ally also  take  octopuses  and  a  variety  of  fishes. 

May  Be  Confused  With 

Because  of  their  distinctive  head  shape  and  blow,  sperm 
whales  are  unlikely  to  be  confused  with  any  other  species 
when  they  can  be  closely  examined.  If  only  the  back  and  tail 
flukes  are  seen,  however,  sperm  whales  may  somewhat 
resemble  humpback  whales.  Both  species  arch  the  back  when 
beginning  a  dive,  raising  the  fin  or  hump,  and  both  throw  the 
tail  flukes.  The  most  distinctive  differences  between  the  two 
species  are  tabularized  on  p.  40. 

At  sea  the  head  of  a  sperm  whale  may  also  somewhat 
resemble  that  of  an  adult  male  northern  bottlenosed  whale, 
but  this  latter  species  is  lighter  brown  in  color,  has  a  distinct 
beak  and  a  prominent  dorsal  fin,  and  is  rarely  found  south  of 
lat.  42°N.  In  addition,  the  blowhole  of  the  northern 
bottlenosed  whale  is  located  well  back  on  the  head  and 
not— as  in  the  sperm  whale— on  the  front. 


Distribution 

Sperm  whales  are  widely  distributed  in  oceanic  areas  of 
the  western  North  Alantic.  They  may  be  encountered  from 
Venezuela  north  at  least  as  far  as  the  Davis  Straits,  though 
they  apparently  avoid  the  polar  ice  fields.  Distribution  and 
migrations  vary  between  males  and  females.  Males  range 
farther  to  the  north,  while  females  and  immature  males 
remain  between  lat.  30°  and  50°N.  Both  groups  shift 
northward  during  spring  and  summer  and  return  to  southern 
portions  of  their  range  in  the  fall.  Adult  males  arrive  off  the 
New  England  coast  in  August.  Those  reaching  the 
Newfoundland  and  Labrador  coasts  arrive  from  the  deep  sea, 
perhaps  following  the  slope  contours,  in  August  and 
September.  Males  are  abundant  as  far  north  as  southeast 
Greenland  and  Iceland  in  summer.  Some  animals  remain  as 
late  as  November,  but  the  majority  migrate  south  to  tem- 
perate or  tropical  waters  in  the  early  fall. 

Historically  the  primary  grounds  in  the  western  North 
Atlantic  were  those  in  all  the  following  areas:  the  Grand 
Banks  just  southeast  of  the  southern  Grand  Banks  from  lat. 
30°  to  40°N  and  long.  35°  to  55°W,  off  the  Carolinas,  around 
the  Bahamas,  around  many  of  the  West  Indies,  and  in  the 
southwestern  Caribbean. 


Stranded  Specimens 

Stranded  sperm  whales  should  be  easy  to  identify.  The 
very  narrow  underslung  jaw  contains  from  18  to  25  functional 
teeth,  which  fit  into  sockets  in  the  upper  jaw.  The  huge, 
distinctly  box-shaped  head  and  the  position  of  the  single 
blowhole  to  the  left  front  of  the  head  are  unmistakable  clues. 


57 


1 


% 


s 

I 


c   a 

a.  ,o 


M 

S  CO 


a 


1 

» 

a 

V 

L. 

^ 

V 

CL 

*« 

to 

w 

bC 

a 

1 

•a 

o 

.§ 

S 

Q 

be 

■3 

j= 

3 

~ 

JC 

c 

L. 

tf 

a 

00 

>^ 

1 

1 

s 

ft! 

u 

a 

58 


Figure  54  -A  side  view  of  a  sperm  whale  in  the  West  Indies,  showing  the  distinctive  blow.  Note  that  the  spout  projects  obUquely  forward  from 
the  blowhole,  which  is  displaced  to  the  left  front  of  the  head.   {Photo  by  H.  E.  Wmn.) 


'!* 


Figure  55. -Note  the  distinctive  body  shape  and  the  position  of  the 
blowhole  of  these  swimming  sperm  whales,  and,  in  the  animal  on  the  left, 
the  broad  taU  flukes.  yPkotoe  from  the  North  Atlantic  by  S.  Green  \left\ 
and  from  the  North  Pacific  by  S.  Ohsumi  [right]. ) 


59 


^ 


Figure  56.  —  A  sperm  whale  mother  and  calf  off  Baja  California,  showing  the  distinct  dorsal  hump  and  the  extremely  long  head.  In  the  bottom  photo,  from 
the  West  Indies,  note  the  dorsal  hump  and  the  crenulations  of  bumps  which  follow  it.  Both  the  hump  and  the  crenulations  may  be  visible  as  the  animal 
arches  its  tail  to  begin  a  deep  dive.  Note  also  the  wrinkled  appearance  of  the  body.    (Photo  by  K.  C.  Balcomb  [top]  and  H.  E.  Winn  [bottom].) 


Figure  57.  —  Sperm  whales  often  show  their  broad  tail  flukes  as  they  begin  long  dives,  which  may  last  over  an  hour  and  take  them  to  depths  of  several 
thousand  feet  or  more.  Note  the  smooth  rear  margin  and  the  nearly  triangular  shape  of  the  flukes.   (Photo  from  off  Baja  Caltfomia  by  K.  C.  Balcomb.) 


60 


Fi^re  58.  —  A  stranded  infant  male  sperm  whale  at  Melbourne  Beach,  Fla.  (top)  and  a  male  adult  sperm  whale  on  the  deck  of  a  whaling  ship  in  the  Pacific 
(bottom).  Note  the  bul^ng  forehead,  the  narrow,  underslung  lower  jaw,  the  white  coloration  around  the  mouth,  particularly  at  the  corners,  and  the 
wrinkled  appearance  of  the  body.  In  the  bottom  photo  note  also  the  whitish  region  on  the  belly.  {Photos  by  P.  Wvnfield  \top\  and  Japanese  Whalet 
Research  Institute,  courtesy  of  H.  Omura  [bottom].) 


61 


Figure  59.  —The  narrow  lower  jaw  of  a  sperm  whale  contains  from  18 
to  25  large  functional  teeth,  which  fit  neatly  into  sockets  in  the  upper 
jaw.  Occasionally,  the  upper  jaw  also  contains  some  teeth.  {Photo 
from  the  North  Pacific  by  Japanese  Whales  Research  Institute, 
courtesy  of  H.  Omura. ) 


Figure  60.  —  The  throat  and  lower  jaw  of  a  sperm  whale  on  the  deck  of  an 
eastern  Canadian  whaling  station,  showing  the  numerous  short  throat 
grooves,  which  are  most  clearly  evident  on  adult  animals.  (Photo  by  J. 
G.  Mead.) 


Figure  61 .  —  Detail  of  the  broad,  paddle-shaped  flipper  of  a  sperm  whale 
from  the  North  Pacific.  {Photo  from  Japanese  Whales  Research  In- 
stitute, courtesy  of  H.  Omura. )  |J| 


62 


MINKE  WHALE  (B) 

Balaenopteraacutorostratahacepede  1804 


Other  Common  Names 

Little  piked  whale,  lesser  rorqual,  little  finner,  sharp- 
headed  firmer,  grampus  (Newfoundland),  gibord  (Quebec). 

Description 

Minke  whales  are  the  smallest  baleen  whale  species  in  the 
northern  hemisphere,  reaching  maximum  lengths  of  just  over 
30  feet  (9.1  m).  One  of  the  most  distinctive  features  of  this 
species  is  an  extremely  narrow,  pointed,  distinctly  triangular 
rostrum  with  a  single  head  ridge,  similar  to  but  much  sharper 
than  that  of  the  fin  whale  (hence  the  common  name 
"sharp-headed  finner").  Minke  whales  have  a  tall,  falcate 
dorsal  fin  located  in  the  latter  third  of  the  back,  in  about  the 
same  position  as  that  of  the  sei  whale,  which  often  becomes 
visible  simultaneously  with  the  low,  usually  inconspicuous 
blow. 

Minke  whales  are  black  to  dark  gray  on  the  back  and  white 
on  the  belly  and  on  the  underside  of  the  flippers.  Portions  of 
the  underside  of  the  flukes  may  be  steel  bluish  gray.  They 
have  a  diagonal  band  of  white  on  each  flipper,  the  extent  and 
orientation  of  which  varies  individually. 

Like  the  fin  whale,  minke  whales  (at  least  from  the  Pacific) 
sometimes  have  a  chevron  on  the  back  behind  the  head  and 
often  have  two  regions  of  lightish-gray  coloration  on  each 
side—  one  just  above  and  behind  the  flippers;  another  just  in 
front  of  and  below  the  dorsal  fin.  These  patches  may  be  quite 
conspicuous  on  some  animals,  indetectable  on  others.  These 
markings  may  also  be  present  on  Atlantic  specimens,  though 
they  have  not  yet  been  documented.  The  baleen,  which  may 
be  visible  from  close  range  when  the  animal  is  feeding,  is 
mostly  yellowish  white  with  fine  white  bristles.  The  posterior 
plates  (up  to  half)  may  be  brown  to  black. 


Natural  History  Notes 

Minke  whales  are  frequently  found  as  single  animals, 
pairs,  or  trios,  though  they  may  congregate  in  areas  of  food 
concentration  in  the  northern  seas  during  the  spring  and 
summer.  They  are  more  likely  to  be  seen  up  close  than  their 
larger  cousins— the  blue,  fin,  and  sei  whales— because  they 
often  closely  approach  boats,  particularly  stationary  boats,  as 
if  curious  about  them. 

Minke  whales  may  also  approach  very  close  to  shore  and 
often  enter  bays,  inlets,  and  estuaries. 

Like  fin  whales,  they  often  arch  the  tail  stock  high  into  the 
air  when  beginning  a  long  dive.  However,  they  do  not  raise 
the  flukes  above  the  surface  when  beginning  a  dive. 

Minke  whales  feed  primarily  on  small  shoal  fish  (herring, 
cod,  pollack,  and  capelin). 

Minkes  sometimes  breach,  leaping  completely  clear  of  the 
water  and  entering  smoothly,  head  first,  or  with  a  substantial 
splash  like  humpback  whales. 


May  Be  Confused  With 

When  they  are  seen  at  relatively  close  range,  minke 
whales  can  be  readily  distinguished  from  the  other  rorquals 
that  have  relatively  tall,  falcate  dorsal  fins  (fin,  sei,  and 
Bryde's  whales)  by  their  considerably  smaller  size  and  by 
their  distinctive  white  band  on  each  flipper. 

At  a  distance,  however,  positive  identification  may  be 
difficult.  Minke  whales  have  a  small,  low,  inconspicuous  blow. 
Like  sei  whales,  they  frequently  expose  the  dorsal  fin 
simultaneously  with  the  blow,  but  minke  whales  hump  the 
tail  stock  much  higher  when  beginning  a  long  dive —  more  like 
fin  whales. 


aiw^^«^> 


Figure62.  — The  minke  whale,  at  a  maximum  length  of  just  over  30  feet  (9.1  m),  the  smallest  baleen 
whale  species  of  the  western  North  Atlantic,  is  distributed  in  polar,  temperate,  and  tropical  waters. 
These  animals  usually  have  a  low,  inconspicuous  blow  and  are  sometimes  curious  enough  about 
boats  that  they  will  alter  their  course  to  investigate  them.  Note  the  two  areas  of  hght  gray  on  the 
sides  of  the  body,  characteristic  of  at  least  Pacific  minke  whales.  {Photo  from  off  British  Columbia, 
courtety  of  Nanaimo  Free  Press.) 


63 


Figure  63. — Three  views  of  minke  whales  at  sea.  In  all  note  the  transverse 
band  of  white  on  the  flippers  and  the  sharply  pointed  head.  Note  the  gray 
chevron  visible  on  the  back  (top),  the  absence  of  a  conspicuous  blow  and 
the  appearance  of  the  prominent  dorsal  fin  on  the  surface  while  the 
blowholes  are  still  exposed  (middle),  and  the  distinctive  regions  of  light 
gray  on  the  sides  (bottom).  [Photos  from  off  San  Diego,  Calif,  by  G.  E. 
Lmgle  [top];  from  the  northern  West  Indies  by  H.E.  Winn  [midiUe\;  and 
from  the  western  Pacific  by  Japanese  Whales  Research  Institute,  courte- 
sy ofH.  Omura  [bottom].) 


64 


From  a  distance,  minke  whales  might  also  be  mistaken  for 
northern  bottlenosed  whales  (or  any  of  several  other  beaked 
whales  with  a  similar  dorsal  fin).  They  can  be  distinguished 
by  the  differences  in  head  shape,  body  color  and  markings, 
and  behavior,  detailed  on  p.  67. 

Distribution 

Minke  whales  are  distributed  in  the  polar,  temperate,  and 
tropical  waters  of  the  western  North  Atlantic.  They  are 
found  from  the  pack  ice  south  to  at  least  Anguilla,  Lesser 
Antilles,  and  the  eastern  Gulf  of  Mexico,  though  they  appear 
to  be  most  abundant  in  temperate  waters  north  of  the  lati- 
tude of  New  York  and  are  infrequently  reported  from  tropi- 
cal waters.  At  least  some  of  the  population  migrates  to  the 
northern  portions  of  their  range  in  spring  and  back  south  in 
autumn.  They  often  approach  close  to  shore  and  enter  river 
mouths,  inlets,  and  estuaries. 

Minke  whales  arrive  along  the  Canadian  coast  in  May  or 
June.  Some  migrate  as  far  north  as  Hudson  Strait,  where 
they  remain  until  the  freeze  in  October,  November,  or 
December.  By  December  the  majority  of  the  population  has 


begun  to  move  to  the  south,  although  some  animals  remain 
behind  so  long  as  to  become  entrapped  in  the  ice  and  die. 
Spring  and  summer  concentrations  along  the  Canadian  coast 
correspond  to  concentrations  of  capelin,  cod,  and  herring. 
Southern  concentrations,  also  corresponding  with  concentra- 
tions of  herring,  extend  farther  offshore  at  least  to  the  edges 
of  the  Grand  Bank.  Minke  whales  also  summer  off  the  south 
coast  of  western  Greenland,  which  they  probably  reach  from 
waters  southwest  of  Iceland.  Minke  whales  also  occur  in 
deep  pelagic  waters. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Stranded  minke  whales  can  be  most  readily  identified  by: 
1)  their  small  size  (to  just  over  30  feet  [9.1  m]);  2)  the 
transverse  white  bands  on  the  flippers;  3)  the  yellowish- 
white  baleen  plates  (up  to  half  the  posteriormost  plates  may 
be  brown  or  black),  300-325  per  side  in  number  and  having 
fine  white  bristles  (the  plates  are  up  to  4.75  inches  [12  cm) 
wide  at  the  base  and  up  to  8  inches  [20.3  cm]  long);  and  4)  by 
the  50-70  thin  ventral  grooves,  ending  well  before  the  navel, 
often  just  even  with  the  flippers. 


Figure  64.  —  Minke  whales  are  also  known  as  sharp-headed  tinners.  On  this  animal  from  the  North  Pacific, 
note  the  sharply  pointed  head  and  the  single  central  head  ridge.  (Photo  by  Japanese  Whales  Research 
Institute,  courtesy  of  H.  Omura. ) 


65 


sJUCCSn 


Figure  65.  -  A  minke  whale  stranded  at  Santa  Barbara,  Calil.  Note  the  dark  back,  the  white-banded  flipper,  and  the  60-70  fine  ventral  grooves  extending  to 
just  behind  the  flippers.  The  short,  white  baleen  plates  are  visible  in  the  open  mouth.    (Photo  by  S.  Anderton.) 


Figure  66. -Minke  whales  have  from  300  to  325  short,  yellowish-white  baleen  plates  (up  to  half  the 
anterionnost  plates  may  be  brown  or  black)  with  fine  white  bristles  on  each  upper  jaw.  \Photo  from 
Santa  Barbara,  Caltf.  by  S.  Anderson.) 


66 


Other  Common  Names 

None  known. 

Description 

Northern  bottlenosed  whales  reach  a  length  of  32  feet  (9.8 
m)  and  are  robust  in  form.  They  are  characterized  by  a 
bulbous  forehead,  which  is  more  pronounced  on  larger 
animals  and  most  distinctive  in  adult  males,  and  by  the 
dolphinlike  beak  displayed  in  animals  of  all  sizes  and  ages, 
which  is  sometimes  visible  as  the  animals  surface  steeply  to 
breathe. 

The  blowhole  is  located  in  an  indented  area  behind  the 
bulbous  forehead,  and  the  blow  emanating  from  it  projects 
upward  or  slightly  forward  to  a  height  of  up  to  6  feet  (1.8  m), 
is  bushy  and  is  visible  from  a  considerable  distance  under  low 
wind  conditions.  The  dorsal  fin,  located  two-thirds  of  the  way 
back  on  the  back,  reaches  at  least  12  inches  (30.5  cm)  in  height 
and  is  distinctly  falcate.  The  dorsal  fin  may  be  visible  from  a 
distance  of  several  hundred  meters. 

Northern  bottlenosed  whales  are  usually  brownish  in 
color,  though  the  markings  change  with  age.  Smaller  animals 
are  a  uniform  chocolate  brown.  Larger  animals  retain  the 
chocolate  brown  color  on  the  back  but  are  often  lighter  on  the 
sides  and  the  belly  and  often  have  irregular  patches  or 
blotches  of  grayish-white  coloration  on  the  back  and  sides. 
Extremely  large  animals,  presumably  older  males,  often 
have  a  white  head.  The  flippers  and  the  undersides  of  the 
flukes  are  uniformly  brown  in  color. 


Natural  History  Notes 

Northern  bottlenosed  whales  often  form  tightly  packed 
groups  of  up  to  10  or  more  animals.  This  species  holds  the 
anecdotal  record  for  the  longest  dives,  having  been  reported 
by  early  whalers  to  remain  submerged  over  2  h.  They  are 
probably  deep  divers,  feeding  primarily  on  squid  (though 
they  may  take  fishes  as  well),  and  they  rarely  go  in  water 
shallower  than  100  fathoms  (183  m). 

After  a  long  dive,  northern  bottlenosed  whales  will 
sometimes  remain  on  the  surface  for  10  min  or  more,  blowing 
at  regular  intervals  before  making  another  dive.  After  the 
last  blow  of  a  series  or  when  the  animals  are  startled  by  a 
boat,  they  may  show  the  tail  flukes  as  they  begin  to  dive.  The 
flukes  are  not  notched  on  the  rear  margin. 

Northern  bottlenosed  whales  have  been  observed  to  show 
curiosity  about  boats,  coming  to  them  from  a  considerable 
distance.  They  have  also  been  observed  to  "lobtail,"  raising 
the  tail  flukes  above  the  water  and  slapping  them  against  the 
surface,  and  to  jump  clear  of  the  water. 

In  the  late  19th  century,  after  stocks  of  bowhead  whales 
were  severely  reduced  by  overwhaling,  northern  bottlenosed 
whales  became  a  prime  target  of  arctic  whalers.  They  were 
sought  because  in  addition  to  whale  oil  produced  from  the 
body  blubber,  the  forehead  of  the  species  yielded  quantities 
of  spermaceti  like  that  obtained  from  sperm  whales. 


NORTHERN  BOTTLENOSED  WHALE  (T) 

Hyperoodon  ampullatus  (Forster  1770) 

May  Be  Confused  With 


Northern  bottlenosed  whales  have  a  northerly  and 
deep-water  distribution.  Within  their  range,  they  may  be 
confused  at  a  distance  with  minke  whales,  with  sperm 
whales,  or  perhaps  with  North  Sea  beaked  whales. 

Minke  whales  (p.  63)  have  a  falcate  dorsal  fin  located  in 
approximately  the  same  position  as  that  of  the  northern 
bottlenosed  whale.  However,  minke  whales  have  a  flathead  in 
front  of  their  two  blow  holes  and  are  black  to  dark  gray 
on  the  back. 

Sperm  whales  (p.  57)  have  a  squarish  head  that  may 
somewhat  resemble  that  of  an  adult  male  northern 
bottlenosed  whale.  However,  there  are  numerous  character- 
istics which  will  permit  these  species  to  be  distinguished  even 
from  a  distance: 


Northern 
Bottlenosed  Whale 


Sperm  Whale 


BLOW 


Low  and  bushy;  projects 
upward  from  indentation  on 
top  of  head. 


Low  and  bushy;  projects 
obliquely  forward  from  left 
side  of  head;  usually  less 
than  8  feet  (2.4  m). 


Lighter  brown;  adults  splot- 
ched with  grayish  white; 
body  smooth. 


COLORATION 

Brownish    gray; 
pears  wrinkled. 


body    ap- 


FLUKES 


Rarely  notched;  seldom  rais- 
ed on  long  dive. 


Notched;  raised  on  long  dive. 


HEAD 


Tapering  in  younger  ani- 
mals; bulbous  in  adults; 
white  in  older  animals;  beak- 
ed. 


Squarish,    long,     al; 
beakless. 


black; 


A  further  aid  to  distinguishing  northern  bottle- 
nosed and  sperm  whales  at  sea  is  the  fact  that  the 
sperm  whales  that  are  found  in  areas  where  northern 
bottlenosed  whales  are  encountered  are  usually  older, 
larger  males  from  40  to  60  feet  (12.2  to  18.3  m)  long. 
Northern  bottlenosed  whales  do  not  exceed  32 
feet  (9.8  m). 

Northern  bottlenosed  whales  may  also  be  confused  with 
the  poorly  known  North  Sea  beaked  whale  (p.  82).  When 
they  can  be  examined  at  close  range,  however,  northern 
bottlenosed  whales  should  be  distinguishable  on  the  basis  of 
the  distinctly  bulbous  forehead. 

Distribution 

In  the  western  North  Atlantic,  northern  bottlenosed 
whales  are  restricted  to  Arctic  and  north  temperate  waters, 


67 


Figure  67. —Northern  bottlenosed  whales  at  sea  off  Nova  Scotia.  Note  the  prominent  dorsal  fin  and  the  blotches  of  grayish-white  coloration  on  the  body. 
Northern  bottlenosed  whales  reach  32  feet  (9.8  m)  in  overall  length.    {Photo  by  H.  E.  Winn.) 


Figure  68.  -Views  of  the  heads  of  male  northern  bottlenosed  whales  off  Nova  Scotia.  Note  the  distinctive  beak  (right)  and  the  bulbous  forehead,  features 
which  develop  with  age  and  are  most  pronounced  in  adult  males.  In  the  animal  on  the  left,  note  also  the  low  bushy  blow  emanating  from  the  indented  area  on 
the  top  of  the  head.   (Photos  by  H.  E.  Winn.) 


68 


where  they  most  commonly  occur  in  offshore  areas.  They 
have  been  reported  from  Davis  Straits  and  the  entrance  to 
Hudson  Strait,  the  Gully  southeast  of  Sable  Island,  and  as  far 
south  as  Narragansett  Bay,  R.I. 

In  the  spring  and  summer  they  concentrate  near  the 
northern  limits  of  their  range,  occasionally  visiting  deep 
channels  of  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  and  eastern 
Newfoundland  in  summer.  During  these  seasons  they  may 
extend  to  the  edge  of  the  pack  ice. 

In  the  fall  and  winter  the  bulk  of  the  population  migrates 
.southward.  Many  probably  winter  in  the  Labrador  Sea  while 
others  move  farther  southward  and  farther  offshore. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Like  the  beaked  whales  discussed  on  p.  70  through  83, 
the  northern  bottlenosed  whales  have  no  notch  in  the  tail 
flukes,  have  two  throat  grooves  forming  a  V-shape  on  the 
chin,  and  have  only  two  teeth  in  the  lower  jaw,  with  those 
teeth  emerged  from  the  gums  only  in  adult  males.  These 
teeth  may  have  sometimes  fallen  out  of  older  males,  but  the 
tooth  sockets  should  still  be  visible  in  the  gums. 


Figure  69. -Northern  bottlenosed  whales  occasionally  raise  their  tafl       f*°  " 
nukes  when  beginning  a  dive.  At  close  range,  these  flukes  can  oKen  be 
seen  to  lack  a  distinctive  notch  on  the  rear  margin .  {Photo  from  off  Nova 
Scotia  by  J.  Ham. ) 


NOTE:  Some  specimens— both  male  and  female— will  be 
found  to  have  a  series  of  vestigial  teeth  the  size  of  toothpicks 
in  the  upper  and/or  lower  jaws.  Similar  vestigial  teeth,  .5-40 
in  number,  sometimes  occur  in  goosebeaked  whales  (p.  70). 
Further  when  they  are  prepared  for  museum  collections,  the 
lower  jaws  of  adult  northern  bottlenosed  whales  may  be 
found  to  contain  a  second  pair  of  teeth  just  behind  the  first. 

Northern  bottlenosed  whales  may  be  distinguished  from 
the  remainder  of  the  beaked  whale  family,  however,  by  the 
extremely  robust  body,  by  the  bulbous  forehead,  which  is 
more  extensively  developed  in  larger  animals,  particularly 
males,  and  by  the  pronounced  dolphinlike  beak. 


Figure  70.- A  stranded  northern  bottlenosed  whale  from  Holland.  Note  the  bulbous  forehead,  the  long  dolphinlike  beak  and  the  frequent  absences  of . 
notch  in  the  rear  margin  of  the  tail  flukes.  (Photo  by  J.  P  Strijbos.  courtesy  of  Rijks  Musum  van  Natuurlyke  Hutone  te  Leuien. ) 


69 


GOOSEBEAKED  WHALE  (T) 

Ziphius  cavirostris  G.  Cuvier  1823 


Other  Common  Names 

Ziphius,  Cuvier's  beaked  whale,  grampus  (St.  Vincent) 
(see  also  p.  96). 


Description 

Goosebeaked  whales  reach  a  length  of  23  feet  (7  m). 
Females  are  slightly  larger  than  males  of  the  same  age. 
Calves  are  probably  less  than  about  6  feet  (1.8  m)  at  birth. 
The  head  is  small  relative  to  the  body  length  and,  when 
viewed  laterally,  is  slightly  concaved  or  scooped  on  the  upper 
margin.  The  cleft  of  the  mouth  is  small,  smaller  than  in  any 
other  species  of  beaked  whales.  The  beak  is  indistinct  in 
larger  individuals.  There  is  a  distinct  indentation  on  the  back 
behind  the  head.  Two  teeth  are  found  at  the  tip  of  the  lower 
jaw  of  adult  males  only. 

The  dorsal  fin  is  relatively  tall  and  distinct,  to  at  least  15 
inches  (38.1  cm),  smoothly  falcate,  and  located  well  behind 
the  midpoint  of  the  back.  The  blowhole  is  located  far  forward 
on  the  top  of  the  head.  The  blow,  which  may  project  slightly 
forward  and  slightly  off  to  the  left,  is  usually  low  and 
inconspicuous.  Though  the  first  blow  after  a  long  dive  may  be 
more  distinct,  even  it  is  rarely  visible  even  under  good  wind 
conditions  for  more  than  a  few  hundred  yards. 

Descriptionsof  the  color  pattern  vary.  Individuals  may  be 
dark  rust  brown,  slate  gray,  or  fawn  colored  on  the  back  and 
generally  lighter  on  the  belly.  Some  appear  dark  in  both 
regions,  still  others — particularly  youngsters— appear  light- 
er gray  or  tan  on  the  belly.  The  body  is  frequently  covered 
with  white  or  cream-colored  blotches  (particularly  on  the 
belly).  The  tail  flukes  are  dark  on  the  bottom.  The  head  is 
frequently  paler  in  color.  Old  males  have  a  distinct  white  head 
and  are  frequently  extensively  scarred. 


Natural  History  Notes 

Goosebeaked  whales  frequently  occur  in  groups  of  from  10 
to  as  many  as  25  individuals.  They  have  been  reported  to 
jump  clear  of  the  water.  They  are  presumably  deep  divers 
and  are  known  to  stay  down  for  more  than  30  min.  When  they 
begin  a  deep  dive,  they  often  raise  their  tail  flukes  above  the 


surface  and  dive  nearly  vertically.  Goosebeaked  whales  feed 
primarily  on  squid. 

May  Be  Confused  With 

So  lit  tie  is  known  of  the  external  appearance  and  behavior 
of  the  living  beaked  whales  at  sea  that  all  the  species  may 
easily  be  confused. 

Goosebeaked  whales  are  larger  than  all  other  beaked 
whale  species  with  the  exception  of  the  northern  bottlenosed 
whale.  Upon  close  examination  they  may  be  distinguished 
from  the  northern  bottlenosed  whale  by  the  lighter  coloration 
of  the  head,  reaching  an  extreme  in  the  white  head  of  adult 
males.  (See  p.  67  and  Fig.  75.) 

Distribution 

As  with  other  species  of  beaked  whales  seldom 
encountered  or  at  least  seldom  positively  identified  at  sea, 
the  distribution  of  goosebeaked  whales  is  poorly  known  and 
must  be  constructed  from  records  of  stranded  specimens. 
Such  records,  often  involving  sick  individuals  that  may  have 
washed  ashore  from  considerable  distances,  may  give  an 
inaccurate  picture  of  normal  ranges. 

In  general,  stranding  reports  suggest  that  goosebeaked 
whales  are  sparsely  but  widely  distributed  in  nonpolar 
latitudes.  They  appear  to  be  primarily  tropical  in 
distribution,  though  they  venture  into  temperate  areas  in 
summer.  They  have  been  reported  from  Massachusetts  and 
Rhode  Island  south  to  Florida  and  thence  to  the  islands  of  the 
West  Indies.  They  are  frequently  stranded  along  the  Florida 
coast  and  are  not  an  uncommon  species  in  the  extant  whale 
fishery  of  the  Antillean  Islands.  The  fact  that  goosebeaked 
whales  strand  more  frequently  than  other  beaked  whales 
may  reflect  either  a  greater  abundance  or  a  greater  tendency 
to  approach  close  to  shore. 

They  are  probably  primarily  an  offshore  species. 

Stranded  Specimens 

To  be  positively  identified,  stranded  goosebeaked  whales 
in  an  advanced  state  of  decomposition  may  require  museum 
preparation  and  examination  of  the  skull  and  teeth.  Fresh 
specimens  may  be  tentatively  identified  by  the  characters 
illustrated  in  the  figures. 


70 


'*^^^^'v^^^^^^^w*«> 


^sissm^'r^nm 


..'lito:. 


Figure  71 .  — Goosebeaked  whales  have  been  rarely  seen  at  sea.  In  these  photos  from  the  eastern  tropical  Pacific,  note  the  white  head  of  the  animal  on  the 
left.  Goosebeaked  whales  are  wary  of  boats  and  may  dive  for  30  min  or  more.  When  they  surface,  their  blow,  usually  very  indistinct,  may  project  forward 
and  slightly  to  the  left.   {Photos  by  K.  D.  Sextan,  courtesy  of  Natumal Marine  Fisheries  Service.) 


Figure  72.  — A  beaked  whale,  probably  a  goosebeaked  whale,  jumps       ^, 
beside  a  research  ship  off  northwestern  Baja  California.  Note  the  position       ^nL 
and    shape   of   the    dorsal   fin    and    the    depression    just    behind    the 
head.  {Photo  by  S.  Leatherwood.) 


^'*'***^*''*Su^<inp^ 


71 


Figure  73.  —  A  goosebeaked  whale  stranded  in  Delaware.  Goosebeaked  whales  are  primarily  tropical  in  distribution,  though  they  apparently  venture  into 
temperate  areas  in  summer.  Note  the  prominent  dorsal  fin,  the  lighter  coloration  of  the  head,  and  the  depression  just  behind  the  head.  {Photo  from  U.S. 
National  Museum^  courtesy  of  J.  G.  Mead. ) 


Figure  74.  — A  closeup  of  the  dorsal  surface  of  the 
flukes  of  a  juvenile  goosebeaked  whale  stranded  in  the 
northeastern  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Like  other  members  of 
the  beaked  whale  family,  goosebeaked  whales  lack  a 
distinctive  notch  in  the  rear  margin  of  the  flukes. 
{Photo  courtesy  of  Florida's  Gulfarium.) 


72 


Figure  75.  — Stranded  goosebeaked  whales,  an  adult  male  from  northern  California  (top)  and  an 
immature  female  from  the  northeastern  Gulf  of  Mexico  (bottom).  Note  the  brownish  color  of  the 
back,  marked  in  the  adult  animal  by  blotches  of  lighter  gray  and  numerous  scratch  marks, 
presumably  tooth  rakes.  Note  also  the  mouth  cleft,  shorter  in  this  species  than  in  any  other  beaked 
whale  species,  and  the  slightly  concave  appearance  to  the  upper  margin  of  the  head.  The  beak  is 
usually  less  developed  in  large  animals.  The  inset  photo  shows  a  ventral  view  of  the  tip  of  the  lower 
jaw  of  an  adult  male  from  the  east  coast  of  Florida.  The  two  teeth  of  the  species  are  emerged  above 
the  gum  only  in  adult  males.  (Photos  by  W.  J.  Houck  [top\,  Florida's  Gulfarium  [middle],  and  W. 
A.  Huck,  courtesy  of  Marineland  of  Florida  |»ue(|. ) 


73 


OTHER  BEAKED  WHALES  (T) 

Mesoplodon  spp. 


Other  Common  Names 

Grampus  (St.  Vincent)  (see  also  p.  96). 

Description 

In  addition  to  the  northern  bottlenosed  whale  (p.  67)  and 
the  goosebeaked  whale  (p.  70),  four  other  species  of  beaked 
whales  have  been  reported  from  the  western  North  Atlantic. 
All  four  species  are  known  primarily  from  stranded 
specimens  and  have  been  rarely  encountered  at  sea. 
Therefore  statements  of  range  are  usually  limited  to 
inferences  from  locations  of  strandings,  and  information  on 
appearance  and  habits  of  the  species  in  the  wild  is  almost 
totally  lacking. 

The  infrequent  encounters  with  beaked  whales  at  sea  may 
result  from  such  factors  as  1)  a  low  inconspicuous  blow,  2) 
avoidance  of  ships,  and/or  3)  distribution  in  small  groups  in 
offshore  areas  well  outside  the  normal  boating  lanes. 

The  following  descriptions  will  aid  primarily  in  identifying 


stranded  specimens.  Though  subtle  differences  in  ranges, 
color  patterns,  and  dorsal  fin  shapes  and  positions  may  be 
helpful  in  narrowing  the  choices  of  living  animals,  the  species 
will  continue  to  be  extremely  difficult  to  distinguish  from  one 
another  in  the  brief  encounters  typical  at  sea  until  additional 
data  are  collected. 

The  beaked  whales  have  the  following  characteristics  in 
common:  1)  two  small  creases  forming  a  V-shape  on  the  throat 
2)  the  absence  of  a  conspicuous  notch  on  the  rear  margin  of  the 
tail  flukes  (some  specimens  have  a  slight  indentation),  and  31 
the  absence  of  functional  teeth  in  all  except  adult  males. 
Adult  males  have  a  single  pair  of  teeth  in  the  lower  jaw,  the 
position  and  description  of  which  help  to  identify  the  species. 
The  teeth  of  females  are  not  functional  and  only  rarely 
emerge  from  the  gums.  Therefore,  if  a  stranded  animal  is  an 
adult  male,  its  species  can  be  determined  by  the  position  and 
description  of  the  teeth.  For  example,  in  Mesoplodon  mirus, 
the  teeth  are  located  near  the  tip  of  the  lower  jaw;  in  M. 
europaeus,  they  are  located  about  a  third  of  the  way  from  the 
tip  of  the  snout  to  the  corner  of  the  mouth;  in  M.  bidens,  they 


Figure  76.  -  An  unidentified  beaked  whale  from  the  mid-Pacific.  Note  the  marks  along  the  back,  presumably  tooth  rakes,  consisting  of  scratches  that  are 
paired  and  close  together.  A  beaked  whale  in  the  western  North  Atlantic  marked  in  this  manner  would  be  a  northern  bottlenosed  whale  (p.  671,  a  goose- 
beaked  whale  (p.  70),  or  a  True's  beaked  whale  (p.  77).  These  are  the  only  three  species  in  which  the  teeth  are  located  close  together  near  the  tip  of  the 
lower  jaw.  {Photo  by  K.  C.  Balcomb.) 


74 


are  nearly  half  way  from  the  tip  of  the  snout  to  corner  of  the 
mouth;  and  in  M.  derisirostris,  they  are  located  in  large 
prominences  near  the  back  of  the  mouth. 

If  the  animal  is  a  female  or  an  immature  male,  however, 


museum  preparation  and  examination  might  be  required 
before  the  species  can  be  positively  determined.  The 
following  four  sections  summarize  characters  of  western 
North  Atlantic  beaked  whales. 


<<«. 


^^^^;:>K 


^^4^ 


Figure  77.  —  Various  views  of  a  herd  of  five  or  six  unidentified  beaked  whales,  possibly  dense-beaked  whales,  12  miles  off  Pokai  Bay,  Oahu,  flawaii.  The 
animals  were  very  shy  and  had  low  indistinct  blows,  making  them  difficult  to  spot  and  track.  As  they  surfaced,  individuals  frequently  bucked  their  heads 
and  slapped  the  chin  against  the  surface,  rather  than  rolling.  They  did  not  raise  their  tail  flukes  when  beginning  their  long  dives.  {Photos  by  E. 
ShaUenberger,  Sea  Life  Park,  Hawaii.) 

{Because  so  little  is  known  of  beaked  whales  every  encounter  should  be  recorded  in  as  much  detail  as  possible. | 


75 


Figure  78.  — Adult  male  beaked  whales, 
showing  the  body  profile  and  the  relative 
positions  of  the  teeth.  Remember  that  the 
teeth  of  females  and  immature  males  are 
concealed  beneath  the  gums.  {Drawing  by 
L.  Wmn.) 


^^     densirostns 


76 


TRUES  BEAKED  WHALE  (T) 

Mesoplodon  mirus  True  1913 


Other  Common  Names 

None  known. 

Description 

True's  beaked  whales  reach  a  length  of  at  least  16  feet  (4.9 
m)  long.  They  are  chunky  in  midbody  and  narrow  rapidly 
towards  the  tail,  closely  resembling  goosebeaked  whales 
(p.  70).  In  overall  body  shape,  the  head  is  small  with  a  slight 
indentation  in  the  area  of  the  blowhole,  a  slight  bulge  to  the 
forehead,  and  a  pronounced  beak.  The  flippers  are  small 
(from  one-fourteenth  to  one-tenth  the  body  length).  The 
dorsal  fin  is  small,  slightly  falcate,  located  in  the  latter  third 
of  the  back,  and  followed  by  a  pronounced  ridge  on  the  tail 
stock.  The  flukes,  which  sometimes  contain  a  very  slight 
notch,  are  broad  (to  almost  one- fifth  the  body  length). 

True's  beaked  whales  are  dull  black  to  dark  gray  on  the 
back,  lighter  slate  gray  on  the  sides,  and  white  on  the  belly. 
The  body  is  frequently  covered  with  light  colored  spots  or 
splotches  and  bears  numerous  pairs  of  scratch  marks, 
presumably  tooth  rakes  (Fig.  76). 

The  flippers  are  all  black  and  are  attached  in  the  dark  col- 
oration of  the  animal's  side.  The  flukes  are  dark  above  and 
below. 


May  Be  Confused  With 

True's  beaked  whales  are  most  likely  to  be  confused  with 
goosebeaked  whales  (p.  70)  but  may  also  be  confused  with 
any  of  the  other  beaked  whales  species  (p.  74  and  Fig.  78). 

Distribution 

True's  beaked  whales  appear  to  be  primarily  temperate  in 
distribution.  They  have  been  reported  from  Cape  Breton 
Island,  Nova  Scotia  south  as  far  as  Flagler  Beach  in  Florida. 
Northernmost  records  are  for  summer  months. 

The  range  of  True's  beaked  whales  overlaps  with  that  of 
the  Antillean  beaked  whale  but  is  more  northerly. 

Stranded  Specimens 

The  teeth  of  adult  male  True's  beaked  whales  may  be 
visible  near  the  tip  of  the  lower  jaw,  a  characteristic  shared 
with  the  goosebeaked  whale  (p.  70)  and  the  northern 
bottlenosed  whale  (p.  67).  Both  these  other  species  reach 
substantially  greater  maximum  lengths  than  True's  beaked 
whales,  however,  and  should  be  readily  distinguishable  by 
this  and  the  number  of  other  highly  distinctive  characteristics 
of  each  species. 

Females  and  subadult  males  may  be  confused  with  any  of 
the  beaked  whales  species  (p.  74  and  Fig.  78). 


'^^^^'''^^^?:::.^^M^:^;-^r':t-^ 


'»te^- 


Figure  79. -Two  views  of  the  body  of  a  stranded  True's  beaked  whale  from 
northeastern  Florida.  This  species  reaches  at  least  16  feet  (4.9  m)  and  closely 
resembles  the  goosebeaked  whale  in  general  body  shape.  It  is  distributed  in 
temperate  waters  from  Nova  Scotia  to  Florida.  (Photos  courtesy  of  Marineland  of 
FUyrida.) 


77 


Figure  80.  —The  head  ot  a  True's  beaked  whale  stranded  in  North  Carolina.  Note 
the  small  head,  the  pronounced  beak,  and  the  position  of  the  blowhole  in  the 
indentation  behind  the  forehead.  The  teeth,  visible  above  the  gums  only  in  adult 
males,  are  in  the  position  indicated  by  the  arrow.  The  photo  on  the  right  shows 
the  two  V-shaped  throat  grooves  characteristic  of  beaked  whales.  {Photos  from 
U.S.  National  Museum,  courtesy  of  J.  G,  Mead.) 


ANTILLEAN  BEAKED  WHALE  (T) 

Mesoplodon  europaeus  (Gervais  1855) 
(equals  M.  gervaisi  [DeslongchampsJ) 


Other  Common  Names 

Gulfstream  beaked  whale,  Gervais'  beaked  whale. 

Description 

Antillean  beaked  whales  reach  a  length  of  at  least  22  feet 
(6.7  m).  They  are  slender  in  form  and  appear  somewhat 
laterally  compressed  (i.e.,  taller  than  they  are  wide).  The 
head  is  extremely  small  and  tapers  rapidly  to  a  narrow  beak. 
The  flippers  are  small  (to  about  one-twelfth  the  body  length) 
with  their  origin  well  down  on  the  sides  of  the  body.  The 
dorsal  fin  is  small,  located  behind  the  midpoint  of  the  back, 
and  variable  in  shape  from  falcate  to  triangular.  The  flukes 
are  less  than  one- fifth  the  body  length  and  are  not  notched. 

Antillean  beaked  whales  are  dark  grayish  black  on  the 
back  and  sides,  slightly  lighter  on  the  abdomen.  The  flukes 
are  dark  gray  above  and  below. 

Natural  History  Notes 

Antillean  beaked  whales  are  probably  primarily  oceanic  in 
distribution  and  are  known  to  feed  on  squid. 


May  Be  Confused  With 

Antillean  beaked  whales  may  be  confused  with  any  of  the 
other  beaked  whales  though  they  are  larger  than  all  except 
the  northern  bottlenosed  whale  (p.  67)  and  the  goosebeaked 
whale  (p.  70). 


Distribution 

Antillean  beaked  whales  have  been  reported  stranded 
from  the  latitude  of  Long  Island,  N.Y.  south  to  Florida, 
thence  into  the  Caribbean  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 


Stranded  Specimens 

The  teeth  of  Antillean  beaked  whales  are  located  at  the 
suture  of  the  mandible,  about  one-third  of  the  way  from 
the  tip  of  the  snout  to  the  corner  of  the  mouth  (Fig. 
78). 


78 


Figure  81 . — Two  views  of  an  Antillean  beaked  whale  stranded  in  New  Jersey  in  1899.  Note  the  very  small  head,  the  prominent 
back-curved  dorsal  fin,  and  the  slightly  concave  rear  margin  of  the  tail  flukes,  which  lack  a  distinct  notch.  iPhotos  by  F.  W. 
True,  courtesy  of  U.S.  National  Museum-) 


Figure  82. —Two  views  of  an  Antillean  beaked  whale  stranded  in  Jamaica.  This 
species  reached  at  least  22  feet  (6.7  m)  in  length.  Compared  to  the  smaller  True's 
beaked  whale,  Antillean  beaked  whales  have  a  smaller  head,  a  narrower  beak,  and  a 
taller,  narrower  body.  Furthermore,  the  teeth  of  this  species  are  located  about 
one-third  of  the  way  back  from  the  tip  of  the  snout  to  the  comer  of  the 
mouth.    [Photos  by  J.  J.  Rankin. ) 


79 


DENSE-BEAKED  WHALE  (T) 

Mesoplodon  densirostris  (Blainville  in  Desmarest  1817) 


Other  Common  Names 

None  known. 

Description 

Dense-beaked  whales  reach  alengthof  at  least  17  feet  (5.2 
m).  The  body  is  distinctly  spindle-shaped.  The  head,  the 
contour  of  which  is  the  most  distinctive  characteristic  of  this 
species,  is  marked  by  a  prominent  rise,  located  near  the  angle 
of  the  gape  on  each  side.  This  rise,  which  bears  the  teeth, 
gives  a  peculiar  high,  arching  contour  to  the  mouth  (p.  84), 
particularly  in  adult  males. 

The  flippers  are  small  (one-eleventh  to  one-tenth  the  body 
length)  and  have  their  origin  in  the  lighter  color  of  the  lower 
sides.  The  dorsal  fin  varies  from  small  and  triangular  to 
nearly  falcate  and  pointed  on  the  tip.  It  is  located  behind  the 
midpoint  of  the  back.  The  flukes  are  from  one-sixth  to 
one-fifth  the  body  length,  are  seldom  notched,  and 
occasionally  even  bulge  slightly  backwards  near  the  center  of 
the  rear  margin. 

Dense- beaked  whales  are  black  or  charcoal  gray  on  the 
back,  slightly  lighter  on  the  abdomen.  They  are  somewhat 
blotched  with  grayish  white  and  are  often  extensively 
scratched  or  scarred.  The  flippers  are  lighter  than  the  back. 
The  flukes  are  dark  above,  light  below. 


Natural  History  Notes 

From  stomach  contents  of  stranded  animals  dense- beaked 
whales  are  known  to  feed  on  squid. 

May  Be  Confused  With 

Adult  male  dense-beaked  whales  can  be  separated  from 
the  other  beaked  whales  by  the  high,  arching  contour  to  the 
corners  of  the  mouth.  If  there  is  no  adult  male  in  the  group, 
however,  dense-beaked  whales  may  be  confused  with  any  of 
the  other  beaked  whales  species. 

Distribution 

Dense  beaked  whales  have  been  reported  from  Peggys 
Cove.  Nova  Scotia  south  to  Florida.  From  all  accounts,  this 
species  appears  widely  but  sparsely  distributed  in  warm 
temperate  seas. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Adults  of  this  species  should  be  distinguishable  by  the 
highly  distinctive  contour  of  the  mouth.  The  teeth,  located  in 
the  high  rise  of  the  mouth,  are  oriented  slightly  backwards. 


Figure  83.  —  A  dense-beaked  whale  in  the  tank  at  New  York  Aquarium.  Note  the  position  of  the  prominent  dorsal  fin,  just  breaking  the  surface.  The  blow  of 
beaked  whales  is  usually  small  and  inconspicuous  and  reportedly  projects  markedly  forward  from  the  head.    {.Photo  by  J.  G.  Mead. ) 


80 


Figure  84. -Views  of  the  heads  of  dense-beaked  whales.  Females 
Ibottom)  and  immature  males  have  a  slight  curvature  to  the  rear  of  the 
mouth.  As  they  mature,  males  (middle  and  top)  begin  to  display  the  two 
arching  prominences  near  the  corners  of  the  mouth  which  give  the 
characteristic  contour  to  the  mouth.  The  teeth  are  located  in  these 
prominences  and  are  oriented  slightly  backwards.  (Photos  from 
nortkeattem  Florida  by  W.  A.  Huck,  courtety  of  Marineland  of  Florida 
[top  and  middle]  and  by  J.  G.  Mead  [bottom) 


81 


Figure 85.  — A  dense-beaked  whale  stranded  in  northeastern  Florida.  This  species  reaches  about  17  teet  (5.2  ml  and  is  black  or  charcoal  gray  on 
the  back,  lighter  gray  on  the  sides,  and  frequently  marked  with  grayish-white  blotches  and  often  extensively  scarred.  {Photo  by  W.  A.  Huck, 
courtesy  of  Marmelarui  of  Florida. ) 


NORTH  SEA  BEAKED  WHALE  (T) 

Mesoplodon  bidens  (Sowerby  1804) 


Other  Common  Names 

Sowerby's  beaked  whale. 

Description 

North  Sea  beaked  whales  reach  a  length  of  at  least  16.5 
feet  (5  m).  The  body  is  distinctly  spindle-shaped,  but 
apparently  more  robust  near  midbody  than  that  of  the 
dense  beaked  whale.  The  head  is  characterized  by  a 
pronounced  bulge  in  front  of  the  blowhole,  a  slightly  concave 
forehead,  and  a  moderate  to  long  beak.  The  flippers  are 
relatively  long  (one-eighth  to  one-ninth  the  body  length).  The 
dorsal  fin  is  reportedly  tall  and  variable  in  shape  from 
triangular  to  slightly  falcate  and  is  located  just  behind  the 
midpoint  of  the  back.  The  flukes  are  not  notched  but  are 
sometimes  quite  concave  on  the  rear  margin. 

Adult  North  Sea  beaked  whales  are  dark  charcoal  gray  on 
the  back  with  white  spots  overall.  Young  animals  are  also 
dark  charcoal  gray  on  the  back  but  are  lighter  on  the  belly  and 
are  unspotted.  The  flukes  of  adults  are  dark  above  and  below. 
Those  of  young  are  dark  above,  lighter  below. 

Natural  History  Notes 

North  Sea  beaked  whales  are  known  to  feed  on  squid. 


May  Be  Confused  With 

North  Sea  beaked  whales  are  the  most  northerly  species 
of  beaked  whales.  No  other  species  is  very  likely  to  be 
encountered  in  the  same  area. 


Distribution 

North  Sea  beaked  whales  have  been  reported  in  the 
offshore  waters  from  the  latitude  of  New  England  north 
perhaps  to  the  pack  ice.  Individuals  are  occasionally  drawn  to 
the  coasts  of  Newfoundland  in  summer,  presumably  by 
concentrations  of  squid,  a  known  food  item. 


Stranded  Specimens 

The  teeth  of  North  Sea  beaked  whales  are  located  about 
midway  between  the  tip  of  the  snout  and  the  corner  of  the 
mouth.  Except  for  this  characteristic  and  their  northerly 
distribution,  however,  this  species  might  easily  be  confused 
with  any  other  of  the  beaked  whales  species. 


82 


k-»«;'sr^<>'5iaB3iSwa-"^W)«**" 


POSITION  OF  TEETH 
IN  ADULT   MALES 


Fieure  86.-North  Sea  beaked  whales  are  the  most  northerly  of  the  beaked  whale  species,  extending  north  as  far  as  the  pack  ice. 
T^reach  at  least  16.5  feet  (5.0  m)  and  can  be  identified  on  the  beach  by  the  position  of  the  teeth  near  the  middle  of  the  lower  jaw. 


l.ittie  is  known  of  the  species  at  sea.  (Dra-wing  by  L.  Winn. ) 


Figure  87.-A  female  North  Sea  beaked  whale  (16.5  feet  [5.0  ml)  stranded  in  Hjertuika  in  1957.   (PAoto  courtesy  of  A.  Jomgard.) 


83 


KILLER  WHALE  (T) 

Orcinus  orca  (Linnaeus  1758) 


Other  Common  Names 

Blackfish  (see  also  pilot  whales,  p.  91  and  94),  sword  fish 
(Canada),  grampus  (see  p.  96),  whitefish  (St.  Vincent), 
Espladon  (Quebec). 


Description 

Killer  whales  are  the  largest  member  of  the  dolphin 
family.  Adult  males  reach  a  length  of  at  least  30  feet  (9.1  m) 
and  are  robust  in  form.  One  specimen  of  31  feet  (9.5  m)  was 
recorded  for  the  western  North  Pacific.  Females  are 
considerably  smaller  and  less  stocky.  Newborn  are 
approximately  7-8  feet  (2.1-2.4  m)  long.  Killer  whales  have 
large  paddle-shaped  flippers. 

The  most  distinctive  field  character  of  the  species  is  the 
dorsal  fin.  In  adult  males  it  is  extremely  erect  and  may  be  as 
much  as  6  feet  (1.8  m)  tall.  Though  the  fin  of  females  and 
immature  males  is  less  than  3  feet  (0.9  m)  tall,  it  is 
nonetheless  taller  even  in  these  animals  than  in  any  other 
cetacean  species  and  is  distinctly  falcate  and  pointed  on  the 
lip. 

Killer  whales  are  basically  black  with  an  extensive  region 
of  white  on  the  undersides  extending  from  the  lower  jaw  to 
the  anal  region  with  a  branch  extending  onto  the  flanks 
behind  the  dorsal  fin.  There  is  an  oval  white  patch  on  the  side 
of  the  head  just  above  and  behind  the  eye.  In  newborn  and 
very  young  calves,  these  regions  may  be  tan  to  lemon  yellow 
in  color.  Most  animals  have  a  light-gray  saddle  marking  just 
behind  the  dorsal  fin.  The  undersides  of  the  flukes  are 
usually  white.  Both  all-black  and  all-white  animals  have 
been  reported. 


Natural  History  Notes 

Killer  whales  travel  in  groups  of  from  a  few  to  25  or  30 
individuals,  though  herds  of  150  have  been  reported.  Males 
appear  polygamous,  and  females  and  young  may  form  groups 
separate  from  young  bachelors  and  bulls. 

Killer  whales  are  extremely  fast  swimmers,  capable  of 
reaching  top  speeds  of  25  knots  or  more,  and  have  been 
reported  "porpoising"  and  breaching.  Individuals  and  entire 
groups  have  also  been  reported  "spy-hopping,"  or 
"pitchpoling,"  behaviors  which  consist  of  hanging  vertically 
in  the  water  with  the  head  and  much  of  the  body  (to  just 
behind  the  flippers)  exposed  above  the  surface. 

Killer  whales  feed  on  squid,  fishes,  sea  turtles,  seabirds, 
and  marine  mammals. 

Controversy  still  continues  over  whether  or  not  killer 
whales  pose  a  threat  to  man.  Documented  attacks  of  killer 
whales  on  boats  are  rare  and  have  usually  been  provoked 
(i.e.,  harpooning  or  attempts  to  capture).  Only  two  uncertain 
instances  of  attacks  in  the  wild  have  been  reported,  but  all 
divers  and  mariners  should  be  cautioned  that  this  powerful 
animal  is  perfectly  capable  of  doing  tremendous  damage  and 
should  not  be  provoked. 


May  Be  Confused  With 

Because  of  its  very  distinctive  dorsal  fin,  body  shape,  and 
coloration,  the  killer  whale  is  not  likely  to  be  confused  with 
any  other  whale  when  it  can  be  examined  at  close  range  or 
when  an  adult  male  is  present  in  the  group.  Pods  of  females 
and  immature  animals,  however,  may  be  confused  with  false 
killer  whales  or  with  grampus.  The  killer  whales  may  be 
distinguished  from  false  killers  by  the  following  differences: 


Killer  Whale 


False  Killer  Whale 


Chunky. 


BODY  SHAPE 

Slender. 

BODY  COLOR 


Black  with   white  on   belly.       All  black  with  some  gray  on 
flank,  and  head.  belly. 

DORSAL  FIN 

Very  tall  and  erect  in  adult      Shorter,    slender,    strongly 
males;  tall  and  slightly  back      falcate, 
curved  in  female. 

HEAD  SHAPE 
Broad,  rounded.  Tapered,  slender. 

FLIPPER  SHAPE 


Paddle-shaped. 


Moderately  long  with  char- 
acteristic hump  near  middle 
on  forward  margin. 


LENGTH 
To  at  least  30  feet  (9.1  m).         To  at  least  18  feet  (5.5  m). 

Furthermore,  false  killer  whales  are  the  only  "blackfish" 
which  are  known  to  ride  the  bow  wave  of  a  ship. 

Grampus  have  a  tall  dorsal  fin  (15  inches  [38.1  cm])  which 
is  very  similar  in  appearance  to  that  of  adult  female  and 
juvenile  killer  whales.  But  grampus  have  much  lighter 
coloration,  from  slate  gray  to  nearly  all  white,  and  larger 
animals  are  covered  with  numerous  scratches.  Upon  closer 
examination  they  can  be  further  distinguished  from  killer 
whales  by  a  crease  in  the  front  of  the  head  dividing  the  melon 
into  two  distinct  sections.  Grampus  are  considerably  smaller, 
to  about  13  feet  (4  m)  maximum  length. 

Distribution 

In  the  western  North  Atlantic  killer  whales  have  been 
reported  from  the  polar  pack  ice  south  to  Florida  and  St. 
Vincent,  Lesser  Antilles,  and  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  at  least 
as  far  as  Texas,  though  they  are  far  more  common  in  the 


84 


Figure  88.-A  smaU  herd  of  kiUer  whale«  off  southern  California  (top)  and  details  of  an  adult  male  from  that  '>"f '™^f '  ""l^V^t  Je  tTe  f^ns  of 
maTes  off  Islas  San  Benito.  Baja  CalUornia  (bottom).  Adult  males  have  a  taU  erect  dorsal  fin,  which  may  be  '-''''■ ''^•'"^'^.^'^If^'^J'^^^^^^ 
females  and  immature  males  are  less  than  3  feet  (0.9  m)  tall,  distinctly  falcate,  and  pointed  on  the  t.p.  Both  sexes  frequently  have  a  graysh  white  region, 
called  a  "saddle,"  behind  the  dorsal  fin.  [Photos  by  T.  Dohl  [top  and  middU]  and  S.  Leatherwood  [bottom].) 


85 


cooler  waters  from  about  New  Jersey  north.  Throughout 
their  range,  killer  whales  seem  to  prefer  coastal  areas  and 
often  enter  shallow  bays,  estuaries,  and  river  mouths  in 
search  of  food. 

Migrations  of  the  species  are  probably  closely  tied  to 
movements  of  their  food  supply.  They  annually  arrive  on  the 
coast  of  New  England  with  the  tuna.  Along  the  Canadian 
coasts,  where  distribution  and  migrations  have  been 
described  in  some  detail,  killer  whales  appear  to  move 
inshore  in  spring  and  summer.  Many  arrive  off  the  east  coast 
of  Newfoundland  in  June,  the  Strait  of  Belle  Isle  in  June  and 
July,  and  slightly  later  along  the  Labrador  coast  and  Arctic 
waters.  They  are  found  around  the  loose  ice  in  April, 
presumably  feeding  on  harp  seals,  Pagophilus  groenlandicus, 
and  hooded  seals,  Cystophora  cristata,  and  are  frequent  in 
the  St.  Lawrence  estuary  in  spring  and  autumn  following  the 


movements  of  the  white  whales.  The  northward  movements 
in  spring  also  coincide  with  migrations  of  balaenopterine 
whales,  which  have  also  been  reported  among  the  food  items. 
Killer  whales  may  remain  in  arctic  or  subarctic  waters  until 
driven  out  by  new  forming  ice  in  October  and  November. 
Though  the  migration  has  not  been  as  thoroughly  described, 
killer  whales  apparently  begin  shifting  southwards  in 
autumn. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Stranded  killer  whales  should  be  readily  identifiable  by 
the  robust  body,  the  distinctive  body  markings,  and  in  larger 
animals  the  tall  dorsal  fin.  Killer  whales  have  from  10  to  12 
large,  prominent  teeth  on  each  side  of  the  upper  and  lower 
jaws. 


\ 


\ 


Figure  89.  — Killer  whales  are  often  distributed  very  close  to  shore.  In  these  photos  from  Baja  California,  they  are  shown  in  two  characteristic 
behaviors— breaching  (top)  and  "spy-hopping"  or  "pitchpoling"  (bottom).  (Photos  by  S.  Leatherwood.) 


Figure  90.  — A  leaping  killer  whale  in  California  aquarium.  Note  the 
distinctive  coloration  of  the  species,  white  on  the  lower  jaw,  the  bcUy  and 
the  anus,  and  on  both  sides  above  the  anus.  Note  also  the  distinctive  white 
eye  patch  often  visible  on  animals  at  sea.    (Photo  by  D.  K.  Caldwell ) 


Figure  91.  — Killer  whales  have  from  10  to  12  large  prominent  teeth, 
curved  slightly  backwards  and  inwards  on  each  side  of  each  jaw.  {Photos 
from  Point  Mugu,  Calif,  by  S.  Leatherwood. ) 


87 


FALSE  KILLER  WHALE  (T) 

Pseudorca  crassidens  (Owen  1846) 


Other  Common  Names 

Mongoose  (St.  Vincent). 

Description 

False  killer  whales  in  the  western  North  Atlantic  reach  a 
length  of  at  least  18  feet  (5.5  cm).  Males  are  slightly  larger 
than  females.  Calves  from  5  to  7  feet  (1.5  to  2.1  m)  may  be 
seen  at  any  time  throughout  the  year. 

The  dorsal  fin,  located  just  behind  the  midpoint  of  the 
back,  is  from  7  to  16  inches  (17.8  to  40.6  cm)  tall,  falcate,  and 
variable  to  sharply  pointed  on  the  tip.  The  flippers  are 
characterized  by  a  broad  hump  on  the  front  margin  near  the 
middle,  a  characteristic  which  is  diagnostic  for  the  species. 

The  body  of  the  species  is  all  black  except  for  a  blaze  of 
gray  on  the  belly  between  the  flippers.  This  blaze  varies  from 
barely  visible  to  light  grayish  white  similar  to  but  generally 
fainter  than  that  of  pilot  whales.  The  body  is  long  and  slender, 
and  the  head  is  narrow  and  gently  tapered  from  the  area  of 
the  blowhole  forward. 

Natural  History  Notes 

False  killer  whales  are  a  social  form  and  may  occur  in 
herds  of  up  to  at  least  100  individuals.  They  often  jump  clear 
of  the  water  and  frequently  ride  the  bow  waves  of  vessels. 
They  are  the  only  "blackfish"  which  are  known  to  do  so.  False 
killer  whales  feed  primarily  on  squid  and  large  fishes  and  are 
notorious  for  their  habit  of  stealing  fish  from  the  lines  of 
fishermen.  The  large  prominent  teeth  may  be  visible  on  a 
swimming  animal. 


May  Be  Confused  With 

False  killer  whales  may  be  confused  with  killer  whales, 
pilot  whales,  or  the  smaller,  poorly  known  pygmy  killer  whale 
(p.  138)  and  many-toothed  blackfish  (p.  142). 

The  characteristics  distinguishing  the  species  from  the 
killer  whale  are  tabularized  on  p.  84;  its  differences  from  the 
pilot  whales  are  summarized  on  p.  92. 

At  sea,  false  killer  whales  are  distinguishable  from  the 
other  two  species  primarily  by  their  larger  size  and 
differences  in  coloration.  False  killer  whales  are  up  to  18  feet 
(5.5  m)  in  length.  Pygmy  killer  whales  and  many-toothed 
blackfish  reach  only  8-9  feet  (2.4-2.7  m)  in  length.  Pygmy 
killer  whales  have  an  extensive  region  of  white  on  the  belly 
which  my  extend  onto  the  sides  and  both  pygmy  killer  whales 
and  many  toothed  blackfish  have  a  distinctive  white  region 
on  the  lips,  usually  lacking  or  indistinct  on  false  killer  whales. 

Neither  of  the  smaller  species  of  blackfish  has  been 
reported  to  ride  bow  waves. 


Distribution 

False  killer  whales  are  widely  distributed  in  the  pelagic 
tropical,  subtropical,  and  warm  temperate  waters  of  the 
western  North  Atlantic.  They  have  been  reported  from  off 
Maryland  south  along  the  mainland  coasts  of  North  America, 
in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  from  Cuba  and  the  Lesser  Antilles,  and 
from  the  southeast  Caribbean  Sea.  The  species  has  been 
reported  from  Venezuela. 

False  killer  whales  do  not  appear  to  occur  frequently  in 
coastal  waters,  sandy  bays,  or  estuaries,  though  entire  herds 


-^  -     »» 


Figure  92.  -  False  killer  whales  at  sea  600  miles  (968.0  km)  off  northeastern  Florida.  Note  the  smoothly  falcate 
dorsal  fin,  pointed  on  the  tip,  and  located  near  the  midpoint  of  the  back.  Dorsal  fins  of  this  species  may  also  be 
rounded  on  the  tip  but  all  are  sharply  concaved  on  the  rear  margin.  {Photo  by  H.  E.  Winn. ) 


Figure  93. -False  killer  whales  are  the  only  "blackfish"  that  routinely 
ride  the  bow  waves  of  vessels.  On  this  animal  riding  on  the  bow  wave  of  a 
research  ship,  note  the  all-black  coloration  of  the  back,  head,  and  sides 
and  the  broad  "hump"  near  the  middle  of  the  flippers  on  the  leading  edge. 
^Photo  600  miUi  [968  km]  off  northeattem  Florida  by  H.  E.  Wirm.) 


have  stranded  in  such  areas.  Records  from  throughout  the 
range  suggest  that  the  species  has  an  oceanic  distribution. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Stranded  false  killer  whales  can  be  positively  identified 
by:  1)  the  large  size  (to  18  feet  [5.5  m]):  2)  the  slender  body 
tapering  rapidly  to  a  long  slender  head;  3)  the  markedly  long 
mouth,  with  from  8  to  11  large,  conspicuous  teeth  in  each  side 
of  each  jaw  recalling  those  of  the  killer  whale,  but  circular  and 
not,  as  in  killer  whales,  elliptical;  4)  the  unusually  shaped 
flipper  bulging  conspicuously  on  the  forward  margin. 

For  comparison  with  "blackfish"  of  similar  size  (the  pilot 
whales)  see  p.  92  and  94. 


Figure  94.  — A  false  killer  whale  stranded  in  northeastern  Florida.  Note 
the  narrow  tapering  head,  overhanging  the  lower  jaw  by  several  inches, 
the  position  and  shape  of  the  dorsal  fin  and  the  distinctive  "hump"  on  the 
leading  margin  of  the  flippers.  {Photo  by  W.  A.  Huck,  courtesy  of 
Marineland  of  Florida. ) 


N 


89 


V5 


^**- 

•    '■ 

•' 

'^vT^^ 

« 

^.i«^ 


Figure  95.  —  Entire  herds  of  false  killer  whales  sometimes  strand  themselves.  In  this  dorsal  view  of  an  animal  stranded  in  southeastern  Florida, 
note  the  extremely  distinctive  "hump"  on  the  forward  margin  of  the  flippers  and  the  narrow  head,  tapering  towards  the  tip  of  the  snout.  (Photo 
byJ.KroL) 


Figure  96.  — False  killer  whales  have  from  8  to  11  large,  conspicuous  teeth  in  each  side  of 
each  jaw.  These  teeth  are  often  visible  in  swimming  animals,  particularly  when  they  are 
engaged  in  their  obnoxious  habit  of  stealing  fish  from  the  lines  of  fishermen.  The  teeth  are  so 
distinctive  that  they  can  also  be  used  to  identify  even  a  badly  decomposed  stranded 
specimen.   (Photo,  courtesy  of  Sea  L^e  Park,  Haiuaii) 


90 


ATLANTIC  PILOT  WHALE  (T) 

Globicephala  melaena  (Traill  1809) 


Other  Common  Names 

Northern  pilot  whale,  long-finned  pilot  whale,  pothead, 
blackfish.  calling  whale,  caa'ing  whale. 


Description 

Male  Atlantic  pilot  whales  reach  an  average  length  of  at 
least  20  feet  (6.2  m).  Females  are  slightly  smaller,  probably 
not  e.xceeding  18  feet  (5.5  m).  Young  are  5-7  feet  (1.5-2.1  m)  at 
birth. 

The  head  is  thick  and  bulbous,  a  characteristic  which 
reaches  an  extreme  in  the  development  of  the  head  of  adult 
males  (prompting  the  common  name  "pothead").  The  flippers 
are  long  (to  one-fifth  of  the  body  length,  or  more)  and 
sickle  shaped.  The  tail  is  dorsally  thickened  just  in  front  of 
the  tlukes. 

The  dorsal  fin  of  this  species  is  one  of  its  most  distinctive 
characteristics.  It  is  low  in  profile,  has  a  long  base,  is  set  far 
forward  on  the  animal's  back,  and  is  falcate  to  "flaglike"  in 
appearance.  The  dorsal  fin  of  adult  males  reportedly  has  a 
thicker  leading  edge  and  a  rounder  form  than  that  of  the 
female. 

Atlantic  pilot  whales  are  black  on  the  back  and  sides 
(prompting  the  common  name  "blackfish")  but  have  an 
anchor-shaped  patch  of  grayish  white  on  the  chin  and  a  gray 
area  on  the  belly,  both  of  which  are  variable  in  extent  and 
intensity.  Some  larger  animals  have  a  gray  saddle  behind  the 
dorsal  fin,  though  this  zone  of  color  is  found  more  frequently 


in  short-  finned  pilot  whales.  Young  animals  are  often  a  lighter 
medium  gray. 

Natural  History  Notes 

Atlantic  pilot  whales  may  occur  in  herds  of  200  animals  or 
more,  though  herds  of  50  or  fewer  (4-6)  are  more  common. 
They  are  sometimes  found  in  association  with  Atlantic 
white-sided  dolphins. 

Pilot  whales  are  sometimes  found  hanging  vertically  in 
the  water  with  the  head  and  part  of  the  back  out  of  the  water 
in  what  has  been  called  "spy  hopping"  or  "pitchpoKng." 
Individuals  frequently  lobtail.  Pilot  whales  infrequently 
breach,  a  behavior  which  is  usually  confined  to  younger 
animals.  They  do  not  ride  bow  waves. 

Atlantic  pilot  whales  feed  primarily  on  squid  but  also  take 
cod  and  other  fishes.  A  Pacific  pilot  whale,  a  closely  related 
species,  was  found  by  radio  telemetric  studies  to  be  capable  of 
diving  to  2,000  feet  (609.6  m). 

Atlantic  pilot  whales  were  formerly  the  object  of  an  active 
shore  fishery  off  Newfoundland  (1950-1971).  In  addition, 
entire  herds  and,  less  frequently,  individuals  are  sometimes 
stranded. 


May  Be  Confused  With 

Atlantic  pilot  whales  are  most  likely  to  be  confused  with 
false  killer  whales,  with  which  they  share  the  waters  from  off 


Figure  97. -A  herd  of  Atlantic  pilot  whales  off  Massachusetts.  The  most  distinguishing  field  characteristic  of  this  species  and  »'  'heir  southern 
crins,  the  short-finned  pilot  whales,  is  the  highly  distinctive  dorsal  fin.  extremely  long  based,  low  in  protJe,  and  set  weU  forward  on  the  an.mals 
backs.  {Photo  by  W.  A.  WatkiTiS.) 


91 


Figure  98.  — Atlantic  pilot  whales  frequently  "lob 
tail"  I  raise  the  tail  flukes  above  the  surface  and  slap 
them  against  the  water)  (top)  and  pitchpole  or 
spy-hop  (hang  vertically  in  the  water  with  the  head 
up  and  the  tail  down)  (bottom).  (Photos  from  the 
North  Atlantic  by  H.  E.  Winn. 


Virginia  to  those  off  Maryland.  The  two  species  may  be 
distinguished  by  the  following  characteristics: 


Atlantic  Pilot  Whale 


False  Killer  Whale 


DORSAL  FIN 
Broad- based  and  falcate. 


Slender,    tall,    falcate, 
pointed  on  tip. 


and 


SHAPE  OF  HEAD 


Thick  and  often  squarish  in 
larger  animals. 


Slender,     gently 
mouth  long. 


tapering 


Robust. 


SHAPE  OF  BODY 

Long  and  slender. 


COLORATION 


Black  with  gray  saddle  some- 
times evident  behind  dorsal 
fin  and  gray  region  on  chin 
and  belly. 


Mostly  black  with  gray  blaze 
of  variable  extent  and  inten- 
sity on  belly  between  flip- 
pers. 


92 


BEHAVIOR 


Will    not    ride    bow    waves; 
seldom  breaches. 


May  ride  bow  waves,  often 
"porpoises"  and  breaches. 


RANGE 


Temperate  waters   from   at 
least  North  Carolina  north. 


Temperate  seas  from  at  least 
Maryland  south. 


In  the  extreme  southern  portion  of  their  range,  Atlantic  pi- 
lot whales  may  be  confused  with  short-finned  pilot  whales  with 
which  they  have  only  a  limited  seasonal  common  range.  Char- 
acters distinguishing  these  species  are  subtle  and  may  not  be 
adequate  to  permit  them  to  be  distinguished  at  sea.  For  pur- 
poses of  this  guide  it  is  generally  that  pilot  whales  living  north 
of  lat.  38°N  (Virginia  coast)  are  Atlantic  pilot  whales  and 
those  living  south  of  lat.  38°N  are  short-finned  pilot  whales. 

Distribution 

Atlantic  pilot  whales,  the  northernmost  of  the  two  pilot 
whales  species,  are  found  in  winter  from  the  Grand  Banks 
south  as  far  as  North  Carolina  and  in  summer  from  Iceland 
and  Greenland  south  to  the  New  Jersey  coast.  Winter 
concentrations  of  pilot  whales  may  be  found  off  the 
Newfoundland  coast  and  near  Cape  Cod,  Mass.  Atlantic  pilot 
whales  are  distributed  both  in  coastal  waters  and  in  deep 
waters  off  the  continental  shelf. 


Stranded  Specimens 

As  discussed  above,  individuals  and  groups  of  pilot  whales 
frequently  strand  themselves  for  still  incompletely  under- 
stood reasons.  They  may  be  identified  as  pilot  whales 
primarily  by:  1)  the  robust  body  and  bulbous  head,  which  is 
often  squarish  in  adult  animals,  and  2)  the  broad-based, 
falcate  dorsal  fin  located  far  forward  on  the  back.  Accurate 
determination  of  the  pilot  whale  species  involved  in  the 
stranding  may  require  museum  preparation  of  the  skull  and 
detailed  examination  of  its  characteristics.  Preliminary 
identification  may  be  made,  however,  based  on  the  follow- 
ing: 


Atlantic  Pilot  Whale  Short-Finned  Pilot  Whale 

FLIPPER  LENGTH 

To  one-fifth  body  length,  or       To  one  sixth  body  length,  or 
more.  less. 

NORMAL  RANGE 
From  North  Carolina  north.       From  North  Carolina  south. 

TEETH 
8-11  per  row.  7  9  per  row. 


Fieure  99  -  North  Atlantic  pilot  whales  on  the  deck  of  a  whaling  station  in  Newfoundland.  The  anchor-shaped  patch  on  the  chin  and  the  gray  color  of  the 
belly  are  apparently  more  vivid  and  extensive  in  this  species  than  in  the  short-finned  pilot  whales.  Further,  the  fUpper  is  longer,  measunng  one-fifth  of  the 
body  length,  or  more,  in  adult  animals.  The  flippers  of  short-finned  pUot  whales  (see  Fig.  102)  measure  one-sixth  of  the  body  length  or  less.  U>hoto  by  J.  h. 
Mead.) 


93 


SHORT-FINNED  PILOT  WHALE  (T) 

Globicephalamacrorhynchus  Gray  1846 


Other  Common  Names 

Blackfish  (see  also  p.  84,  91,  and  94). 

Description 

Male  short  finned  pilot  whales  of  the  western  North 
Atlantic  reach  lengths  of  at  least  17.5  feet  (5.3  m).  Females 
are  reportedly  slightly  smaller  than  males  (recorded  only  to 
15.5  feet  14.7  m]). 

The  head,  somewhat  like  that  of  the  Atlantic  pilot  whales 
(p.  91),  is  thick  and  bulbous,  a  characteristic  which  reaches 
its  extreme  in  the  development  of  a  flattened  or  squarish 
appearance  to  the  front  of  the  head  in  mature  males  (see 
Fig.  101).  In  very  old  males  the  melon  may  overhang  the 
mouth  up  to  several  inches.  The  flippers  are  shorter  than 
those  of  the  other  pilot  whale  species  of  the  western  North 
Atlantic  (thus  the  common  name  short-finned  pilot  whale), 
reaching  only  one-sixth  of  the  body  length  or  less.  The  tail  is 
dorsoventrally  thickened  just  in  front  of  the  flukes. 

The  dorsal  fin,  like  that  of  the  Atlantic  pilot  whale,  is  one 
of  the  species'  most  distinctive  characteristics.  It  is  low  in 
profile,  has  a  long  base,  and  is  set  far  forward  on  the  animal's 
back. 

Short-finned  pilot  whales  are  all  black  on  the  back  sides 
and  most  of  the  belly  with  an  anchor-shaped  patch  of  gray  on 
the  chin  and  a  gray  area  of  varying  extent  and  intensity  on  the 
belly.  These  areas  are  less  vivid  and  extensive  than  those  on 


Atlantic  pilot  whales.   Younger  animals  are  lighter,  often 
medium  gray. 

Natural  History  Notes 

Short  finned  pilot  whales  are  known  to  occur  in  groups  of 
60  animals  or  more,  though  smaller  groups  are  more  common. 
They  have  been  reported  pitchpoling  (spy-hopping),  lob- 
tailing,  and — rarely — breaching. 

Short-finned  pilot  whales  feed  on  squid  and  fish. 

May  Be  Confused  With 

In  the  tropical  portion  of  their  range,  short- finned 
pilot  whales  may  be  confused  with  pygmy  killer 
whales  (p.  138)  and  many-toothed  blackfish  (p.  142). 
They  may  be  distinguished  from  both  species  pri- 
marily by  their  distinctive  dorsal  fin  and  the  bulbous- 
to  squarish  head.  Both  pygmy  killer  whales  and 
many-toothed  blackfish  have  dorsal  fins,  which  are 
more  falcate,  slender,  and  pointed  on  the  tip,  and  have 
longer,  slenderer  heads. 

Throughout  their  range  short-finned  pilot  whales  may  be 
confused  with  false  killer  whales.  The  two  species  may  be  dis- 
tinguished by  the  same  differences  which  distinguish  Atlan- 
tic pilot  whales  from  false  killer  whales  (p.  91). 

In    the    extreme    northern    portion    of    their    range, 


Figure  100. —  Short-finned  pilot  whales  stranded  in  northeastern  Florida,  shown  here  swimming  in  the  lagoon  at  Marineland  of  Florida.  This 
species,  Uke  their  northern  cousins,  the  Atlantic  pilot  whales,  have  a  highly  distinctive  dorsal  fin  and  a  bulbous  head  (see  Figs.  97,  99i.  In  these 
photos  note  the  variation  in  the  shape  of  the  head.  Those  of  females  and  immature  males  are  more  rounded.  Those  of  adult  males  are  far  more 
blunted.   (Photo  courtesy  of  Marmeland  of  Florida.) 


94 


short-finned  pilot  whales  may  be  confused  with  Atlantic  pilot 
whales.  The  two  species  may  be  distinguished  by  differences 
itemized  on  p.  93. 

Distribution 

Though  short- finned  pilot  whales  are  known  from 
Delaware  Bay,  their  normal  range  appears  to  extend  from 
Bermuda  and  Cape  Hatteras  (Virginia  in  summer)  south 
to  the  Venezuelan  coast.  They  have  been  reported  for 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  the  Caribbean,  and  the  islands  of  the 
West  Indies. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Stranded  short  finned  pilot  whales  may  be  confused  with 
any  of  the  species  itemized  under  living  animals.  They  may  be 
identified  as  pilot  whales  primarily  by  the  robust  body  and 
bulbous  head,  often  squarish  in  adult  animals,  and  the 
broad-based,  falcate  dorsal  fin  located  well  forward  on  the 


animal's  back.  Accurate  determination  of  the  pilot  whale 
species  involved  may  require  museum  preparation  of  the 
skull  and  detailed  examination  of  its  characteristics. 
Preliminary  identification  may  be  made,  however,  on  the 
basis  of  the  following: 


Atlantic  Pilot  Whale 


Short-Finned  Pilot  Whale 


DISTRIBUTION 

Primarily     North     Carolina      Primarily     Norih     Carolina 
north.  south. 

FLIPPERS 

To  one-fifth  body  length,  or      To  less  than  one  sixth  body 
more.  length. 


8-11  per  row. 


TEETH 

7-9  per  row. 


-iZ    *^?:^^, 


Figure  101 .  —  Short-finned  pilot  whales  have  from  7  to  10  teeth  in  each  side  of  each  jaw.  The  bulbous  forehead  of  the  species  is  far  less  pronounced  in  females 
and  immature  males  (leftK  The  head  of  mature  males  is  extremely  "squarish"  and  may  overhang  the  lower  jaw  by  several  inches  (right).  (Photos  from 
Aquatarium  [left]  and  southeastern  Florida  by  D.  K.  Caldwell  [right].) 


Figure  102.  —The  flippers  of  short-finned  pilot  whales  reach 
only  about  one-sixth  of  the  body  length,  while  those  of  the 
Atlantic  pilot  whale  may  be  one-fifth  the  body  length  or  more. 
Note  the  length  of  the  flippers  of  the  pilot  whale  in  the 
background,  relative  to  its  overall  length.  (Photo  from  South 
Carolina  by  J.  G.  Mead. ) 


95 


GRAMPUS  (T) 

Grampus  griseus  (G.  Cuvier  1812) 


Other  Common  Names 

Risso's  dolphin,  gray  grampus,  white-headed  grampus, 
mottled  grampus,  Risso's  porpoise,  hard  knocks  (St. 
Vincent),  white  blackfish  (Cape  Cod). 

Description 

Grampus  reach  a  maximum  length  of  about  13  feet  (4  m). 
The  body  is  robust,  particularly  in  front  of  the  dorsal  fin,  and 
lacks  a  distinct  beak.  The  head  is  somewhat  bulbous  and  is 
marked  on  the  front  by  a  V-shaped  crease  with  the  point 
downwards,  which  divides  the  melon  into  two  parts.  The 
flippers  are  long  and  pointed  on  the  tips.  The  dorsal  fin, 
located  at  about  the  midpoint  of  the  body,  is  tall,  to  15  inches 
(38.1  cm)  or  more,  and  distinctly  falcate.  The  body  narrows 
rapidly  behind  the  dorsal  fin  and  the  tail  stock  is  quite 
narrow.  The  flukes  are  broad,  concaved  on  the  rear  margin, 
and  deeply  notched. 

The  bodies  of  grampus  are  a  uniform  light  gray  at  birth. 
As  the  animals  age,  their  color  darkens  to  almost  black  with 
distinctive  regions  of  grayish  white  on  the  belly  and  chest. 
The  body  of  older  adults  is  cream  white  or  silver  gray, 
particularly  on  the  head,  with  numerous  scars,  presumably 
from  encounters  with  other  grampus  and  perhaps  with  the 
squid,  which  are  one  of  the  species'  major  food  items. 

The  flippers,  dorsal  fin,  and  tail  flukes  usually  remain 
dark  even  in  adults. 

Natural  History  Notes 

Grampus  are  found  in  herds  of  up  to  several  hundred 
individuals  and  may  be  seen  "porpoising"  (leaping  from  the 
water)  as  they  surface  to  breathe,  and  breaching.  They 
sometimes  ride  the  bow  waves  of  a  boat. 

Grampus  feed  on  fish  and  squid. 


May  Be  Confused  With 

From  a  distance  grampus  are  most  easily  confused  with 
Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphins.  They  may  be  most  readily 
distinguished  by  the  following  differences: 

Atlantic  Bottlenosed 
Grampus  Dolphin 


SIZE 


To  13  feet  (4  m). 


Rarely  to  12  feet  (3.7  m); 
usually  less  than  10  feet  (3.1 
m). 


BODY  COLOR 


Young  are  uniform  light 
g^ay;  older  animals  dark 
with  grayish  regions  on  chest 
and  belly;  very  old  animals 
white  and  scarred. 


Dark  gray  on  body;  lighter 
gray  on  sides;  white  or  pink 
on  belly;  may  appear  brown- 
ish in  water. 


To     15    inches 
sharply  falcate; 
tip. 


DORSAL  FIN 

(38.1     cm);      To  12  inches  (30.5  cm);  less 
pointed  on     sharply  falcate;   pointed  on 
tip. 


HEAD  COLOR  AND  SHAPE 


Blunted  and  creased  on 
front;  frequently  all  white  in 
larger  animals. 


Uniformly  brownish  to  g^ay 
distinctly  bottlenosed. 


MARKINGS 


Very  often  extensively  scar- 
red. 


Less    frequently    scratched 
and  scarred. 


Figure  103.— Grampus  are  frequently  found  in  small  tight  groups  "porpoising."  From  a  distance  they  may  resemble  the  Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphins, 
though  grampus  have  taller  dorsal  fins,  blunted  beakless  heads,  and  lighter  coloration.  [Photo  off  Washington  State  by  C.  Fiscua.) 


96 


■'-""■..^J^"'*'***-' 


Figure  104.— Grampus  otf  Fistler,  Scotland 
(top)  and  from  Baja  California  in  the  tank  of  Sea 
World,  Inc.,  San  Diego,  Calif,  (bottom).  Note 
the  tall  pointed  dorsal  fin,  which  remains  dark 
even  in  adult  animals,  the  blunted  head,  which 
lacks  a  beak,  and  the  extensive  scarring  of  the 
body.  In  the  photo  on  the  right,  note  also  the 
long  pointed  flippers  and  the  white  head 
characteristic  of  older  animals.  {Pkotos  by 
A.  S.  Clark  [top]  and  courtesy  ofD.  K.  Caldwell 
[bottom].) 


Distribution 


Stranded  Specimens 


Grampus  are  known  to  be  distributed  in  temperate  and 
tropical  seas  from  at  least  eastern  Newfoundland,  south  at 
least  to  St.  Vincent,  Lesser  Antilles,  and  in  the  eastern  and 
northern  Gulf  of  Mexico.  The  species  may  not  be  as  rare  as  the 
paucity  of  records  suggests.  Though  they  have  been  seen  in 
Buzzards  Bay  on  several  occasions,  grampus  generally  have 
an  oceanic  range  and,  along  the  Atlantic  coast  of  North 
America,  may  be  distributed  from  the  Gulf  Stream  seaward, 
outside  the  theater  of  normal  boating  traffic. 


Stranded  grampus  are  most  readily  identifiable  by  1)  the 
presence  of  only  seven,  or  fewer,  teeth  in  each  side  of  the 
lower  jaw  (many  of  those  teeth  may  have  dropped  out  in  older 
animals  and  remaining  teeth  may  be  extensively  worn)  and 
the  absence  of  teeth  in  the  upper  jaw;  2)  the  presence  of  a 
distinct  crease  or  bifurcation  in  the  melon  on  the  extreme 
front  of  the  head;  3)  the  presence  of  numerous  scratches  and 
scars  all  over  the  body;  and  4)  the  tall,  slender,  sharply  falcate 
dorsal  fin  which  may  be  more  than  15  inches  (38.1  cm)  tall. 


97 


Figure  105.  —Grampus,  particularly  younger  animals,  have  two  regions  of 
grayish-white  on  the  ventral  surface ,  one  in  front  of  the  flippers  and  another 
beginning  on  the  belly  narrowing  towards  the  tail.  These  markings  closely 
resemble  the  ventral  marking  of  pilot  whales.  {Photos  courtesy  of  Marine- 
land  of  Florida.) 


Figure  106.  -  Stranded  grampus  can  be  readily  identified.  On  this  captive 
animal  note  the  blunted  head,  the  distinct  crease  on  the  front  of  the  head 
(see  also  Fig.  107),  and  the  extensive  scarring  of  the  body.  [Photo 
courtesy  of  D.  K.  Caldwell) 


Figure  107. —Grampus  have  seven  or  fewer  teeth  in  each  side  of  the  lower 
jaw.  (None  in  the  upper  jaw.)  Many  of  these  teeth  may  have  fallen  out  of 
older  specimens,  and  the  remaining  teeth  may  be  extensively 
worn.   (Photo  courtesy  of  Marmeland  of  Florida.) 


98 


BELUGA  (T) 

Delphinaptems  leucas  (Pallas  1776) 


Other  Common  Names 

White    porpoise,    white 
marsouin  blanc  (Quebec). 


whale,    belukha,    sea    canary. 


Description 

Belugas  reach  a  maximum  overall  length  of  about  16  feet 
(4.9  m).  Males  are  slightly  larger  than  females.  In  the  western 
North  Atlantic  they  have  been  found  to  grow  to  greatest 
lengths  in  oceanic  environments  near  the  southern 
e.xtremities  of  their  ranges,  though  they  are  found  in  far 
greater  abundance  in  estuarine  areas  of  the  Arctic.  Belugas 
have  extremely  robust  bodies  tapering  to  a  distinct  "neck" 
region  and  a  very  small  head  relative  to  body  size. 

They  do  not  have  a  dorsal  fin.  Instead,  along  the  back  just 
behind  the  midpoint  there  is  a  narrow  ridge  notched  laterally 
to  form  a  series  of  small  bumps.  These  ridges  may  be  clearly 
visible  on  a  swimming  animal. 


Newborn  belugas  are  brown.  As  they  age,  they  gradually 
lighten  through  slate  gray,  and  by  their  sixth  or  seventh  year 
have  assumed  the  all-white  coloration  characteristic  of  adult 
animals. 

Natural  History  Notes 

Belugas  feed  on  a  variety  of  fishes  (including  cod  and 
capelin),  on  squid,  and  on  a  variety  of  benthic  crustaceans. 

They  are  frequently  found  in  shallow  bays  and  river 
mouths,  where  the  young  are  born,  and  occasionally  ascend 
rivers. 

May  Be  Confused  With 

Because  of  their  limited  distribution,  all-white  coloration 
and  lack  of  a  dorsal  fin,  belugas  are  unlikely  to  be  confused 
with  any  other  species  of  cetacean. 


Figure  108  -  A  group  of  three  belugas  surfacing  to  breathe  off  northwestern  Alaska.  The  animal  to  the  right  has  just  begun  to  exhale,  the  middle  ammal  is 
in  the  midst  of  his  inhalation,  and  the  animal  on  the  left  has  completed  his  blow  and  is  preparing  to  dive.  Note  the  aU-white  coloration  and,  on  the  center 
animal,  the  small  dorsal  ridge  just  emerging  from  the  water.  DetaUs  of  the  dorsal  ridge  are  clearly  visible  in  the  inset  photograph.  {Photos    by   O.  C.   Kay 

and  K.  G.  Hewlett  [inset].) 


99 


Figure.  109— Note  the  robust  form  and  the  small  head  of  this  swimming  beluga  off  northwestern  Alaska.  {Photo 

by  G.  C.  Ray. ) 


Figure  110. -Captive  belugas  at  Vancouver  public  aquarium.  Note  the  dorsal  ridge,  the  shape  of  the  head  and  body,  and  the  unusually  shaped  flippers. 

[Photo  byK.  C.  Bakomb.) 


100 


Distribution 

Belugas  have  been  reported  from  the  Arctic  Circle  south 
as  far  as  eastern  Connecticut,  typically  in  estuarine  habitats, 
though  they  do  range  into  oceanic  regions.  They  are  most 
abundant  from  the  north  shore  of  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence 
northward.  They  remain  near  the  Arctic  Circle  and  in  Hudson 
Bay  to  northern  Greenland  during  winter,  undertaking 
migrations  to  the  south  in  autumn,  straggling  to  the  Maritime 
Provinces  and  as  far  as  Connecticut.  Belugas  are  regularly 
seen  in  the  St.  Lawrence  and  Saguenay  rivers  throughout 
late  spring  and  summer.  Return  migrations  to  the  north  take 
place  in  spring. 


A  small  population  in  the  estuary  of  St.   Lawrence  is 
resident  throughout  the  year. 


Stranded  Specimens 

Stranded  belugas  are  unlikely  to  be  confused  with  any 
other  species  of  cetaceans.  The  all-white  coloration,  the 
robust  body  shape  with  a  rather  small  head  and  a  distinct 
neck  region,  and  the  presence  of  8-11  teeth  in  each  of  the 
upper  jaws  and  8-9  in  each  of  the  lower  jaws  permit  positive 
identification. 


Figure  111.  — Ventral  view  of  a  beluga  harpooned  in  the  northeastern  Canadian  Esldmo  Fishery.  Note  the  very  narrow  tail,  just  in  front  of  the  flukes,  and 
the  robust  form  of  the  species.  Belugas  have  B-9  teeth  in  each  of  the  lower  jaws,  and  8-11  in  each  of  the  upper  jaws.  (Photo  by  P.  F.  Brodie.) 


101 


NARWHAL  (T) 

Monodonmonoceros  Linnaeus  1758 


Other  Common  Names 

Unicorn  whale  (historical  name  not  currently  in  use). 

Description 

The  narwhal,  also  known  as  the  unicorn  whale  because  of 
the  long  tusk  found  on  adult  males,  is  one  of  two 
medium- sized  whales  found  in  the  Arctic  waters  of  the 
northwestern  Atlantic.  They  reach  a  maximum  length  of 
from  15  to  16  feet  (4.6  to  4.9  m)  excluding  the  tusk.  Newborn 
calves  are  approximately  5  feet  (1.5  m)  long.  Narwhals  have 
small  rounded  heads  and  a  small  mouth.  Like  the  other 
medium-sized  whale  in  the  same  region,  the  beluga  or  white 
whale,  the  narwhal  has  no  dorsal  fin.  Instead,  it  has  a  series  of 
bumps,  approximately  2  inches  (5.1  cm)  high  along  the 
midline  of  the  back  in  the  half  nearest  the  tail.  The  ridge 
created  by  these  bumps  may  be  readily  seen  on  a  swimming 
animal. 

The  basic  coloration  of  the  species  changes  slightly  with 
age.  Young  animals  are  uniformly  dark  bluish  gray  on  the 


back  but  rapidly  begin  to  develop  the  numerous  leopardlike 
spots  on  the  back  and  sides  characteristic  of  adults.  Those 
spots  rarely  extend  onto  the  belly  even  in  old  animals. 

Narwhals  have  only  two  teeth.  In  the  females,  these  teeth 
rarely  emerge  from  the  gums.  In  males,  one  and  sometimes 
both  of  those  teeth  grow  out  the  front  of  the  snout,  spiraling 
in  a  left-hand  or  sinistral  direction,  and  may  reach  a  length 
of  9  feet  (2.7  m).  One  or  two  tusks  may  also  be  exposed, 
however,  in  females. 

Natural  History  Notes 

The  function  of  the  tusk  in  male  narwhals  is  unknown,  but 
it  was  this  feature  of  the  animal  that  earned  it  the  name 
"unicorn  whale"  and  resulted  in  its  extensive  hunting  by 
whalers.  During  their  annual  migrations  narwhals  may 
congregate  but  are  commonly  found  in  groups  of  10  or  fewer 
during  the  rest  of  the  year. 

Narwhals  feed  on  a  variety  of  organisms,  including  cod, 
rockfish,  flounder,  and  crabs,  but  their  diet  consists  primarily 
of  squid. 


'^\*^ 


-^•awmii 


Figure  1 12.  -  In  this  photo  of  narwhals,  the  origin  of  the  name  "unicorn  whale"  is  apparent.  The  animal  at  the  right,  an  adult  male,  exposes  his  tusk 
as  he  surfaces  aggressively  to  breathe.  Even  when  this  feature  is  not  observed,  however,  the  narwhals'  mottled  gray  coloration  makes  them  easy  to 
distinguish  from  the  all-white  belugas,  with  which  they  share  a  common  range.  Note  also  the  dorsal  ridge  on  the  animal  to  the  left.  {Photo  by  D. 
Lusby,  courtesy  of  the  Sea  Library. ) 


102 


Distribution 

Narwhals  are  found  in  the  high  arctic  seas  of  the  western 
North  Atlantic,  primarily  in  Lancaster  Sound  and  its  fringes. 
It  has  been  noted  that  they  are  found  in  isolated  pockets 
within  that  ran^e  and  are  not,  like  the  beluga,  widely 
distributed. 

Narwhals  make  annual  migrations  in  response  to  the 
movement  of  the  ice.  During  the  fall  as  the  ice  begins  to 
form,  the  whales  migrate  to  the  south,  sometimes  reach- 
ing the  Labrador  coast.  In  the  spring  they  return  to  the 
pack  ice. 

May  Be  Confused  With 

Narwhals  are  so  different  in  coloration  from  the  only 
medium-sized    cetacean     which     shares     its    range    and 


habitat— the  beluga— that  the  two  are  highly  unlikely  to  be 
confused.  Belugas  are  usually  all  white  or  light  slate  gray  in 
color,  while  narwhals  are  very  much  darker,  ranging  from 
bluish  gray  to  brownish,  and  are  often  covered  with  light 
leopardlike  spots.  Furthermore,  the  body  of  the  beluga  is 
more  robust. 

Further,  swimming  narwhals  frequently  buck  their  heads 
up  to  breathe,  a  behavior  which  makes  the  tusk  of  adult  males 
visible  and  permits  positive  identification. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Stranded  narwhals  should  be  easily  identifiable  by  the 
distinctive  coloration  and  the  unique  characteristics  of  the 
teeth.  In  adults,  one  or  two  of  the  teeth  may  develop  into  the 
long,  left-hand  spiraling  tusk,  shown  in  Figures  112  and  114. 
Immature  animals  have  no  teeth  which  are  emerged. 


Figure  113.  —  A  juvenOe  narwhal  in  a  tank  at  New  York  Aquarium.  Though  newborn  animals  are  dark  bluish 
gray  on  the  back,  fading  to  white  on  the  belly,  note  that  the  mottled  gray  coloration  characteristic  of  adults  is 
well  developed  even  in  relatively  young  animals.  The  white  region  on  the  head  is  lanolin  cream,  applied  to 
protect  the  animal's  skin  during  transport.    (Photo  by  H.  E.  Wmn.) 


i&B*^- 


Figure  1 14.  —  A  stranded  male  narwhal.  The  long  unicorn  tusk  is  the  spiral  extension  of  one  of  the  two  teeth,  though  the  other  may  be  exposed  above  the 
gimis  in  males  and  may  even  develop  into  a  second  long  tusk;  both  teeth  of  females  are  normally  buried  in  the  gums  and  rarely  emerge.  Note  the  highly 
distinctive  dorsal  ridge,  near  the  midpoint  of  the  back,   photos  by  D.  Luaby,  courtesy  of  the  Sea  Library.) 


103 


ATLANTIC  SPOTTED  DOLPHIN  (T) 

SteneUaplagiodon  (Cope  1866) 


Other  Common  Names 

Spotter,  Gulf  Stream  spotted  dolphin,  spotted  porpoise, 
long-snouted  dolphin." 

Description 

Atlantic  spotted  dolphins  reach  a  maximum  adult  length 
of  7.5,  perhaps  8  feet  (2.3  to2.4  m).  They  are  generally  more 
robust  in  body  shape  than  the  other  species  of  Stenella, 
closely  resembling  Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphins  in  that 
regard,  though  the  Atlantic  spotted  dolphins  tend  to  be  more 
slender. 

The  dorsal  fin  is  distinctly  back-curved  and  pointed  on  the 
tip,  also  closely  resembling  that  of  the  Atlantic  bottlenosed 
dolphin. 

As  the  common  name  suggests,  the  Atlantic  spotted 
dolphins  are  marked  dorsally  with  numerous  grayish-white 
spots  on  a  darker  background  and  ventrally  with  dark  spots 


' '  See  also  p.  110.  The  common  name  "long-snouted  dolphin"  was  once 
widely  used  for  this  species.  It  is  now  more  frequently  used  for  Stenella 
longirostris.  also  known  as  the  spinner  dolphin. 


on  a  lighter  background,  though  the  extent  of  the  spotting 
and  the  additional  details  of  coloration  change  with  age. 

Immature  animals  lack  spots  completely.  They  are  dark 
gray  or  purplish  gray  on  the  back,  becoming  lighter  gray  on 
the  sides  and  white  on  the  belly.  The  cape  along  the  back  is 
distinctly  separated  from  the  lighter  gray  coloration  of  the 
sides.  The  flippers  and  the  trailing  edge  of  the  flukes  are 
darker  than  the  rest  of  the  body. 

As  they  age,  the  Atlantic  spotted  dolphins  develop 
grayish-white  spots,  first  low  on  the  sides,  spreading 
upward.  During  this  stage,  the  cape  becomes  less  distinct, 
and  dark  spotting  begins  to  develop  on  the  belly,  the  spots 
increasing  in  number  with  increasing  age.  In  adult  animals, 
the  belly  is  often  extensively  covered  with  dark  blotches  but 
never  becomes  completely  black.  The  lips  may  be  white,  and 
the  beak  is  characteristically  tipped  with  white,  a  feature 
which  may  aid  in  identification  at  sea. 

The  Atlantic  spotted  dolphins  have  a  spinal  blaze  and  a 
light  line  which  extends  from  the  flipper  to  the  eye. 

Natural  History  Notes 

Little  is  known  of  the  natural  history  of  the  Atlantic 
spotted  dolphins.  The  species  occurs  in  herds  of  up  to  several 


Figure  115.  —  Atlantic  spotted  dolphins  beside  a  research  vessel  off  Beaufort,  N.C.,  September  1965.  Adults  of  this  species  can  be  identified  by 
the  spotting  pattern  and  the  white  coloration  of  the  lips.  (See  also  bridled  dolphin,  p.  108.)  Young  animals  which  lack  spots  may  be  confused 
with  the  Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphins  though  they  are  smaller  and  are  purplish  gray  on  the  back.  {Photo  by  G.  T.  Green.) 


104 


hundred  individuals,  though  groups  of  50  or  fewer  (6-10)  are 
more  common.  They  are  often  seen  jumping  clear  of  the  water 
and  habitually  ride  the  bow  wave  of  moving  vessels.  As  they 
do.  the  distinct  cape  or  band  of  purplish  gray  on  the  back  of 
younger  animals  and  the  spotting  pattern  of  older  animals 
may  be  visible. 

Atlantic  spotted  dolphins  feed  primarily  on  squid  but  may 
also  take  carangid  fishes,  small  eels,  herring,  or  ancho- 
vies. 

May  Be  confused  With 

Atlantic  spotted  dolphins,  particularly  young  animals, 
may  be  easily  confused  with  Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphins 
because  of  the  similarities  in  color  pattern  and  general  body 
shape.  However,  the  Atlantic  spotted  dolphins  have 
considerable  purplish  gray  in  their  background  colors  and  the 
Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphins  are  more  dark  gray  to  brownish 
gray.  This  along  with  considerable  differences  in  the  overall 
sizes  of  the  two  species  should  permit  positive  identification. 
In  general,  the  key  differences  between  spotted  and 
bottlenosed  dolphins  are  as  follows: 


HEAD  AND  BEAK 


Head  more  slender;  beak 
longer;  lips  and  top  of  snout 
often  white. 


Head  robust;  beak  short; 
beak  usually  uniformly  gray 
(older  animals'  beak  may  be 
white  at  tip). 


NORMAL  DISTRIBUTION 


Usually  found  more  than  5 
miles  offshore;  most  common 
inside  100-fathom  curve. 


Usually  more  coastal,  often 
ascending  rivers  and  enter- 
ing lagoonal  and  estuarine 
areas. 


Young  Atlantic  spotted  dolphins  are  so  similar  in 
appearance  to  the  Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphins  that  the 
frequent  reports  of  mixed  schools  of  the  two  species  are 
probably  occasioned  by  groups  of  spotted  dolphins  which 
include  some  young,  still  unspotted  animals. 

Atlantic  spotted  dolphins  might  also  be  confused  with 
bridled  dolphins.  The  two  can  be  most  readily  distinguished 
by  the  following  characteristics: 


Atlantic  Spotted  Dolphin 


Bridled  Dolphin 


Atlantic  Spotted  Dolphin 


Atlantic  Bottlenosed 
Dolphin 


MAXIMUM  SIZE 


To  7.5-8  feet  (2.3-2.4  m). 


To  8-10  feet  (2.4-3.1  m) 
inshore,  to  as  much  as  12  feet 
(3.7  m)  offshore. 


BODY  COLOR 


Dark  purplish  gray  on  back; 
lighter  gray  on  sides  and 
belly;  body  becomes  increas- 
ingly spotted  with  age. 


Dark  gray  on  back;  lighter 
gray  on  sides;  white  or  pink 
on  belly  (old  animals  may 
have  a  few  spots  on  belly,  but 
most  are  not  spotted). 


BODY  SHAPE 
Usually    robust,    often    like      More  slender,  more  like  that 
that  of  the  Atlantic  bottle-      of  the  Atlantic  striped  dol- 
nosed  dolphin.  phin. 


BODY 

Spotted;  purplish  gray  on 
back;  lighter  gray  on  sides 
and  belly  becoming  increas- 
ingly spotted  with  age.  As 
animals  becomes  more  spot- 
ted, cape  become  less  dis- 
tinct. Body  has  spinal  blaze 
and  light  line  from  flipper  to 
eye. 


COLOR 
Spotted;  side  of  head  light 
gray;  body  has  stripe  from 
flipper  to  corner  of  mouth, 
though  the  stripe  tends  to 
fade  as  spotting  increases. 
Cape  on  top  of  head  more 
distinct  that  on  Atlantic 
spotted  dolphin.  Body  has  no 
spinal  blaze. 


Figure  116.  — A  side  view  of  two  female  Atlantic 
spotted  dolphins  from  off  St.  Augustine,  Fla.  in  the 
tank  at  Marineland  of  Florida.  Note  the  tall  falcate 
dorsal  fin,  pointed  on  the  tip  and  varying  slightly  in 
shape  between  the  two  individuals,  and  the  spots  on 
the  body.   {Photo  by  S.  Leatherwood.) 


105 


Figure  117.  —  A  series  showing  the  development  of  the  color  pattern  of  the  Atlantic  spotted  dolphins  from  Florida.  Newborn  or  young  animals  are  dark 
purplish  gray  on  the  back,  grading  to  immaculate  white  on  the  belly.  As  they  mature,  animals  develop  light  spots,  first  on  the  lower  sides,  then  higher  on  the 
back,  and  dark  spots  on  the  belly.  As  spotting  increases,  the  cape  becomes  less  distinct.  (Photos  by  A.  SoUs  [a],  D.  K.  Caldwell  (6,  c],  and  courtesy  of 
Marmeland  of  Florida  (4  e,  /]. ) 


106 


At  sea  the  Atlantic  spotted  dolphins  may  also  be  confused 
with  rough-toothed  dolphins  (p.  135). 

Distribution 

Atlantic  spotted  dolphins  are  a  common  species  in  the 
continental  waters  of  the  tropical  and  warm  temperate 
western  North  Atlantic.  Although  they  are  far  more 
abundant  south  of  Cape  Hatteras,  they  have  been  reported 
from  the  latitude  of  Cape  May.  N.J.  (some  fishermen  claim  to 
have  seen  them  even  further  north)  south  through  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico  and  the  Caribbean  to  Venezuela.  Atlantic  spotted 
dolphins  may  be  replaced  around  the  West  Indies  by  the 
bridled  dolphin. 

Within  this  range,  the  Atlantic  spotted  dolphins  appear  to 
be  generally  restricted  to  the  waters  outside  the  100-fathom 
curve,  most  commonly  more  than  .5  miles  offshore.  However, 


populations  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  move  inshore  in  the  late 
spring,  and  may  approach  close  to  shore  during  spring  and 
summer. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Stranded  Atlantic  spotted  dolphins  may  be  difficult  to 
distinguish  from  bridled  dolphins.  If  the  color  pattern  is  still 
clearly  visible,  the  differences  in  coloration  described  above, 
particularly  those  of  the  head,  and  the  presence  or  absence  of 
a  spinal  blaze  may  be  used.  But  since  external  appearance 
other  than  coloration  are  often  very  similar,  specimens 
should  be  photographed  from  as  many  aspects  as  possible  and 
the  entire  specimen  or  the  roughed-out  complete  skeleton 
transported  to  a  museum  for  preparation  and  examination. 
Tooth  counts  recorded  for  the  two  species  to  date  are  also 
verv  similar. 


Figure  118  — Juvenile  Atlantic  spotted  dolphins  at 
sea  in  the  southeastern  Caribbean.  Although 
spotters  can  be  either  relatively  short-snouted  and 
chunky  or  long-snouted  and  slightly  built,  the 
spinal  blaze,  flipper-to-eye  stripe,  white  lips,  and 
falcate  dorsal  fin  can  be  used  to  identify 
them.    [Photo  by  D.  Poppe.) 


Figure  119. —  A  captive  Atlantic  spotted  dolphin 
from  off  St.  Augustine,  Fla.  This  species  has  from 
30  to  36  teeth  in  each  upper  jaw  and  from  28  to  35  in 
each  lower  jaw.  fewer  than  all  other  S(^«e^/a  except 
perhaps  the  bridled  dolphin,  fewer  than  the 
saddleback  dolphins,  but  more  than  the  Atlantic 
bottlenosed  dolphins.  {Photo  by  S.  Leatherwood. ) 


1  ■ 

k 

s 

\l           *^' 

\Jf, 

^w^ 

> 

^- 

^9t  1 

4^ 

^ 

107 


BRIDLED  DOLPHIN  (T) 

Stenella frontalis  (G.  Cuvier  1829) 


Other  Common  Names 


Bridled  spotted  dolphin,  Cuvier's  dolphin,  gamin  (St. 
Vincent),  bridled  porpoise. 

Description 

Bridled  dolphins,  the  second  species  of  spotted  dolphins  in 
the  western  North  Atlantic,  reach  an  adult  length  of  at  least 
7  feet  (2.1  m).  Like  the  other,  the  Atlantic  spotted  dolphin 
(p.  104),  bridled  dolphins  are  characterized  by  light  grayish- 
white  spots  on  the  dark  dorsal  portions  of  the  body  and  dark 
spots  on  the  light  ventral  surface.  Other  details  of  the 
coloration  differ  somewhat.  Bridled  dolphins  are  dark  gray 
on  the  back,  fading  to  lighter  gray  on  the  sides  and  belly. 
They  lack  the  spinal  blaze  characteristic  of  Atlantic  spotted 
dolphins.  Except  on  the  head,  the  border  between  the  back 
and  side  colors  is  indistinct.  On  the  head,  the  cape  (the  dark 
color  of  the!  top  of  the  head)  is  distinct.  In  the  light  g^ay  of 
the  side  of  the  head  are  the  markings  from  which  the  species 
derives  its  common  name,  "bridled  dolphin."  These  are  a 
black  circle  around  the  eye  with  an  extension  to  the  junction 
(apex)  of  the  rostrum  and  the  melon  (present  in  nearly  all 
dolphins)  and  a  broad  black  stripe  from  the  origin  of  the 
flipper  to  the  corner  of  the  mouth.  This  mouth-to-flipper 
stripe  tends  to  fade  as  spotting  increases.  Both  the  upper 
and  lower  lips  are  white  or  pinkish. 

Natural  History  Notes 

Virtually  nothing  is  known  of  the  natural  history  of 
bridled  dolphins  except  that  they  have  been  observed  in  small 
herds  of  from  5  to  30  individuals  and  sometimes  ride  the  bow 
wave  of  a  vessel. 

May  Be  Confused  With 

At  sea,  bridled  dolphins  may  be  confused  with  Atlantic 
spotted  dolphins  or  spinner  dolphins.  Differences  by  which 
they  may  be  distinguished  from  the  first  are  tabularized  on 
p.  105.  Differences  between  spinner  and  bridled  dolphins 
permitting  identification  at  sea  are  as  follows: 


Bridled  Dolphin 


Spinner  Dolphin 


COLORATION 


Distinct  cape  on  top  of  head; 
side  of  head  light  gray; 
distinct  stripes  from  flippers 
to  corner  of  mouth  and  from 
dark  circles  around  eye  to 
apex  of  melon. 


Dark  gray  on  back;  tan  or 
yellowish  tan  on  sides;  white 
on  belly. 


BEAK 


Shorter  and  more  slender;  all 
black;  lips  white. 


Extremely  long  and  slender; 
dark  gray  to  black  on  top, 
white  below;  lips  black. 


DORSAL  FIN 


Uniformly  dark  gray. 


Distribution 


Often  lighter  gray  in  middle, 
dark  around  border. 


Bridled  dolphins  occur  in  tropical  and  subtropical  waters 
primarily  near  coastal  areas  and  islands,  but  are  best  known 
from  the  West  Indies.  They  have  been  reported  from  the 
Antilles,  from  Texas,  and  from  Florida  north  to  North 
Carolina.  It  has  been  speculated  that  this  species  replaces  the 
Atlantic  spotted  dolphin  around  the  West  Indies. 

Bridled  dolphins  have  not  yet  been  described  from  the 
South  American  coast. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Bridled  dolphins  have  from  29  to  34  teeth  in  each  upper 
jaw  and  from  33  to  36  in  each  lower  jaw.  They  can  be 
distinguished  from  spinner  dolphins,  which  have  46-65  teeth 
in  each  jaw,  by  this  character  alone. 

They  may  be  distinguished  from  spotted  dolphins  only  if 
the  color  pattern  of  the  head  is  clearly  visible.  If  it  has  faded, 
the  specimen  will  probably  require  museum  preparation  and 
examination  before  it  can  be  positively  identified. 


108 


-- 

- 

Vv 

uyfli 

IpH 

> 


Figure  120.  -  A  bridled  dolphin  harpooned  in  the  commercial  whale  fishery  off  St.  Vincent,  Lesser  Antilles.  If  the  color  pattern  has  faded,  bridled  dolphins 
cannot  be  readily  distinguished  from  the  Atlantic  spotted  dolphins  and  must  be  sent  to  a  museum  for  preparation  and  examination  of  the  skull  and 
skeleton.    (PAoto  hy  W.  A.  Huck,  courtesy  of  MarmeUmd  of  Florida.) 


Figure  121.  — A  bridled  dolphin  from  St.  Vincent,  Lesser  Antilles.  Note  the  dark  cape  of  the  back,  the 
lighter  side,  and  the  dark  stripes  from  the  eye  to  the  snout  (found  in  most  dolphin  species)  and  the  flipper  to 
the  gape,  a  feature  which  fades  as  the  animal's  spotting  increases.  Together  these  two  features  comprise 
the  "bridle"  from  which  the  common  name  derives.  Note  also  the  white  lips  and  the  white  lower  jaw. 
(Photo  by  J.  R.  Sullivan.) 


109 


SPINNER  DOLPHIN  (T) 

Stenella  longirostris  Gray  1828 


Other  Common  Names 


Long-snouted  dolphin,    long-beaked   porpoise,    spinner 
porpoise,  rollover  (St.  Vincent). 

Description 

Spinner  dolphins  reach  a  maximum  length  of  about  7  feet 
(2.1  m).  The  body  is  slender.  The  beak  varies  from  extremely 
long  and  slender  (Fig.  123)  to  relatively  short  (Fig.  125);  the 
beak  is  usually  dark  on  top  and  clean  white  below,  though 
there  may  be  some  white  above.  The  tip  of  the  snout  and  the 
lips  are  distinctly  black,  while  those  of  both  species  of  spotted 
dolphins  are  light.  The  back  is  dark  gray  to  black,  the  sides 
are  tan  to  yellowish  brown,  and  the  belly  is  white.  Some  of  the 
larger  animals  appear  almost  all  black  with  faint,  light 
speckling.  The  dorsal  fin  is  generally  moderately  falcate,  but 
may  be  almost  triangular  in  adult  males.  It  is  often  a  lighter 
gray  near  the  middle,  bordered  by  black  or  dark  gray. 

Natural  History  Notes 

Spinner  dolphins  derive  their  common  name  from 
their  habit  of  leaping  clear  of  the  water  and  spinning 
on  their  longitudinal  axis.  The  reasons  for  this  behavior 
are  unknown.  Individuals  may  rotate  2  times,  or  more, 
in  one  leap  but  spinning  behavior  is  not  observed  as 
frequently  in  the  western  North  Atlantic  as  it  is  in  the 
eastern  tropical  Pacific. 

Spinner  dolphins  occur  in  herds  of  up  to  several  hundred 
individuals  and  are  often  seen  jumping  clear  of  the  water, 
working  the  sea  surface  into  a  froth.  They  frequently  come  to 


the  bow  of  a  boat  from  considerable  distances  to  ride  in  the 
bow  wave  and  may  ride  for  protracted  periods. 

May  Be  Confused  With 

Spinner  dolphins  may  be  confused  with  saddleback 
dolphins.  Both  species  occur  in  large  herds  and  often  come  to 
moving  vessels  to  ride  the  bow  wave.  The  two  can  be 
distinguished,  however,  by  these  differences: 


Spinner  Dolphin 


Saddleback  Dolphin 


COLORATION 


Dark  gray  on  back;  tan  or 
yellowish  tan  on  sides;  white 
on  belly;  lacks  crisscross 
pattern  on  sides;  distinct 
black  stripe  from  flipper  to 
eye. 


Dark  gray  to  brownish  gray 
on"  back;  white  on  belly  with 
crisscross  or  hourglass  pat- 
tern of  tan  to  yellow  on  sides; 
distinct  black  stripe  from 
flipper  to  middle  of  lower 
jaw. 


Spinner  dolphins  might  also  be  confused  with  bridled 
dolphins,  but  may  be  distinguished  by  the  differences 
summarized  on  p.  108. 

Distribution 

Spinner  dolphins  are  distributed  in  oceanic  and  coastal 
tropical  waters.  Though  one  specimen  was  collected  from 
South  Carolina,  they  have  been  more  frequently  reported 
from  both  coasts  of  Florida,  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  the 
Caribbean,   and  the  West  Indies.    They   have   also   been 


3S 


jr     .  — »- 


"■^^ 


Fi^re  122.  —  Spinner  dolphins  occur  in  large  herds 
in  tropical  waters.  As  illustrated  by  these  photos  of 
animals  off  Venezuela  in  1969,  spinner  dolphins 
often  leap  clear  of  the  water  and  may  come  to  a 
moving  vessel  from  considerable  distances  away  to 
frolic  in  its  bow  wave.  {Photo  by  M.  Bartlett.) 


110 


Figure  123. —  A  spinner  dolphin  jumping 
close  beside  a  research  vessel  off  the  Virgin 
Islands.  The  distinctive  color  pattern  (gray 
on  the  back,  tan  on  the  sides,  and  white  on 
the  belly)  is  clearlvvisible.  The  black-tipped 
rostrum  and  the  black  lips  are  key 
characters  to  this  species.  {Photo  by  C. 
McCann. ) 


reported  from  Venezuela.  They  are  said  to  be  the  most 
abundant  dolphin  species  from  the  southeastern  Caribbean. 
Some  Pacific  spinner  dolphins  are  distributed  in  oceanic 
zones.  Atlantic  spinners  may  be  abundant  in  offshore  tropical 
waters  as  well. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Stranded  spinner  dolphins  are  most  readily  identified  by 
the  extremely  long  rostrum  and  the  46-65  teeth,  far  more 
than  any  other  species  of  dolphin.  Note  that  the  striped 
dolphins  may  have  from  43  to  50  teeth  per  side  in  each  jaw. 
However,  striped  dolphins  are  decidedly  larger  (to  about  9 
feet  [2.7  m]),  have  a  shorter  beak,  and  are  distinctly  marked 
with  dark  stripes  from  the  eye  to  the  flipper,  from  the  eye  to 
the  anus,  and  from  the  area  behind  the  dorsal  fin  forward, 
towards  but  not  reaching  the  head. 

Saddleback  dolphins  also  have  from  40  to  50  teeth  on  each 
side  but  are  also  easily  distinguishable  by  the  differences  in 
coloration  discussed  above  for  living  animals  at  sea. 


Figure  124.— Spinner  dolphins  are  active  bow 
riders  and  may  stay  with  a  vessel  for  long  periods  of 
time.  {Photo  from  off  the  Virgin  Islands  by  H.  E. 
Wirm.) 


Ill 


^^ 


Figure  125.  —  Although  all  spinner  dolphins  so  far  examined  have  the  same  basic  characteristics,  the  degree  of  expression  of  those  characteristics  varies 
from  individual  to  individual  or  area  to  area.  These  small  short-snouted  dolphins  (those  on  bottom  stranded  near  St.  Petersburg,  Fla.  and  maintained 
alive  by  the  Aquatarium  in  that  city,  and  those  on  top  photographed  at  sea.  off  the  northwestern  Africa  coast  in  1972)  are  spinners,  although  their 
classification  is  uncertain.  There  may  be  several  species  or  geographical  races  of  spinners  in  the  Atlantic.  {Photos  courtesy  of  W.  F.  Perm  [top]  and 
Aquatarium  [bottom].) 


Figure  126.  — A  spinner  dolphin  harpooned  in  the  fishery  at  St.  Vincent,  Lesser  Antilles.  Even  aher  subtle  aspects  of  the  color  paUem  have  faded,  this 
species  can  be  readily  identified  by  the  46-65  teeth  in  both  upper  and  lower  jaws  and  by  the  distinctly  black  lips  and  black-tipped  rostrum.  {Photo  by  W.  A. 
Huck,  courtesy  of  Marmeland  of  Florida. ) 


112 


STRIPED  DOLPHIN  (T) 

SteneUacoemkoalba  (Meyen  1833) 


Other  Common  Names 


Euphrosyne  dolphin  (SteneUa  styx),  Meyen's  dolphin, 
blue-white  dolphin,  Gray's  dolphin,  striped  porpoise, 
streaker  porpoise. 


Striped  Dolphin 


Saddleback  Dolphin 


LENGTH 


To  about  9  feet  (2.7  m) 
more. 


Seldom  greater  than  7.5  feet 

(2.3  m). 


Description 

The  striped  dolphin  is  a  widely  distributed  relative  of  the 
spinner  and  the  Atlantic  spotted  dolphins,  though  it  more 
closely  resembles  saddleback  dolphins  than  either  of  these 
two  species.  It  reaches  a  maximum  length  of  about  9  feet  (2.7 
m)  and  is  characterized  by  a  series  of  distinctive  black  stripes. 
One  band  of  black  begins  near  the  eye  and  extends  down  the 
side  of  the  body  to  the  area  of  the  anus.  (A  small  secondary 
stripe  originating  with  this  band  turns  off  and  disappears  in 
the  white  coloration  of  the  side  just  above  the  flippers.)  A 
second  band  of  black  extends  from  the  eye  to  the  flipper. 
Some  workers  have  contended  that  striped  dolphins  are 
separable  into  distinct  species  depending  on  whether  the 
eye-to-flipper  stripe  has  one  (S.  coerufeoaZfea)  or  two  (S.  styx) 
components. 

Most  individuals  have  an  additional  distinctive  finger  of 
black  coloration  which  extends  from  the  black  coloration 
behind  the  dorsal  fin  forward  towards  and  about  halfway  to 
the  eye.  It  is  this  feature  which  is  most  distinctive  in  animals 
riding  the  bow  or  leaping  clear  of  the  water.  The  back  is  dark 
gray  to  bluish  gray,  the  sides  are  lighter  gray,  and  the  belly  is 
white. 


Natural  History  Notes 

Though  little  is  known  of  this  species,  it  has  been  reported 
in  herds  of  up  to  several  hundred  individuals  and  apparently 
exhibits  behaviors  very  similar  to  those  of  the  saddleback 
dolphins  (p.  116),  frequently  jumping  clear  of  the  water. 
Atlantic  and  Mediterranean  animals  have  been  reported  to 
bow  ride. 


May  Be  Confused  With 

This  species  is  most  likely  to  be  confused  with  the 
saddleback  dolphin,  which  it  closely  resembles.  The  two  may 
be  distinguished  by  the  following  characteristics: 


COLORATION 


Back  basically  black  or 
brownish;  distinct  white 
chest  or  belly  patch;  hour- 
glass or  crisscross  pattern  on 
the  sides;  distinct  black 
stripe  from  flipper  to  middle 
of  lower  jaw. 


Back  from  light  gray  to  dark 
gray  to  bluish  gray;  sides 
gray;  belly  gray  or  white; 
distinctive  black  lateral 
stripping  from  1)  eye  to  flip- 
per, 2)  eye  to  anus,  and  3) 
dark  color  behind  dorsal  fin 
forward,  towards  but  not 
reaching  head. 

Distribution 


Striped  dolphins  are  widely  distributed  in  the  temperate, 
subtropical,  and  tropical  seas  of  the  western  North  Atlantic. 
They  have  been  reported  from  at  least  Halifax,  Nova  Scotia, 
south  as  far  as  Jamaica.  (Additional  records,  purportedly 
from  southern  Greenland,  involved  a  museum  specimen. 
Since  striped  dolphins  of  the  eastern  North  Atlantic  are  rare 
north  of  England,  the  species  occurrence  near  Greenland 
would  be  highly  improbable.)  Individuals  have  recently  been 
reported  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

Despite  this  wide  distribution,  striped  dolphins  appear  to 
prefer  warmer  waters  and  are  probably  normally  confined  to 
the  Gulf  Stream  or  the  waters  off  the  continental  slope. 
Individuals  appearing  to  the  north  of  the  range  seem  to  have 
ventured  northward  with  fingers  of  warm  water. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Stranded  striped  dolphins  should  be  readily  identifiable 
by  the  highly  distinctive  patterns  of  lateral  striping 
discussed  above  for  living  animals.  If  the  color  pattern  has 
faded,  they  may  still  be  identified  by  their  size,  larger  than 
other  dolphin  species  of  similar  appearance,  and  the 
relatively  large  number  of  teeth  (43-50  per  side  in  both 
upper  and  lower  jaws).  Only  the  spinner  dolphin,  much 
smaller  in  body  length  and  having  a  much  longer  beak,  has 
more  teeth  (46-65  per  side  in  each  jaw). 


113 


Figure  127.  — Despite  some  similarities  in  appearance  and  behavior  to  saddleback  dolphins,  striped  dolphins  can  be  readily 
identified  by  the  prominent  dark  stripes  on  the  side  of  the  body.  These  striped  dolphins  were  photographed  between  the 
Caribbean  Islands  of  Curacao  and  Bonaire  in  1972.    (Photo  by  D.  Poppe.) 


Figure  128.  —  When  they  ride  the  bow,  the  most  apparent  characteristic  of  striped  dolphins  is  usually  the  dark  streak  beginniug  in 
the  black  coloration  behind  the  dorsal  fin  and  extending  forward  towards  but  not  reaching  the  head.  This  stripe  is  not  always 
present,  however,  and  the  species  may  sometimes  appear  uniformly  pale  gray  from  a  distance.  (Photo  from  the  tropical  Atlantic 
byH.  E.  Winn.) 


114 


Figure  129.  — Stranded  striped  dolphins.  Note  the  distinctive  black  stripes  II  eye  to  flipper,  2)  eye  to  anus,  and  3)  (on  top  animal)  from  black  behind 
dorsal  fin  forward  towards  but  not  reaching  the  head.  Some  workers  contend  that  striped  dolphins  are  separable  into  two  species,  depending  on 
whether  the  eye-to- flipper  stripe  has  one  {SteneUa  coeruleoalba)  or  two  (S.  styx)  components.  Others  contend  that  the  two  belong  to  the  same  species 
(S.  coeruleoalba).  Striped  dolphins  have  from  43  to  50  teeth  in  each  upper  and  lower  jaw.  {Photos  from  Japan  by  W.  E.  Scheinll  [top]  and  from  Indi- 
an Rock»  Beach,  Flo.  by  W.  A.  Huck,  courtesy  of  Marmeland  of  Florida  [bottom].) 


115 


SADDLEBACK  DOLPHIN  (T) 

Delpkinus  delphis  Linnaeus  1758 


Other  Common  Names 


Saddleback  porpoise,  common  dolphin,  crisscross 
dolphin. 

Description 

Saddleback  dolphins  reach  a  maximum  overall  length  of 
about  8.5  feet  (2.6  m)  though  most  individuals  are  less  than 
7.5  feet  (2.3  m)  long.  Males  are  slightly  larger  than  females  of 
the  same  age. 

The  body  shape  varies  slightly  but  usually  closely  re- 
sembles that  of  the  striped  dolphin  (p.  113).  The  dorsal  fin 
varies  from  nearly  triangular  to  distinctly  falcate  and  is 
pointed  on  the  tip.  It  is  sometimes  all  black  and  sometimes 
black  on  the  borders  with  a  lighter  grayish  region  of  varying 
size  near  the  middle. 

The  back  is  basically  black  or  brownish  black,  but  this 
coloration  aiid  the  extent  of  the  striping  patterns  that  form 
the  impression  of  a  saddle  and  the  degree  of  color  distinction 
between  the  different  zones  are  highly  variable. 

The  chest  and  belly  are  cream  white  to  white  and  are  the 
most  distinctive  features  from  a  distance.  Up  close,  the  sides 
will  be  seen  to  be  distinctly  marked  with  an  hourglass  or 
crisscross  pattern  of  tan  or  yellowish  tan.  This  crisscross 
pattern  is  diagnostic  for  the  species. 

The  rostrum  is  intermediate  in  length  and  shape  between 
that  of  thespinner  and  that  of  the  striped  dolphin  and  is  often 
black  with  a  white  tip. 


Natural  History  Notes 

Saddleback  dolphins  are  often  seen  in  herds  of  a  thousand 
or  more  and  are  often  very  active,  many  animals  leaping  clear 
of  the  water  at  any  time.  Like  spinner  dolphins,  saddleback 
dolphins  are  active  bow-riders  and  often  come  to  the  boat 
from  considerable  distances.  Once  on  the  bow  they  often  ride 
for  extended  periods  of  time. 

Saddleback  dolphins  feed  on  squid  and  on  a  variety  of 
fishes,  including  anchovies,  myetophids,  and  hake. 


May  Be  Confused  With 

Saddleback  dolphins  might  easily  be  confused  with 
striped  dolphins  and  must  be  examined  closely  to  be 
distinguished  from  them.  Primary  differences  apparent  in 
encounters  at  sea  are  as  follows: 


Saddleback  Dolphin 


Striped  Dolphin 


Back  basically  black  or 
brownish;  distinct  white 
chest  or  belly  patch;  hour- 
glass or  crisscross  pattern  on 
sides,  some  tan  to  yellowish 


COLORATION 

Back  from  light  g^ay  to  dark 
gray  to  bluish  gray;  sides 
gray;  belly  gray  or  white; 
distinctive  black  lateral 
striping     from     1)     eye     to 


tan;  distinct 
from  flipper 
lower  jaw. 


black    stripe 
to   middle   of 


nipper,  2)  eye  to  anus,  and  3) 
dark  color  behind  dorsal  fin 
forward,  towards  but  not 
reaching  head. 


LENGTH 

To  9  feet  (2.7  m). 


To  7.5  feet,  rarely  to  8.5  feet 
(2.3-2.6  m). 


From  a  distance,  saddleback  dolphins  might  also  be 
confused  with  spinner  dolphins  because  of  the  habits  of  both 
species  of  congregating  in  large  schools  with  much  jumping 
and  splashing.  Both  species  ride  the  bow  wave,  and  close 
examination  should  permit  positive  identification  using  the 
following  characteristics: 


Saddleback  Dolphin 


Spinner  Dolphin 


COLORATION 


Dark  gray  on  back;  tan  or 
yellowish  tan  on  sides;  white 
on  belly;  lacks  crisscross 
pattern  on  sides;  distinct 
black  stripe  from  flipper  to 
eye. 


Dark  gray  to  brownish  gray 
on  back;  white  on  belly  with 
crisscross  or  hourglass  pat- 
tern of  tan  to  yellowish  tan 
on  side;  distinct  black  stripe 
from  flipper  to  middle  of 
lower  jaw. 

Distribution 


Saddleback  dolphins  are  widely  distributed  in  the 
temperate,  subtropical,  and  tropical  waters  of  the  western 
North  Atlantic  Ocean.  They  have  been  reported  off 
Newfoundland,  Iceland,  Nova  Scotia,  and  the  coast  of 
Massachusetts,  south  along  the  coast  of  North  America  to  the 
Caribbean  (West  Indies  and  Jamaica),  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico, 
and  from  South  American  waters  at  least  to  Margarita  Island, 
Venezuela. 

The  species'  occurrence  in  the  more  northerly  portions  of 
this  range  during  the  summer  and  early  fall  months  appears 
to  coincide  with  the  intrusion  of  warm  waters  into  those 
areas.  They  are  not  uncommon  off  Nova  Scotia  in  summer 
and  fall  and  are  casual  members  of  the  marine  mam- 
malian fauna  of  the  remaining  Maritime  Provinces  during 
that  period. 

In  previous  years,  saddleback  dolphins  were  not 
uncommonly  encountered  by  collectors  of  Marineland  of 
Florida  working  the  northeast  coast  of  Florida,  but  the 
species  has  been  conspicuously  absent  since  about  1960. 
Reasons  for  this  apparent  shift  of  range  are  unknown. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Saddleback  dolphins  have  from  40  to  50  small,  sharply 
pointed  teeth  in  each  side  of  both  the  upper  and  lower  jaws. 
These  numbers  overlap  with  only  those  of  the  striped  and 
spinner  dolphins  (with  43-50  and  46-65,  respectively). 
Saddleback  dolphins  should  be  readily  distinguishable  from 


116 


both   these   species    by    the    features   outlined    under   the 
descriptions  of  living  animals  and  distinguishable  from  the 


bridled  dolphins  by  the  distinctive  markings  on  the  head  of 
the  two  species  (see  Figs.  121  and  134). 


m 


Figure  130.  —  Saddleback  dolphins  captured  off  St.  Augustine,  Fla. ,  shown  in  the  tank  at  Marineland  of  Florida.  The  highly  distinctive  crisscross 
or  hourglass  pattern  of  tan  or  yellowish  tan  on  the  sides  is  clearly  visible.  Note  also  the  light  tip  of  the  snout  and  the  dark  line  from  the  center  of 
the  lower  jaw  to  the  flipper.  This  last  characteristic  readily  distinguishes  the  saddleback  dolphin  from  the  striped  dolphin,  in  which  the  black 
stripe  begins  at  the  corner  of  the  mouth  rather  than  near  the  center  of  the  lower  jaw.    (Photos  courtesy  of  Marineland  of  Florida.) 


117 


"^■^^p^- 


*.-- 

A 


^ 


Figure  131 .  -  Saddleback  dolphins  on  the  bow  of  a  ship  off  Massachusetts  in  1966.  The  color  pattern,  including  the  dark  brownish-gray  back,  the 
crisscross  pattern  on  the  sides,  and  the  white  belly,  are  clearly  visible.  The  light  tip  of  the  snout  helps  distinguish  this  species  from  the  spinner 
dolphins,  which  have  a  black-tipped  snout.    {Photo  by  E.  Wheeler.) 


M^^ 


--  ^^■'' 


Figure  132.  -The  distinctive  crisscross  pattern  of  the  sides  of  the  saddleback  dolphins  is  clearly  visible  even  when  comparatively  httle  of  the  animal  is 
seen.  Note  the  falcate  dorsal  fin,  which  often,  as  here,  is  dark  on  the  border,  Ughter  near  the  center.  (Photo  by  R.  K.  BHgham,  courtesy  of  National 
Marine  Fitheriet  Service. ) 

Figure  134. -A  saddleback  dolphin  stranded  on  Westerly  Beach,  R.I.  The  origin  of 
the  common  name  "crisscross  dolphin"  is  evident  in  the  color  pattern  of  the  side.  Note 
also  the  distinctive  black  stripe  from  the  center  of  the  lower  jaw  to  the  origin  of  the 
flipper.   (Photo  courtesy  of  H.  E.  Winn.) 


118 


"^      .«»«!*" 


/^ 
^ 


^-^ 


'^Sl 


Figure  133.  —  Saddleback  dolphins  frequeotly  jump  clear  of  the  water  and  may  reenter  in  a  variety  of  ways:  1 )  smoothly,  head  first;  2)  with  a  chin  slap;  3) 
with  an  accompanying  tail  lob;  or  41  on  the  sides  or  back  with  a  splash.  This  habit  enables  them  to  be  spotted  from  a  considerable  distance.  When  stressed, 
herds  bunch  tightly  together,  like  the  group  in  the  bottom  photo.  (Phototfrom  off  Virgmia  by  J.  G.  Mead  [top]  and  off  San  Diego,  Calif  by  S.  Leather- 
wood  [bottom].) 


119 


FRASERS  DOLPHIN  (T) 

Lagenodelphis  hoseiFraser  1956 


Other  Common  Names 

Sarawak  dolphin,  Bornean  dolphin,  Fraser's  porpoise. 

Description 

Fraser's  dolphins  reach  an  overall  length  of  at  least  8  feet 
(2.4  m).  They  are  extremely  short-beaked  and  have  a 
pronounced  dark  stripe,  similar  to  that  found  on  the  striped 
dolphin,  extending  from  the  rostrum  to  the  area  of  the  anus. 
They  are  robust  in  build  and  have  rather  small  flippers  and 
dorsal  fin  relative  to  body  size.  The  dorsal  fin  is  slender, 
falcate,  and  pointed  on  the  tip.  The  body  is  gray  on  the  back 
and  white  on  the  belly.  The  color  of  the  side  is  dominated  by 
the  striping  pattern.  A  cream-white  band  beginning  high  on 
the  rostrum  extends  above  and  past  the  eye,  continues 
towards  the  tail,  and  finally  dissipates  in  the  body  color  above 
the  anus.  Just  below  and  parallel  to  this  cream- white  band  is  a 
black  one  extending  from  the  area  of  the  eye  to  the  anus.  A 
second  cream- white  band  below  and  parallel  to  this  dark  strip 
separates  the  darker  gray  coloration  of  the  side  from  the 
white  coloration  of  the  belly.  The  flippers  are  dark  above  and 
below. 

Natural  History  Notes 

The  little  that  is  known  of  the  natural  history  and  behavior 
of  the  species  may  be  summarized  as  follows:  Fraser's 
dolphins  occur  in  groups  of  up  to  at  least  500  animals  and  in 
the  Pacific  are  occasionally  seen  with  spotted  dolphins 
{SteneUa  attenvxita).  From  all  accounts,  they  are  not 
uncommon  in  certain  areas  of  the  tropical  Pacific  and  off 
South  Africa. 

Fraser's  dolphins  appear  to  be  deep  divers.  They  are 
aggressive  swimmers  and,  when  they  surface  to  breathe, 
often  charge  to  the  surface,  creating  a  spray  from  their  heads. 
They  have  also  been  reported  leaping  clear  of  the  water. 

May  Be  Confused  With 

Fraser's  dolphin  is  intermediate  in  form  between 
Lagenorhynchus  and  Delphinus  delphis  (thus  the  composite 
name  Lagenodelphis).  Because  the  species  is  apparently 
limited  to  tropical  waters,  however,  and  because  of  the 
prominent  stripe  on  the  side  of  the  body,  Fraser's  dolphins 
are  more  likely  to  be  confused  with  the  striped  dolphins 
(p.  113).  The  two  species  can  be  distinguished  at  sea  by 
several  characteristics: 


Fraser's  Dolphin 


Striped  Dolphin 


COLORATION 


Single  broad  black  stripe 
from  beak  and  eye  back  to 
area  of  anus. 


Color  dominated  by  series  of 
stripes  from:  1)  eye  to  anus; 
2)  eye  to  flipper,  and  3)  black 


behind  dorsal  fin  forward, 
towards  but  not  reaching  the 
head. 


BEAK 


Extremely  short  and  indis- 
tinct. 


Longer,  much  more  distinc- 
tive. 


BODY  SHAPE 

Slenderer. 


Robust,  particularly  in  front 
of  dorsal  fin. 


FLIPPERS 

Small,  dark  in  color,  and  Longer,  sometimes  lighter 
originating  in  light  color  of  on  upper  surface;  note  stripe 
sides.  from  front  of  flippers  to  eye. 

DORSAL  FIN 


Small,  slender,  slightly  fal- 
cate, and  pointed  on  top. 


Taller  dorsal  fin.  broader  at 
base. 


Distribution 

Although  Fraser's  dolphins  have  yet  to  be  described  for 
the  western  North  Atlantic  Ocean,  they  are  included  here  as 
"possibles"  because  of  the  recent  discovery  that  their  range  is 
far  more  extensive  than  previously  known.  Records  to  date 
have  been  limited  to  offshore  tropical  waters. 

The  species  was  first  described  in  1956  from  the  remains 
of  a  beach-washed  specimen  from  Sarawak  in  the  South  China 
Sea.  Since  that  time  specimens  have  been  collected  from  the 
eastern  tropical  Pacific,  and  others  have  stranded  in  such 
widely  divergent  localities  as  Australia,  South  Africa,  and 
Japan.  Recent  summaries  have  added  sighting  records  from 
the  Central  Pacific,  near  the  Phoenix  Island,  from  north- 
west of  the  Galapagos  Islands,  and  from  South  African 
waters. 


Stranded  Specimens 

Stranded  Eraser's  dolphins  should  be  readily  identifiable 
by  1 )  distinctive  coloration  of  the  body;  2)  short,  indistinctive 
beak;  and  3)  robust  form.  The  only  other  species  of  small 
dolphins  with  beaks  of  similar  length  and  general  appearance 
are  the  Atlantic  white-sided  and  white-beaked  dolphins  (p. 
123  and  126);  these  dolphins,  both  with  far  more  northerly 
ranges,  have  30-40  and  22-28  teeth  in  each  side  of  each  jaw, 
respectively,  while  Fraser's  dolphins  have  from  40  to  44 
teeth  in  the  upper  jaw  and  from  39  to  44  in  the  lower  jaw. 


120 


m^' 


Figurel35.  —  Fra$er'$  dolphins,  like  these  photographed  off  the  Phoenix  Islands  in  the  Pacific  I  top)  and  this  one  off  the  Philippines  (bottom),  are  definitely 
identifiable  in  their  tropical  range  by  the  short  snout,  the  dark  flank  stripe  and  the  small  dorsal  fin  and  flippers.  They  may  reach  8  feet  (2.4  ml,  or  more,  in 
length  and  occur  in  herds  of  at  least  500  animals,  sometimes  with  spinner  dolphins  or  Atlantic  spotted  dolphins.  {Photos  by  K.  C.  Balcomb  [top]  and  T. 
Hammond  [bottom].) 


(following  page) 

Figure  136.  —  Fraser's  dolphins  from  the  eastern  tropical  Pacific:  adult  (top  and  inset) 
and  calf  (bottom).  Note  the  distinctive  black  lateral  strip  and  the  extremely  small 
fUppers  and  dorsal  fin.  (Photos  by  R.  Garvie  [top  arul  intet]  and  S.  Leatherwood 
[bottomY) 


121 


122 


ATLANTIC  WHITE  SIDED  DOLPHIN  (T) 

Lagenorhynchus  acutus  (Gray  1828) 


Other  Common  Names 

Atlantic  white-sided  porpoise,  jumper  (Newfoundland). 

Description 

Atlantic  white-sided  dolphins  reach  about  9  feet  (2.7  m)  in 
maximum  length  and  are  robust  in  form  with  a  small  but 
distinct  beak  (less  than  2  inches  [5.1  cm]  long). 

The  dorsal  fin  is  tall,  distinctly  back  curved,  and  pointed 
on  the  tip.  The  tail  stock  is  extremely  thick  and  does  not 
narrow  laterally  until  very  near  the  tail  flukes. 

The  back  is  distinctly  black,  the  belly  white.  The  sides 
have  zones  of  g^ray,  tan,  and  white. 

The  single  most  distinctive  feature  of  Atlantic  white-sided 
dolphins  is  an  elongated  oval  zone  of  white  and  yellowish 
white  along  the  sides  from  just  below  the  dorsal  fin  to  the  area 
above  the  anus.  These  patches  of  lighter  coloration,  clearly 
demarcated  from  each  other  and  from  the  surrounding 
coloration,  are  frequently  visible  simultaneously  with  the 
dorsal  fin  as  the  animals  roll  at  the  surface  to  breathe.  Even 
alone  this  feature  permits  positive  identification  of  the 
species.  The  dorsal  fin  is  often  part  gray,  part  black.  The  beak 
is  all  black. 


Natural  History  Notes 

Atlantic  white-sided  dolphins  are  known  to  congregate  in 
herds  of  perhaps  a  thousand  animals,  though  smaller  herds 
are  far  more  common.  The  species  is  often  wary  of  ships  and 
does  not  ordinarily  ride  the  bow  wave.  Like  a  number  of  other 
species,  white-sided  dolphins  have  been  reported  in 
association  with  Atlantic  pilot  whales. 


May  Be  Confused  With 

At  sea,  Atlantic  white-sided  dolphins  are  most  likely  to  be 
confused  with  the  white-beaked  dolphins,  with  which  they 
overlap  in  distribution.  Though  they  are  very  similar  in 
general  appearance,  the  two  can  be  distinguished  in  the 
following  ways: 


Atlantic  White-Sided 
Dolphin 


White-Beaked  Dolphin 


COLORATION 


Elongated  band  of  yellowish 
white  and  white  along  side, 
visible  behind  and  below 
dorsal  fin  as  animal  rolls. 


Two  grayish  areas— one  in 
front,  the  other  below  and 
behind  dorsal  fin,  visible  as 
anirtial  rolls. 


BEAK 


All  black. 


Sometimes  white  in  parts  of 
range  though  western  Atlan 
tic  animals  are  usually  dark. 


To  9  feet  (2.7  m). 


MAXIMUM  SIZE 

To  10  feet  (3.1  m). 

DORSAL  FIN 


Often  part  black,  part  lighter        Uniformly  dark, 
gray. 

Distribution 

Atlantic  white-sided  dolphins  are  distributed,  primarily 
offshore,  in  the  cool  waters  between  the  Gulf  Stream  and  the 
Labrador  Current.  They  have  been  observed  from  Hudson 
Canyon,  off  New  York  City,  north  to  southern  Greenland  and 
perhaps  Davis  Straits.  Their  normal  range  shares  a  southern 
boundary  with  the  white-beaked  dolphin  but  does  not  extend 
as  far  to  the  north. 

Stranded  Specimens 

In  addition  to  the  features  described  above  for  living 
animals  at  sea,  stranded  Atlantic  white-sided  dolphins  can  be 
distinguished  from  white-beaked  dolphins  by  the  following: 


Atlantic  White-Sided 
Dolphin 


White- Beaked  Dolphin 


NUMBER  OF  TEETH 


30-40    per    side    per    jaw, 
sometimes  more  in  upper. 


22-28  per  side  per  jaw;  have 
larger  individual  teeth— to  6 
mm  in  diameter. 


FLIPPERS 


Lower    portion   of   forward 
margin  more  curved. 


Lower    portion    of   forward 
margin  less  acutely  curved. 


VENTRAL  COLOR 


White  coloration  of  belly 
extends  high  onto  sides  of 
body. 


White  coloration  of  belly 
extends  to  lower  jaw  but  not 
above  flippers  on  sides. 


CAUDAL  CRESTS 


Tail  stock  strongly  compres- 
sed laterally;  taller,  narrows 
rapidly  just  in  front  of  flukes. 


Tail  stock  less  laterally 
compressed,  tapers  more 
gently  towards  tail  flukes. 


123 


Figure  138.  -  An  Atlantic  white-sided  dolphin  off  the  eastern  Canadian  coast.  These 
animals  do  not  usually  ride  the  bow  wave,  but  when  they  can  be  examined  at  close 
range,  they  can  be  readily  distinguished  from  their  more  northerly  cousins,  the 
white-beaked  dolphins,  by  their  highly  distinctive  color  pattern.  {Photo  by  P.  B. 
Beamish. ) 


► 


^^Hi^^ 


/ijIPR *>^TR^»  r'"'    -Pi*» 


Figure  137.- Atlantic  white-sided  dolphins  at  sea  between  Cape  Cod,  Mass.  and  Nova  Scotia.  This  species  can  be  positively  identified  b\  the 
elongated  zone  of  »  hite  and  the  adjacent  region  of  tan  or  yellowish  tan  below  and  behind  the  dorsal  fin,  visible  even  in  the  fast  -s»  imming  animalin 
the  bottom  picture.  The  top  photo  illustrates  the  origin  of  the  Newfoundland  common  name  "jumper."  (Photos  by  K.  C.  Balcomb  [top]  and  H. 
E.  Winn  [bottom].) 


124 


Figure  139.  — The  highly  distinctive  pattern  oJ  the  Atlantic  white-sided 
dolphins  is  clearly  visible  in  this  animal  stranded  in  Scotland.  Even  if  the 
color  pattern  has  faded,  however,  this  species  should  be  easy  to  identify. 
The  30-40  teeth  in  each  of  the  upper  and  lower  jaws  permit  distinction 
from  the  white-beaked  dolphins,  which  have  only  about  22-28  per  side  in 
each  jaw.    {Photos  by  B.  ThtUock,  courtesy  of  A.  S.  Clarke.) 


125 


WHITE-BEAKED  DOLPHIN  (T) 

Lagenorhynchus  albirostris  Gray  1846 


Other  Common  Names 

White-beaked  porpoise,  squidhound  (Newfoundland). 

Description 

White- beaked  dolphins  reach  a  maximum  overall  length  of 
about  10  feet  (3.1  m).  The  body  is  robust  in  form  with  a  tall, 
uniformly  dark- gray  dorsal  fin,  and  a  short  but  distinct  beak 
which,  as  the  common  name  implies,  is  often  light  gray  to 
white  above  and  below,  at  least  in  European  waters.  The 
beak  of  animals  in  the  western  Atlantic  populations  is  less 
frequently  white.  The  back  and  sides  are  basically  dark  gray 
to  black,  and  the  belly  is  white  to  light  gray. 

Swimming  white-beaked  dolphins  can  be  most  readily 
identified  by  the  two  areas  of  pale  coloration  on  the  sides,  one 
in  front  of  and  another  below  and  behind  the  dorsal  fin.  These 
areas  are  clearly  visible  from  a  ship  or  aircraft  as  the  animals 
roll  at  the  surface. 

Natural  History  Notes 

White- beaked  dolphins  may  sometimes  occur  in  herds  of 
up  to  1,500  individuals.  Like  their  cousins,  the  Atlantic 
white-sided  dolphins,  they  do  not  commonly  ride  the  bow 
waves  of  vessels. 

White- beaked  dolphins  feed  on  squid,  octopus,  cod, 
herring,  capelin,  and  sometimes  on  benthic  crustaceans. 

May  Be  Confused  With 

In  their  northerly  range  white-beaked  dolphins  are  likely 
to  be  confused  with  only  the  Atlantic  white-sided  dolphins. 
The  most  distinctive  features  of  white-beaked  dolphins  are  1) 
the  two  areas  of  paleness  described  above,  2)  the  prominent, 
dark-gray  dorsal  fin,  and  sometimes  3)  the  white  beak.  Other 


features  by  which  the  two  species  may  be  distinguished  in  the 
brief  encounters  typical  at  sea  are  tabularized  on  p.  127. 

Distribution 

White-beaked  dolphins  are  the  more  northerly  of  the  two 
species  of  Lagenorhynchus  in  the  western  North  Atlantic. 
They  are  found  from  Cape  Cod,  Mass.,  north  to  western  and 
southern  Greenland  and  Davis  Straits,  though  they  are 
apparently  far  more  numerous  to  the  north  of  this  range. 
They  appear  in  Davis  Straits  in  spring  and  summ.er  and  leave 
that  area  in  autumn,  sometimes  as  late  as  November,  to  move 
southward.  They  winter  as  far  south  as  Cape  Cod,  where  they 
are  the  common  dolphin  species  in  April,  May,  and  June 
(sometimes  to  July).  Their  migrations  are  poorly  known. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Stranded  white-beaked  dolphins  can  be  most  readily 
distinguished  from  white-sided  dolphins  by  the  substantial 


"^WiW, 


Figure  1 10.  —  Two  viewH  of  white-beaked  dolphins  off  Newfoundland.  This  species  is  characterized  by  a  prominent  uniform  dark  gray  dorsal  fin  and  two 
areas  of  paleness  on  the  sides,  one  in  front  of  and  one  below  and  behind  the  dorsal  fin.  White-beaked  dolphins  are  distributed  from  Newfoundland  north, 
extending  to  more  northerly  waters  than  Atlantic  white-sided  dolphins.   (Photos  by  H.  E.  Wirm  [bottom]  and  W.  A.  Watkim  [top].) 


126 


differences  in  coloration  and  the  differences  in  numbers  of 
teeth. 

Atlantic  White-Sided 
White- Beaked  Dolphin  Dolphin 


TEETH 


22-28  per  side  per  jaw. 


30-40  per  side  per  jaw, 
sometimes  more  in  upper 
jaw. 


COLORATION 


Beak  sometimes  gray  or 
white  above  and  below;  two 
pale  areas  visible  on  living 
animals  not  visible  on  strand- 
ed specimens. 


Beak  all  black:  side  marked 
with  elongated  areas  of 
white  with  streaking  pat- 
terns of  yellow  and  tan. 


Additional  characteristics  by  which  the  two  species  may 
be  distinguished  are  summarized  on  p.  123. 


X 


Figure  141.— White-beaked  dolphins  reach  nearly  10  feet  (3.1  m)  in  length.  Stranded  animals,  such  as  this  specimen  from  Scotland,  should  be 
distinguishable  from  Atlantic  white-sided  dolphins  by  their  differences  in  coloration.  This  species  sometimes  has  a  white  beak  and  always  lacks  the 
elongated  white  patch  and  tan  or  yellow  streaking  found  on  the  side  of  Atlantic  white-sided  dolphins.  (Photos  by  A.  S.  Clarke.) 


127 


ATLANTIC  BOTTLENOSED  DOLPHIN  (T) 

Tursiops  truncates  (Montague  1821) 


Other  Common  Names 

Bottlenosed  porpoise,  gray  porpoise,  common  porpoise.'^ 

Description 

Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphins  reach  a  maximum  overall 
length  of  about  12  feet  (3.7  m)  and  weigh  in  excess  of  1,430 
pounds  (650  kg).  They  have  relatively  stubby  snouts  and 
dorsal  fins,  which  are  broad  at  the  base,  tall,  and  falcate. 
Coloration  varies  slightly,  but  individuals  are  usually  dark 
gray  on  the  back,  lighter  gray  on  the  side,  grading  to  white  or 
pink  on  the  belly.  Old  females  may  have  spots  on  the  belly. 
The  dark  coloration  of  the  back  often  appears  as  a  highly 
distinct  cape,  particularly  on  the  head. 

Natural  History  Notes 

Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphins  often  occur  in  groups  of  up 
to  several  hundred  individuals  which  usually  consist  of 
aggregations  of  small  groups  of  no  more  than  a  dozen  animals 
each.  They  frequently  associate  with  the  Atlantic  pilot 
whales  and  are  frequently  found  accompanying  the  right  and 
hump  back  whales  travelling  along  the  Atlantic  coast  of 
Florida. 

Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphins  have  catholic  tastes, 
feeding  on  shrimp,  eels,  catfish,  menhadden  mullet,  and 
miscellaneous  trash  fish,  to  mention  only  a  few.  They  are 
frequently  found  near  shrimp  boats,  feeding  on  fish  stirred  up 
by  the  trawls  or  on  discarded  trash  fish. 

They  sometimes  move  in  to  ride  the  bow  wave  of  a  vessel, 
turning  on  their  sides,  sometimes  spinning  completely 
around  on  their  longitudinal  axis  when  doing  so.  Individuals 
may  also  turn  their  heads  downward  or  to  the  side.  They  are 
often  found  close  to  shore,  in  bays  and  lagoons,  and 
sometimes  venture  up  the  larger  rivers.  Some  individuals, 
especially  the  larger  animals,  are  found  as  far  offshore  as  the 
edge  of  the  continental  shelf.  Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphins 
sometimes  ride  the  surf.  Individuals  may  jump  clear  of  the 
water  as  high  as  15-20  feet  (4.6-6.1  m),  a  behavior  on  which 
aquarium  shows  have  capitalized. 

Members  of  this  species  are  the  dolphins  most  commonly 
maintained  in  captivity  at  zoos,  aquariums,  marine  parks, 
and  research  institutions.  For  that  reason,  they  are  perhaps 
more  familiar  to  the  general  public  than  any  other  species  of 
porpoise,  dolphin,  or  whale. 

May  Be  Confused  With 

From  at  least  Cape  Hatteras  southward,  the  range  of  the 
Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphins  distributed  in  inshore  areas 
may  overlap  with  that  of  Atlantic  spotted  dolphins, 
particularly  during  the  spring  and  summer,  when  the 
Atlantic  spotted  dolphins  move  inshore.   There  the  two 


species  may  be  confused.  The  Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphins 
and  the  Atlantic  spotted  dolphins  can  be  distinguished, 
however,  by  the  following  characteristics: 

Atlantic  Atlantic 

Bottlenosed  Dolphin  Spotted  Dolphin 

MAXIMUM  SIZE 


8  feet  to  as  much  as  12  feet 

(2.4  to  3.7  m). 


7.5-8  feet  (2.3-2.4  m) 


COLORATION 


Not  spotted  (old  females  may 
have  spots  on  belly);  dark 
gray  on  back;  light  gray  on 
sides;  white  or  pink  on  belly. 


Dark  purplish  gray  on  back; 
lighter  gray  on  sides  and 
belly;  body  becomes  increas- 
ingly spotted  with  age. 


HEAD  AND  BEAK 

Head  robust;  beak  relatively       Head    more    slender;    beak 
short.  longer. 

Some  Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphins  are  distributed  well 
offshore  as  far  as  the  edge  of  the  continental  shelf.  Those 
individuals  may  be  confused  with  either  rough-toothed 
dolphins  (p.  135)  or  with  grampus  (p.  96).  They  may  be 
distinguished  from  rough-toothed  dolphins  by  the  following: 


Atlantic  Bottlenosed 
Dolphin 


Rough- Toothed  Dolphin 


BODY  COLOR 


Dark  gray  on  back;  light 
gray  on  side;  white  or  pink  on 
belly. 


Dark  gray,  almost  purplish 
with  yellow  spots;  lighter  on 
belly. 


SNOUT 


Relatively  short  and  stubby, 
and  clearly  demarcated  from 
forehead;  usually  all  gray; 
some  older  individuals  have 
white-tipped  snouts  and/or 
white  lips. 


Long  and  slender;  not  clearly 
demarcated  from  forehead; 
lower  jaw  and  lips  speckled 
white. 


See  also  p.  150  for  use  of  this  common  name  for  another  species,  the 
harbor  porpoise. 


Distinguishing  differences  between  the  Atlantic  bottle- 
nosed dolphins  in  offshore  areas  and  grampus  are  tabularized 
on  p.  96. 

In  northeastern  South  America  the  range  of  the  Atlantic 
bottlenosed  dolphin  apparently  overlaps  with  that  of  the 
Guiana  dolphin,  which,  except  for  size,  it  closely  resembles 
(see  p.  132). 

Distribution 

The  Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphins  are  widely  distributed 
in  the  temperate  and  tropical  waters  of  the  western  North 


128 


Figure  142.  — Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphins  leaping  on  the  bow  of  a  research  vessel  between  Cape  Cod,  Mass.  and  Nova  Scotia.  Note  the 
robust  body,  the  falcate  dorsal  fin,  and  the  gradation  of  color  in  three  zones  — dark  gray  on  the  back,  to  lighter  gray  on  the  sides,  to  white  or 
pink  on  the  belly.  {Photo  by  A.  Taruski) 


t 

► 


Figure  143.  —  A  side  view  of  the  Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphins  off  St.  Augustine,  Fla.  Note  the  dark  grayish  coloration  of  the  back,  the  lighter 
coloration  of  the  side,  and  the  tall,  sharply  angled  dorsal  fin,  pointed  on  the  tip.  Though  dorsal  fin  shapes  are  highly  variable,  dorsal  fins  of 
the  Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphin  are  usually  more  falcate  and  less  pointed  on  the  tip  than  on  these  animals.  {Photo  courtesy  of  Marinelarui 
of  Florida.) 


129 


J! 


S  a 

e    V 
«5 


■c 


I 


.1 


130 


Atlantic.  They  are  known  from  at  least  Nova  Scotia  but  are 
best  known  from  New  England  southward  to  Florida, 
westward  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  thence  throughout  the 
West  Indies  and  Caribbean  to  Venezuela. 

In  the  northern  portion  of  that  range,  Atlantic 
bottlenosed  dolphins  are  distributed  offshore.  In  the 
southern  portions  of  their  range  from  at  least  North  Carolina 
southward,  the  majority  are  found  nearshore  and  often  enter 
bays  and  lagoons,  and  sometimes  venture  up  the  larger 
rivers.  Daily  migrations  in  these  areas  may  follow  tidal  flow. 


In  these  same  southerly  areas  some  Atlantic  bottlenosed 
dolphins  are  distributed  as  far  offshore  as  the  edge  of  the 
continental  shelf. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Within  their  range,  stranded  Atlantic  bottlenosed 
dolphins  should  be  readily  identifiable  by  1)  the  robust  body, 
2)  relatively  short  beak,  and  3)  the  20-26  teeth  in  each  upper 
jaw  and  18-24  in  each  lower  jaw. 


Figure  145. -An  Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphin  taken  at  Isia  La  Blanquilla,  off  Venezuela.  Because  they  inhabit  shallow  waters,  Atlantic  bottlenosed 

dolphins  are  infrequent  victims  of  strandings.  {Photo  courtesy  ofF.  Cervigon.1 


Figure  146.  — Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphins  have  from 
20  to  26  teeth  in  each  side  of  the  upper  jaw  and  from  18 
to  24  in  each  side  of  the  lower  jaw.  These  teeth,  sharply- 
pointed  in  younger  animals,  may  wear  substantially  as 
the  animal  ages.  {Photo  courtesy  of  Wometco  Miami 
Seaquarium. ) 


131 


GUIANA  DOLPHIN  (T) 

Sotaliaguianensis  (P. -J.  van  Beneden  1864) 


Other  Common  Names 

None  known. 

Description 

Guiana  dolphins  are  the  second  smallest  cetacean  species 
in  the  western  North  Atlantic,  reaching  a  maximum  length  of 
only  about  5.6  feet  (1.7  m). 

Their  body  shape  is  very  similar  to  that  of  the  Atlantic 
bottlenosed  dolphin,  though  the  beak  is  less  clearly 
demarcated  from  the  forehead. 

The  rather  prominent  dorsal  fin  is  nearly  triangular, 
curving  only  slightly  backwards  near  the  tip. 

Guiana  dolphins  are  steel  blue  to  dark  brown  on  the  back 
and  white  on  the  belly.  There  is  sometimes  a  brownish  band 
extending  from  the  dark  color  of  the  back  in  front  of  the  dorsal 
fin  back  towards  but  not  reaching  the  anus. 

Natural  History  Notes 

Guiana  dolphins  are  usually  found  in  groups  of  fewer  than 
10  individuals. 

May  Be  Confused  With 

Because  of  their  limited  range  and  specialized  habitats, 
Guiana  dolphins  are  unlikely  to  be  confused  with  any  other 
cetacean  species  except  perhaps  Atlantic  bottlenosed 
dolphins  (p.  128).  These  two  species  can  be  distinguished  by 
the  following  characteristics: 


Guiana  Dolphins 


Atlantic  Bottlenosed 
Dolphins 


SIZE 


To  only  5.6  feet  (1.7  m).  8to  as  much  as  12  feet  (2.4  to 

3.7  m). 


DORSAL  FIN 


More  nearly  triangular;  cur-      Broad- based, 
ved  only  slightly  backwards      cate. 
near  tip. 

DISTRIBUTION 


tall,    and    fal- 


Found  in  rivers  and  estuar- 
ies, extend  into  only  very 
shallow  nearshore  waters  on 
limited  area  of  South  Ameri- 
can coast. 


Distribution 


Sometimes  found  nearshore 
and  in  bays,  river  mouths, 
and  estuaries,  but  extend 
farther  offshore. 


Guiana  dolphins  are  found  in  Lake  Maracaibo,  in  the 
rivers  of  Guyana,  and  in  the  nearshore  coastal  waters  of  the 
northeastern  portion  of  the  Guianas. 


Stranded  Specimens 

In  their  very  limited  range,  stranded  Guiana  dolphins  can 
be  readily  identifed  by  their  extremely  small  size  (to  5.6  feet 
11.7  m])  and  nearly  triangular  dorsal  fin.  Furthermore,  in 
addition  to  the  characteristics  listed  above  distinguishing 
living  Guiana  dolphins  from  Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphins, 
the  species  can  be  distinguished  by  differences  in  the 
numbers  of  teeth: 


Atlantic  Bottlenosed 
Dolphins 


Guiana  Dolphins 


TEETH 


20-26    in    each    upper    jaw; 
18-26  in  each  lower  jaw. 


26-35    in    each    jaw;    often 
ragged  in  arrangement. 


Figure  147.  — A  Guiana  dolphin  from  Kartabo,  British  Guiana.  In  the  coastal  portion 
of  its  range  along  the  northeastern  South  American  coast,  this  species  is  most  likely 
to  be  confused  with  the  Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphin.  Guiana  dolphins  are  much 
smaller,  rarely  exceeding  5.6  feet  (1.7  m),  have  a  more  triangular  dorsal  fin,  and 
tend  to  be  found  more  frequently  in  estuaries  and  rivers.  [Photo  by  A.  B.  Van 
Beneden  from  Zoologica  VII  H).by  permitnon  of  the  New  York  Zoological  Society. ) 


132 


133 


a 


Figure  148.  — Guiana  dolphins  harpooned  in  Kartabo.  British  Guiana.  Guiana  dolphins  have  from  26  to  35  teeth  in  each  jaw.  Atlantic 
bottlenosed  dolphins,  which  are  larger  but  somewhat  similar  in  appearance,  have  from  20  to  26  teeth  in  each  upper  jaw  and  from  18  to  26 
in  each  lower  jaw.   (Photo  by  A.  B.  Van  Beneden  from  Zoologies  VlHi).  by  permisrion  of  the  New  York  Zoological  Society.) 


134 


ROUGH-TOOTHED  DOLPHIN  (T) 

Steno  bredanensis  (G.  Cuvier  in  Lesson  1828) 


Other  Common  Names 

Rough-toothed  porpoise,  goggle-eyed  porpoise. 
Description 

Rough  toothed  dolphins  reach  a  length  of  at  least  8  feet 
(2.4  m).  The  coloration  of  the  rough-toothed  dolphins  is  quite 
variable.  Individuals  are  often  dark  gray  to  dark  purplish 
gray  on  the  back  with  pinkish-white  blotches  on  the  sides 
and  belly.  The  flippers  and  flukes  are  dark  and  the  belly  is 
white.  Individuals  are  frequently  scarred  with  numerous 
white  streaks. 

The  most  distinctive  characteristic  of  the  rough-toothed 
dolphin  is  its  beak,  which  is  quite  long  and  slender,  may  be 
white  or  pinkish  white  along  both  sides,  including  one  or  both 
lips  and  the  tip  of  the  snout,  and  is  not  separated  from  the 
forehead  by  the  transverse  groove  present  in  other  long- 
snouted  dolphins.  Because  the  forehead  and  the  sides  of  the 
head  slope  smoothly  into  the  rostrum,  when  this  animal  is 
seen  from  above  or  from  the  side,  its  entire  head  appears  very 
long  and  nearly  conical. 


Natural  History  Notes 

Rough-toothed  dolphins  occur  in  small  groups  of  50 
animals  or  fewer  and  are  usually  found  off  the  edge  of  the 
continental  slope.  They  may  ride  the  bow  waves. 


May  Be  Confused  With 

In  their  offshore  habitat,  rough-toothed  dolphins  are  most 
likely  to  be  confused  with  Atlantic  spotted  dolphins  (p.  104) 
and  with  Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphins  (p.  128).  They  may 
be  distinguished  from  Atlantic  spotted  dolphins  by  the 
following: 


Rough-Toothed  Dolphin 


Atlantic  Spotted  Dolphin 


SNOUTS 


Long  and  slender;  not  clearly 
demarcated  from  forehead. 


Moderate  in  length  and 
clearly  demarcated  from 
forehead. 


Figure  149.  — Captive  rough-toothed  dolphins  in  Japan.  Note  the  distinctive,  smoothly  tapering  head  and  the  white 
coloration  of  the  sides  and  front  of  the  snout.  Rough-toothed  dolphins  are  probably  widely  distributed  in  the  offshore 
waters  of  the  tropics.  The  streamers  on  the  backs  of  the  animals  are  marker  tags  (see  Appendix  A.)  (Photo  courtesy  of 
Japanese  Whales  Research  Iiutitute. ) 


135 


They    may    be    distinguished    from    Atlantic    bottlenosed 
dolphins  by  the  characteristics  tabularized  on  p.  128. 

Even  at  a  distance  the  blotched  coloration  of  the  side  and 
the  white  coloration  of  the  rostrum  of  rough-toothed  dolphins 
may  be  visible.  If  closer  examination  is  possible,  the 
distinctive  shape  and  coloration  of  the  beak  make  positive 
identification  easy. 

Distribution 

Though  records  of  rough-toothed  dolphins  from  the 
western  North  Atlantic  are  scant,  the  species  is  assumed  to 
be  widely  distributed  in  deep  tropical  to  warm  temperate 


waters.  It  has  been  reported  from  Virginia,  Georgia,  Florida, 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  the  West  Indies,  and  off  the  northeastern 
coast  of  South  America. 

Stranded  Specimens 

In  addition  to  the  characteristics  listed  above  for 
distinguishing  living  animals,  stranded  rough-toothed 
dolphins  can  be  readily  identified  by  the  fact  that  the  20-27 
fairly  large  teeth  per  jaw  per  side  have  a  series  of  fine  vertical 
wrinkles  on  the  crown,  a  characteristic  from  which  the 
species  derives  its  common  name.  (These  wrinkles  are  often 
difficult  to  detect.) 


Figure  150.— Closeups  of  the  highly  distinctive  head  of  a 
rough-toothed  dolphin  showing  the  white  lips  and  the  lack 
of  a  clear  demarcation  between  the  snout  and  the  forehead. 
This  species  has  from  20  to  27  fairly  large  teeth  in  each  side 
of  both  the  upper  and  lower  jaws.  (Photos  at  Sea  Life 
Park,  Hawaii,  byK.  C.  Baicomb  [top]  and  S.  Leatherwood 
[bottom].) 


136 


-f*  I 


Figure  151.  — A  rough-toothed  dolphin  stranded  near  New  Smyrna  Beach,  Fla.  1  his  species  has  from  <20  to  27 fairly  large  teeth  in  each  side  of  both  the  upper 
and  lower  jaws.  Those  teeth  are  sometimes  marked  by  many  fine  vertical  wrinkles  along  the  crown,  a  characteristic  from  which  the  species  derives  its 
common  name.  {Photos  by  D.  K.  CaldweU.) 


137 


PYGMY  KILLER  WHALE  (T) 

Feresa  attenuata  Gray  1874 


Other  Common  Names 

Slender  blackfish,  slender  pilot  whale. 

Description 

Pygmy  killer  whales  reach  a  length  of  about  8-9  feet 
(2.4-2.7  m).  They  are  usually  relatively  slender-bodied  with  a 
rounded  head,  an  underslung  jaw,  and  no  beak. 

The  falcate  dorsal  fin,  located  about  the  center  of  the  back, 
is  usually  between  8  and  12  inches  (20.3  and  30.1  cm)  tall 
(though  it  may  reach  15  inches  [38  cm]  in  some  individuals),  is 
sometimes  very  distinctive,  and  resembles  that  of  the 
Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphin.  The  flippers  are  slightly 
rounded  on  the  tips. 

The  color  has  been  described  as  dark  gray  or  black  on  the 
back,  often  lighter  on  the  sides,  extending  higher  in  front  of 
the  dorsal;  fin  and  with  a  small  zone  of  white  on  the 
underside,  often  a  lighter  gray  area  on  the  sides,  and 
distinctive  white  regions  around  the  lips.  The  chin  may  be 
completely  white.  This  white  zone  on  the  chin,  described  as 
a  "goatee,"  is  often  clearly  visible  in  swimming  animals. 

May  Be  Confused  With 

The  pygmy  killer  whale  resembles  the  false  killer  whale 
but  is  much  smaller  and  can  be  distinguished  at  close  range  by 
the  zones  of  white  coloration.  False  killer  whales  are  almost 
all  black  and  reach  a  length  of  up  to  at  least  18  feet  (5.5  m). 
Pygmy  killer  whales  are  dark  gray  on  the  back,  often  lighter 
on  the  sides,  and  show  a  region  of  white  on  the  belly  which 
may  extend  so  high  up  onto  the  sides  that  it  is  visible  on  a 
swimming  animal.  Further,  they  reach  only  8-9  feet  (2.4- 
2.7  m). 

Pygmy  killer  whales  may  also  be  confused  with  the 
similarly  sized  and  colored  many-toothed  blackfish.  So  little  is 
known  of  the  two  species'  appearance  and  behavior  at  sea  that 
it  is  doubtful  that  they  can  be  successfully  distinguished, 
though  many-toothed  blackfish  apparently  lack  the  white 
region  often  seen  on  the  sides  of  pygmy  killer  whales. 
Further,  pygmy  killer  whales  have  rounded  flippers  and 
smoothly  tapered  heads,  while  those  of  the  many-toothed 


blackfish  are  pointed  on  the  tip  and  more  sharpely  pointed 
(often  described  as  a  parrot  beak). 

Distribution 

Pygmy  killer  whales  are  probably  distributed  in  the 
tropical  and  subtropical  waters  of  the  western  North 
Atlantic.  They  have  been  reported  from  Texas,  the  Atlantic 
coast  of  Florida,  and  St.  Vincent  Island,  Lesser  Antilles. 
Records  of  the  species  from  the  other  oceans  of  the  world 
suggest  that  its  distribution  is  limited  to  tropical  and 
subtropical  waters. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Stranded  pygmy  killer  whales  can  be  clearly  distinguish- 
ed from  both  the  false  killer  whale  and  the  many  toothed 
blackfish.  In  addition  to  the  differences  discussed  above,  the 
following  are  key  differences  between  the  pygmy  and  false 
killer  whales: 


Pygmy  Killer  Whale 


False  KiUer  Whale 


TEETH 


10-13  in  each  side  of  upper 
and  lower  jaws;  lower  teeth 
smaller. 


8-11     per    jaw 
prominent. 


per 


side. 


VENTRAL  COLORATION 


White  from  anus  to  under  tail 
stock,  white  may  extend  up 
sides. 


Dark  from  anus  to  tail  stock; 
lighter  pale  gray  area  for- 
ward between  flippers. 


FLIPPERS 


Smoothly  rounded. 


Characteristic  hump  on  for- 
ward margin. 


Pygmy  killer  whales  can  be  distinguished  from  many- 
toothed  blackfish  on  the  basis  of  the  second  species"  larger 
number  of  teeth.  (Many-toothed  blackfish  have  from  22  to  25 
teeth  in  the  upper  jaw  and  from  21  to  24  in  the  lower  jaw.) 


Figure  152.  — Pygmy  killer  whales  at  sea  northwest  of  Hawaii  (top)  off  the  island  of 
Oahu,  Hawaii  (middle),  and  from  southeastern  Florida  in  the  tank  at  the  W'ometco 
Miami  Seaquarium  (bottom).  When  swimming  rapidly,  pygmy  killer  whales  may 
closely  resemble  the  much  larger  false  killer  whales.  In  addition  to  their  much  smaller 
size,  rarely  exceeding  9  feet  (2.7  m),  however,  pygmy  killer  whales  can  be 
distinguished  by  their  more  rounded  head,  the  white  coloration  of  the  lips  and  chin,  and 
the  white  zone  on  the  belly,  sometimes  extending  up  the  sides.  [Photos  by  S.  Ohsumi 
[top];  J.  Naughton,  Natvoruil  Marine  Fisheries  Service  and  courtesy  of  E.  Shallenberger, 
Sea  Life  Park  \middle]:  and  courtesy  of  Wometco  Miami  Seaquarium  [bottom].) 


138 


^^^[^^mK«» 


^^^^" 


139 


'  \\j\0r 


SMft 


Figure  153.  — Pygmy  killer  whales  5  miles  off  Kaena  Point,  Oahu.  Hawaii.  These  individuals  were  dark  on  the  back  with  varying  degrees  of  Ughter 
coloration  on  the  sides,  extending  high  onto  the  sides  in  front  of  the  dorsal  fin.  Many  had  a  white  "goatee"  on  the  chin  and  lower  jaw.  The  prominent  dorsal 
fin  is  characteristic.  {Photos  by  E.  ShaUenberger,  courtesy  of  Sea  Life  Park,  Hawaii) 


140 


Figure  154.  —  Side  and  belly  viewsof  a  pygmy  killer  whale  from  South  Africa.  Note  the  slight  white  coloration  of  the  lips,  the  white  region  on  the 
ventral  surface  (extending  up  onto  the  sides  just  below  the  dorsal  fin),  and  the  falcate  sharply  pointed  dorsal  fin.  Note  also  the  flippers,  which 
lack  the  hump  on  the  forward  margin  characteristic  of  false  killer  whales.   {Photos  courtesy  of  P.  B.  Best.) 


Figure  155.  —  Pygmy  killer  whales  have  from  8  to  1 1  teeth  in  each  side  of 
the  upper  jaw  and  from  11  to  13  in  each  side  of  the  lower  jaw.  Many 
specimens  reportedly  have  one  fewer  on  the  right  than  on  the  left  side. 
The  teeth  are  smaller  than  those  of  the  false  killer  whale  and  far  less 
numerous  than  those  of  the  more  closely  sized  many-toothed  blackfish. 
Note  also  the  white  lips.  {Photo  courtesy  of  P.  B.  Best.) 


141 


MANY-TOOTHED  BLACKFISH  (T) 

Peponocephala  electra  (Gray  1846) 


Other  Common  Names 

Hawaiian  blackfish,  melon-headed  whale. 

Description 

Many-toothed  blackfish  reach  lengths  of  at  least  9  feet  (2.7 
m)  and  are  similar  in  body  shape  to  the  larger  false  killer 
whale  and  the  similar-sized  pygmy  killer  whale.  The  body  is 
elongated  and  slim  with  a  rather  slim  tail  stock.  In  general, 
the  head  is  shaped  like  that  of  the  false  killer  whale  but  has  a 
sharper  appearance  to  the  snout,  sometimes  described  as 
a  parrot-  beak.  The  forehead  is  rounded,  slightly  overhanging 
the  lower  jaw,  and  has  no  beak.  The  dorsal  fin  is  up  to  10 
inches  (25.4  cm).  It  is  probably  very  distinctive  as  the  animals 
surface  to  breathe.  Many-toothed  blackfish  are  black  on  the 
back  and  slightly  lighter  on  the  belly.  The  areas  around  the 
anus  and  genitals  and  the  lips  are  unpigmented.  Many- 
toothed  blackfish  are  presumably  rare. 

May  Be  Confused  With 

Many-toothed  blackfish  may  be  confused  with  either  the 
false  killer  whale  or  the  pygmy  killer  whale.  They  are 
considerably  smaller  than  the  false  killer  whale,  have  a 
slightly  more  pointed  snout,  and  lack  the  prominent  humplike 


forward  margin  on  the  flippers  which  is  characteristic  of  the 
false  killer  whale. 

They  are  approximately  the  same  size  as  pygmy  killer 
whales,  but  the  white  area  around  the  genitals  which  extends 
up  onto  the  side  in  pygmy  killer  whales  may  be  lacking  in 
many-toothed  blackfish.  This  species  has  pointed  flippers, 
while  those  of  pygmy  killer  whales  are  rounded  on  the  tips. 
Many-toothed  blackfish  also  have  a  slightly  more  pointed 
snout.  Otherwise,  the  two  species  are  virtually  indistinguish- 
able in  encounters  at  sea. 

Distribution 

Although  many-toothed  blackfish  have  not  yet  been 
reported  in  the  western  North  Atlantic,  they  are  included 
in  this  guide  because  of  a  record  from  the  eastern  tropical 
North  Atlantic  and  the  known  tropical  distribution  in 
other  areas. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Stranded  many-toothed  blackfish  can  be  distinguished 
from  false  killer  and  pygmy  killer  whales  by  the  number  of 
teeth  alone.  Many-toothed  blackfish  have  more  than  1.5  per 
side  per  jaw  (usually  21-25);  both  other  species  have 
less  than  15. 


Figure  156.  — A  live  many-toothed  blackfish  in  a  holding  pen 
in  the  Philippines.  At  sea  these  animals  will  be  virtually 
impossible  to  distinguish  from  pygmy  killer  whales.  [Photos 
by  T.  Hammond.) 


142 


I 

.9 

:^ 

*^ 

a> 

O 

o 

g 

Q 

a 

« 

8-; 

a 

•ri 

J3 

« 

O 

« 

t. 

a 

•c 

h 

^o 

1 

La 

D. 

u 

tfl 

o 

j: 

01 

ft) 

ftj 

a 

■5 

,^ 

j: 

b 

o 

■| 

1 

A 

a 

s 

ta 

» 

a 

1 

^ 

V 

OD 

J3 

J3 

Q 

K 

>. 

X 

Ift 

1 

■s 

1 

a 

X 

•*•! 

ii 

'  »-s 


^ 

a. 

■o 

s 

■S 

s 

3 

a 
.2 

s 

3 

■a 

"o 

J= 

JS 

w 

» 

£ 

^ 

V 

EC 

*-3 

0) 

a« 

u 

a 

<Z) 

V 

o 

3 

> 

■^ 

o 

4) 

Oi 

■^ 

J= 

■o 

i 

a 

§ 

d 

b 

u 

jQ 

4> 

a- 

a 

^ 

u 

o. 

lb 

3 

OD 

1 
s 

4/ 

-3 

JB 

j: 

» 

.Si 

1 
.B 

1 

a. 

V 

>. 

3b 

3 

'5 

1 

Ic 

u 

>. 

H 

S. 

a 

:a 

X 

*o 

<s 

•w 

V 

S 

V 

m 

V 

e 

d 

•t^ 

ja 

X 

ift 

iM 

V 

•u 

2 

1 

V 

^ 

-o 

e^^ 

■B 

!« 

5 

* 

^ 

1 

•| 

X 

a> 

3 

1 

^ 

CO 

en 

3 

3 

« 

4ii 

u 

a 

ja 

-2 

« 

1 

2 

a 
3 

Y 

0* 

>. 

JS 

"o 

a 

o 

OJ 

B 

s 

91 

e 

< 

a 

5 

[ 

& 

t-^ 

d 

in 

IS 

■g 

3 

& 

.1 

J 

S: 

U. 

s 

a 

143 


PYGMY  SPERM  WHALE  (T) 

Kogia  breviceps  (Blainville  1838) 


Other  Common  Names 

None  known. 

Description 

Pygmy  sperm  whales  reach  a  length  of  at  least  11  feet  (3.4 
m).  They  are  characterized  by  1)  an  extremely  robust  body 
that  rapidly  tapers  near  the  tail,  2)  a  squarish  head,  and  3)  a 
narrow,  underslung  lower  jaw  which  is  located  well  behind 
the  tip  of  the  snout.  Along  the  side  of  the  head,  in 
approximately  the  same  position  where  gill  slits  would  be 
located  on  a  fish  of  comparable  size,  there  is  a  crescent- 
shaped  bracket  mark,  often  called  a  false  gill. 

The  flippers,  which  are  smoothly  curved  on  the  forward 
margin  and  may  reach  a  length  of  18  inches  (45.7  cm)  or  more 
on  an  adult  specimen,  are  located  well  forward  on  the  body, 
just  below  and  behind  the  bracket  mark. 

The  dorsal  fin  is  very  small,  falcate,  and  located  in  the 
latter  half  of  the  back. 

Though  coloration  can  be  described  only  from  stranded 
specimens  and  a  few  encounters  with  living  animals,  pygmy 
sperm  whales  appear  to  be  dark  steel  gray  on  the  back, 
shading  to  a  lighter  gray  on  the  sides,  and  gradually  fading  to 
a  dull  white  on  the  belly.  The  outer  surface  of  the  flippers  and 
the  upper  surface  of  the  tail  flukes  are  also  steel  gray. 


Natural  History  Notes 

From  the  few  accounts,  the  following  may  be  summarized 
about  the  behavior  of  pygmy  sperm  whales  at  sea:  They 
reportedly  usually  rise  slowly  to  the  surface  to  breathe, 
produce  a  blow  that  is  inconspicuous,  and  do  not  normally  roll 
aggressively  at  the  surface  like  most  other  species  of  small 
whales.  They  reportedly  fold  their  flippers  flat  against  their 
bodies  when  swimming.  They  have  been  reported  to  lie 
motionless  in  the  water  with  the  back  of  the  head  on  the 
surface  and  the  tail  hanging  loosely  down  in  the  water.  (A 
similar  behavior  in  sperm  whales  has  made  them  a  minor 
hazard  to  shipping,  since  it  has  resulted  in  some  collisions 
with  ships. )  When  they  are  startled  in  this  posture,  they  may 
defecate,  issuing  a  cloud  of  reddish  brown  to  rust-colored 
fece.  Beached  pygmy  sperm  whales  have  also  been  observed 
to  defecate  a  fine  chocolate  feces. 

Pygmy  sperm  whales  apparently  feed  primarily  on  squid, 
but  do  take  fish  as  well. 


the  name  implies,  have  elongated  "dolphinlike"  beaks  and  are 
considerably  larger.  At  sea,  pygmy  sperm  whales  are  most 
likely  to  be  confused  with  their  cousins  the  dwarf  sperm 
whales  (p.  148  and  Fig.  160).  The  two  species  can  be  dis- 
tinguished as  follows: 


Pygmy  Sperm  Whale 


Dwarf  Sperm  Whale 


To  11  feet  (3.4  m) 


MAXIMUM  SIZE 

To  9  feet  (2.7  m) 

DORSAL  FIN 


Small  to  8  inches  (20.3  cm), 
falcate;  located  in  latter  third 
of  back. 


Taller,  more  like  that  of 
bottlenosed  dolphins;  locat- 
ed near  the  midpoint  of  the 
back. 


COLORATION 

Both  species  are  dark  steel  g^ay  on  the  back,  grading  to 
lighter  on  the  belly. 


Distribution 

Because  they  have  been  rarely  observed  at  sea,  normal 
ranges  for  this  species  are  not  known.  Based  on  stranding 
records,  however,  the  following  can  be  stated.  In  the  western 
North  Atlantic,  pygmy  sperm  whales  have  been  found  as  far 
north  as  Sable  Island,  Halifax,  Nova  Scotia,  as  far  south  as 
Cuba,  and  as  far  west  as  Texas  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  They  are 
frequently  found  stranded  along  the  Atlantic  coast  of  Florida 
and  throughout  the  eastern  and  northern  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Because  of  the  distinctive  characters  of  the  genus, 
stranded  pygmy  and  dwarf  sperm  whales  are  unlikely  to  be 
confused  with  any  other  species  of  cetacean,  though  the 
rather  narrow  underslung  jaw  and  the  blunted  head  may 
result  in  their  casual  dismissal  by  some  beach  walkers  as 
stranded  sharks.  The  two  species  of  Kogia  may  be 
distinguished  by  the  following: 


Pygmy  Sperm  Whale 


Dwarf  Sperm  Whale 


May  Be  Confused  With 

In  general,  when  they  can  be  examined  at  close  range, 
pygmy  sperm  whales  are  so  distinctive  that  they  are  unlikely 
to  be  confused  with  any  other  species  except  perhaps  the 
dwarf  sperm  whales.  At  a  distance,  they  might  be  confused 
with  small  individuals  of  any  of  the  beaked-whale  species 
(p.  78)  that  also  have  a  relatively  small,  falcate  dorsal  fin 
located  in  the  latter  third  of  the  back.  Closer  examination 
should  permit  easy  separation,  however,  since  the  pygmy 
sperm  whale  has  a  blunted  head,  while  the  beaked  whales,  as 


TEETH 


12-16  (rarely  10-11)  in  lower 
jaw  are  larger;  no  teeth  in 
upper. 


8-11  (rarely  13)  small  and 
extremely  sharp  teeth  in 
lower  jaw;  sometimes  have 
up  to  3  teeth  in  each  upper 
jaw. 


THROAT 


No  creases   or   grooves   on 
throat. 


Several  short  irregular  creas- 
es or  grooves  on  throat. 


144 


>^fc*  ■*<>■ 


Figure  158.  —  In  this  rare  photograph  of  a  pygmy  sperm  whale  at  sea  in  the  Pacific,  the  animal 
was  startled  by  the  approaching  vessel,  circled  quickly,  and  then  dived  out  of  sight.  The  trail 
of  material  visible  in  the  water  in  front  of  and  to  the  right  of  the  animal  is  feces,  reddish  brown 
to  rust  in  color.  Startled  whales  and  porpoises  often  defecate  in  this  manner.  (Photo  by  S. 
Ohtumi ) 


Figure  159.  —  A  young  pygmy  sperm  whale  swimming  in  a  tank  at  the  New  York  Aquarium.  Note  the  shape  and  position  of  the  dorsal  fin  and  the  shape  of  the 

head.    (Photo  by  H.  E.  Winn.) 


145 


»    "^J  »    "»^ 


f-«^  f^i  v^*^  r"*-!  r"*^T  r^" 
^^i  F^^n  f"^  r"^^  ?^*%Tj  ^^ 
r'^i  v"^  r"^  T"^  T"^  V" 
r-^  r*""^  v^i  r'^^ej  r''^j  r 
f^'i  r'^  ^!3  ^^  r''^  -" 


5:  *¥!i  J?'"^  -S^,*;:'?'  .-i'JSii.*? 


Figure  160. -On  the  beach  the  two  species  of  Xoffia  can  be  readily  distinguished.  The  pygmy  sperm  whale.  K.  breviceps,  (top)  reaches  a  length  of  about 
11  feet  (3.4  m);  its  dorsal  fin  is  a  small  nubbin  located  in  the  latter  half  of  the  back.  The  dwarf  sperm  whale,  K.  txmua,  (bottom)  reaches  only  about  9  feet 
(2.7  m);  its  dorsal  fin,  much  taller  and  more  "dolphinlike"  in  appearance,  is  located  near  the  middle  of  the  back.  Coloration  of  fresh  specimens  is  probably 
similar  for  both  species— the  lightened  areas  in  the  lower  photograph  are  the  result  of  decomposition.  {Photos  from  Jekyll  Island,  Go.  [top]  arui  Atlantic 
Beach,  Fla.  [bottom]  by  D.  K.  CaldwelL). 


Figure  161.  —  Ventral  view  of  a  female  pygmy  sperm  whale  from  Jekyll  Island.  Ga.  Note  the  position  and  shape  of  the  flippers  and  mouth,  and  the  abrupt 

Upering  of  the  body  at  the  tail  stock.    {Photo  by  D.  K.  CaldwelL) 


146 


Figure  162. —  Head  of  a  pygmy  sperm  whale  from  northeastern  Florida  showing  gill-like,  lightly 
pigmented  "bracket  marks."  {Photo  by  F.  G.  Wood. ) 


Figure  163.  —  A  detafled  view  of  the  mouth  of  a  pygmy  sperm  whale  from 
the  east  coast  of  Florida.  In  both  species  of  Kogia  these  long,  curved, 
needle-sharp  teeth,  found  in  only  the  lower  jaw,  lock  into  sockets  in  the 
upper  jaw.  Pygmy  sperm  whales  have  from  12  to  16  (rarely  10  or  11)  pairs 
of  teeth;  dwarf  sperm  whales  have  from  8  to  11  (rarely  13)  pairs.  (Photo 
byD.  K.  CaldwelL) 


147 


DWARF  SPERM  WHALE  (T) 


Kogiasimus  (Owen  1866) 


Other  Common  Names 

Rat  porpoise  (West  Indies). 

Description 

Dwarf  sperm  whales  reach  an  overall  length  of 
approximately  9  feet  (2.7  m).  Like  the  other  species  oiKogia. 
the  pygmy  sperm  whale  (p.  144),  the  dwarf  sperm  whales  are 
characterized  by  1)  a  squarish  head,  2)  an  extremely  robust 
body  which  tapers  rapidly  near  the  tail  stock,  3)  a  narrow, 
underslung  lower  jaw,  and  4)  a  bracket  mark  or  false  gill  on 
the  side  of  the  head. 

The  dorsal  fin  of  this  species  is  tall  and  falcate,  closely 
resembling  that  of  the  Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphin,  and  is 
located  near  the  midpoint  of  the  back.  There  are  several 
short,  irregular  creases  or  grooves  on  the  throat  similar  to 
those  found  on  the  sperm  whale  (see  Figs.  60,  165). 

Dwarf  sperm  whales  are  dark  steel  gray  on  the  back, 
grading  to  lighter  gray  on  the  sides,  and  fading  to  dull  white 
on  the  belly. 

May  Be  Confused  With 

Because  of  their  tall,  falcate  dorsal  fin,  dwarf  sperm 
whales  may  be  confused  at  a  distance  with  any  of  the  small 


dolphin  species.  Their  all-black  or  dark  steel-gray  coloration 
and  the  blunted  head  increase  the  likelihood  that  they  can  be 
confused  with  pygmy  killer  whales  or  many-toothed 
blackf ish .  They  will  have  to  be  examined  at  close  range  before 
they  can  be  distinguished. 

Dwarf  sperm  whales  may  also  be  confused  with  pygmy 
sperm  whales  (p.  144  and  Fig.  160).  The  two  species  can 
be  differentiated  by  the  characteristics  tabularized  on  p.  144. 

Distribution 

Since  it  has  only  recently  been  recognized  as  a  species 
distinct  from  the  pygmy  sperm  whale  and  even  more  recently 
given  a  common  name,  records  of  dwarf  sperm  whales  may 
have  been  confused  with  those  of  its  close  relatives.  The 
dwarf  sperm  whale  has  been  reported  from  at  least  Georgia 
south  to  St.  Vincent,  Lesser  Antilles,  and  throughout  the 
eastern  and  northern  Gulf  of  Mexico.  It  is  highly  likely  that 
this  species,  like  the  pygmy  sperm  whale,  extends  further  to 
the  north. 

Stranded  Specimens 

Because  of  the  distinctive  characteristics  of  the  genus, 
neither  species  of  stranded  Kogia  is  likely  to  be  confused  with 
any  other  species.  They  can  be  distinguished  from  one 
another  by  the  characteristics  tabularized  on  p.  144. 


Figure  164.-A  dwari  sperm  whale  stranded  near  St.  Augustine,  Fla.,  shown  swimming  in  the  Unk  at  Marineland  of  Florida.  In  this  species 
the  dorsal  fin  is  taller  than  that  of  the  pygmy  sperm  whale  and  is  located  near  the  midpoint  of  the  back  (see  Figs.  159  and  160). 
(Pkoto  courtesy  of  Marineland  of  Florida. ) 


148 


r 


Figure  165.  —  Dwarf  sperm  whales  have  several 
short  creases  on  the  throat,  similar  to  those 
found  on  the  sperm  whale  (see  Fig.  60);  pygmy 
sperm  whales  lack  these  creases.  To  compare 
other  features  of  the  two  species,  refer  back  to 
Figure  160.   (Photo  by  D.  K.  Caldwell) 


Figure  166.  — Closeup  of  the  tail  flukes  of  a 
dwarf  sperm  whale  from  the  Florida  east  coast. 
Note  that  the  dorsal  ridge  extends  ahnost  to 
the  notch  in  the  flukes.  (Photo  by  W.  A.  Buck, 
courtesy  of  MarmeUmd  of  Florida. ) 


149 


HARBOR  PORPOISE  (T) 

Phocoenaphocoetm  (Linnaeus  1758) 


Other  Common  Names 


Common  porpoise,  herring  hog,  puffing  pig  (Newfound- 
land and  New  England),  Pourcils  (Quebec),  harbour  porpoise. 

Description 

The  harbor  porpoise  is  the  smallest  cetacean  species  in  the 
western  North  Atlantic  Ocean,  reaching  a  maximum  overall 


length  of  about  5  feet  (1.5  m).  Its  most  distinctive  identifying 
features  in  encounters  at  sea  are  1 )  the  small,  chunky  body;  2) 
the  coloration,  dark  brown  or  gray  on  the  back,  fading  to 
lighter  grayish  brown  on  the  sides,  often  with  speckling  in  the 
transition  zone,  and  white  on  the  belly  extending  farther  up 
on  the  sides  in  front  of  the  dorsal  fin;  3)  the  small  round- 
ed head,  lacking  a  distinctive  beak;  4)  the  small,  tri- 
angular dorsal  fin;  and  5)  the  shallow,  inshore  northerly 
distribution. 


Figurel67.  — Two  views  of  a  harbor  porpoise  just  offshore  from  Rio  del  Mar,  Seaside,  Calif.  Note  the  small  size  (usually  less  than  5  feet  [1.5  m] ),  the  small 
triangular  dorsal  fin,  the  dark  brownish  color  of  the  back,  and  the  lighter  color  of  the  sides  and  belly  intruding  higher  up  in  front  of  the  dorsal  fin.  Harbor 
porpoises  frequent  inshore  areas,  shallow  bays,  estuaries  and  harbors,  and  reportedly  do  not  approach  moving  vessels  nor  ride  bow  waves.  {Photos  by  J. 
D.HaU.) 


150 


Natural  History  Notes 

As  the  name  implies,  the  harbor  porpoise  inhabits  bays, 
harbors,  river  mouths,  and  all  the  relatively  shallow  inshore 
water  between.  Though  it  may  travel  in  schools  of  nearly  a 
hundred  individuals,  it  is  more  often  seen  in  pairs  or  in  small 
groups  of  from  5  to  10  individuals.  It  often  swims  quietly  at 
the  surface.  It  will  not  ride  the  bow  wave  and  is  very  difficult 
to  approach  closely  by  boat. 


May  Be  Confused  With 

The  harbor  porpoise  is  not  known  to  associate  with 
dolphins  but  is  sometimes  seen  in  close  proximity  to  fin 
whalesandhumpback  whales  off  the  Canadian  coast  in  spring 
and  summer.  Because  of  its  northern  inshore  habitat,  the 


harbor  porpoise  is  not  likely  to  be  confused  with  any  other 
cetacean. 

Distribution 

Harbor  porpoises  are  restricted  to  the  colder  waters  of  the 
western  North  Atlantic  Ocean.  They  have  been  reported 
from  North  Carolina  north  to  the  Davis  Straits  and  the  waters 
of  southwestern  Greenland.  Within  this  range  they  are 
probably  most  common  in  the  Bay  of  Fundy  and  off  southwest 
Greenland. 

Stranded  Specimens 

In  addition  to  the  characteristics  described  above  for 
living  animals,  stranded  harbor  porpoises  can  be  readily 
identified  by  the  small  spade-shaped  teeth,  22-28  per  jaw. 


Figure  168.  —  A  harbor  porpoise  harpooned  in  Passamaquoddy  Bay,  New  Bnu8wick.  Harbor  porpoises  have  from  23  to  28  small,  spade-shaped  teeth 
ineachupperjawandfrom22  to26ineachlower  jaw.  Note  the  rounded  head,  the  absence  of  a  beak,  and  the  triangular  dorsal  fin.  iPhoto  by  D.  E. 
Gatkm.) 


151 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

Obviously  this  guide  could  not  have  been  produced 
without  the  cooperation  of  many  people.  Of  over  450 
individuals  and  scientific  organizations  contacted  in  14 
countries,  255  responded  to  our  letters  and  well  over  100 
provided  photographs  for  review  and  selection.  We  were  par- 
ticularly pleased  that  for  the  majority  of  the  species  found  in 
the  western  North  Atlantic  our  most  difficult  problem  was 
narrowing  the  choices  and  ultimately  selecting  illustrations 
from  the  many  good  materials  made  available  to  us.  Although 
there  are  far  too  many  contributors  to  mention  all  by  name, 
their  prompt  and  enthusiastic  responses  to  requests  for  help 
are  gratefully  acknowledged,  whether  or  not  their  materials 
were  used. 

Although  photo  credits  follow  each  figure,  we  would 
particularly  like  to  cite  the  generosity  of  Marineland  of 
Florida,  Hideo  Omura  of  the  Japanese  Whales  Research 
Institute,  J.G.  Mead  of  the  U.S.  National  Museum,  K.C. 
Balcomb  of  Moclips  Cetological  Society,  Seiji  Ohsumi  of  the 
Far  Seas  Fisheries  Research  I^aboratory,  Jack  Lentfer  of  the 
Alaskan  Department  of  Fish  and  Game,  the  U.S.  Naval 
Undersea  Center  (NUC),  The  University  of  Rhode  Island, 
and  William  F.  Perrin  of  the  National  Marine  Fisheries 
Service  (NMFS).  Photographs  by  Taruski,  McCann,  Hain, 
Wheeler,  and  Rigley  are  in  Winn's  files.  All  others  are  in  the 
files  of  Leatherwood  and  Caldwell.  The  illustrations  for 
Figures  Bl  and  Dl  were  prepared  by  George  Galich  of  NUC. 
All  other  illustrations  were  prepared  by  Lois  Winn. 

The  extensive  and  often  tedious  job  of  preparing  black  and 
white  photographs  of  suitable  format  from  the  vast  array  of 
black  and  white  and  color  negatives  and  prints  and  from  color 
transparencies  was  accomplished  at  the  NUC  Photographic 
Laboratory  by  the  able  team  of  Domingo  Sanchez,  Ray 
Krenik,  Jeanne  Lucas,  and  Alan  McPhee. 

George  E.  Lingle  and  John  C.  Moore  assisted  with 
gathering  and  reviewing  the  literature  and  with  cataloging 
and  screening  photo  materials. 

The  various  drafts  of  the  manuscript  were  typed  by  Linda 
Thomson,  Margaret  Alvarez,  and  Sandra  Nolan.  Sandra 
Peterson  assisted  with  proofreading  the  later  drafts. 

In  preparing  this  guide  we  drew  freely  from  the  literature 
on  cetaceans  of  this  region  and  supplemented  it  with  our  own 
observations  and  with  unpublished  notes  provided  by  our 
colleagues.  A  partial  list  of  materials  used,  each  a  good 
source  of  reference  material  on  cetaceans  in  general  or  on 
cetaceans  of  the  western  North  Atlantic  in  particular,  is 
provided  in  the  following  section,  "Selected  Biblio- 
graphy." 

All  of  the  following  colleagues  read  all  or  part  of  the 
manuscript  and  made  useful  suggestions  for  its  improve- 
ment: K.C.  Balcomb,  W.C.  Cummings,  J.G.  Mead,  Hideo 
Omura,  W.F.  Perrin,  F.K.  Rodgers.  Allen  N.  Saltzman,  D.E. 
Sergeant,  W.A.  Watkins,  A. A.  Wolman,  and  F.G.Wood. 

All  of  the  information  and  photographs  contributed  by 
Lois  Winn  were  obtained  under  grants  from  the  Office  of 
Naval  Research.  Funds  and  assistance  for  the  preparation  of 
intermediated  drafts  and  logistics  support  for  all  stages  of 
preparation  of  this  guide  were  provided  by  Biological  Sys- 
tems, Inc.,  St.  Augustine,  Fla. 

In  addition  to  securing  funds  for  the  preparation  and 
publication  of  this  guide,  Paul  Sund,  Platforms  of  Oppor- 


tunity Program,  NMFS,  Tiburon,  Calif.,  provided  continuing 
help  and  criticism. 

To  these  and  to  all  who  use  this  guide  to  further  help 
knowledge  about  the  cetaceans  of  the  western  North 
Atlantic,  we  are  grateful. 


SELECTED  BIBLIOGRAPHY 

ANDERSEN.  H.  T.  (editor). 

1969.  The  biology  of  marine  mammals.  Academic  Press,  N.Y..  511 

P- 
BURT,  W.  H. 

1952.  A  field  guide  to  the  mammals.    Houghton  Mifflin  Co..  Boston, 

200  p. 
CALDWELL,  D.K.,  and  M.  C.  CALDWELL. 

1973.  Marine  mammalsof  the  eastern  Gulf  of  Mexico,  /n  J.  I.  Jones, 

R.  E.  Ring,  M.  0.  Rinkel,  and  R.  E.  Smith  (editors),  A  summary  of 

knowledge  of  the  eastern  Gulf  of  Mexico,  p.  IIM-l  —  1II-I-23. 

State  Univ.  Syst.  Fla.  Inst.  Oceanogr.,  St.  Petersburg,  Fla. 
CALDWELL,  D.  K.,  and  F.  B.  GOLLEY. 

1965.  Marine  mammals  from  the  coast  of  Georgia  to  Cape  Hatteras. 
J.  Elisha  Mitchell  Sci.  Soc.  81:24-32. 

CALDWELL,  D.K..  H.  NEUHAUSER.  M.C.  CALDWELL,  and  H.  W. 
COOLIDGE. 

1971.  Recent  records  of  marine  mammals  from  the  coasts  of  Geor 
gia  and  South  Carolina.  Cetology  5:1-12. 
FRASER,  F.  C. 

1937.  Whales  and  dolphins.  In  J.  R.  Norman  and  F.  C.  Fraser, 
Giant  fishes,  whales  and  dolphins,  p.  201-349.  Putnam  and  Sons, 
Lond.  (There  are  several  editions  of  this  work,  all  with  the  same 
information.] 

1966.  Guide  for  the  identification  and  reporting  of  stranded  whales, 
dolphins  and  porpoises  on  the  British  coasts.  Br.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 
Lond.,  34  p. 

GOLLEY,  F.  B. 

1966.  South  Carolina  mammals.  The  Charleston  Museum,  Charles- 
ton, S.C..  xiv  +  181  p. 
GUNTER,  G. 

1954.  Mammals  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  In  P.  S.  Galtsoff  (coordina 
tori.Gulf  of  Mexico,  its  origin,  waters,  and  marine  life,  p.  543-567. 
U.S.  Fish  WUdl.  Serv.,  Fish.  BuU.  Vol.  55. 
HALL.  E.  R.,  and  K.  R.  KELSON. 

1959.  Order   cetacea   —    cetaceans.  In   The   mammals   of   North 
America.  2:806-840.  Ronald  Press,  N.Y. 
HERSHKOVITZ.  P. 

1966.  Catalog  of  living  whales.  Bull.  U.S.  Natl.  Mus.  246,  259  p. 
KELLOGG,  R. 

1940.  Whales,  giants  of  the  sea.  Natl.  Geogr.  Mag.  77:35-90. 
LAYNE,  J.  N. 

1965.  Observations  on  marine  mammals  in  Florida  waters.  Bull. 
Fla.  State  Mus.,  Biol.  Sci.  9:131-181. 

LEATHERWOOD,  S.,  W.  E.  EVANS,  and    D.  W.  RICE. 

1972.  The  whales,  dolphins,  and  porpoises  of  the  eastern  north 
Pacific.  A  guide  to  their  identification  in  the  water.  Nav.  Under- 
seas  Cent.,  Tech.  Publ.  282,  175  p. 

LOWERY,  G.  H.,  JR. 

1974.  Themammalsof  Louisiana  and  its  adjacent  waters.  Louisiana 
State  Univ.  Press,  Baton  Rouge,  565  p. 
MITCHELL,  E.  D. 

1973.  The  status  of  the  worid's  whales.  Nat.  Can.    2(4):9  25. 
MOORE,  J.  C. 

1953.  Distributionof  marine  mammals  to  Florida  waters.  Am.  Midi. 
Nat.  49:117  158. 

NORRIS,  K.  S.  (editor). 

1966.  Whales,  dolphins,  and  porpoises.  Univ.  California  Press, 
Berkeley,  789  p. 

PALMER,  R.  S. 

1954.  The  mammal  guide.  Doubleday  and  Co.,  N.Y.,  384  p. 


152 


RICE.  D.  W. 

1967.  Cetaceans.  In  S.  Anderson  and  J.  K.  Jones  (editors),  Recent 
mammals  of  the  world;  a  synopsis  of  families,  p.  291-324.  The 
Ronald  Press.  N.Y. 

RICE.  D.  W..  and  V.  B.  SCHEFFER. 

1968.  A  list  of  the  marine  mammals  of  the  world.  U.S.  Fish  Wildl. 
Serv.,  Spec.  Sci.  Rep.  Fish.  579,  16  p. 

RIDGEWAY,  S.  H.  (editor). 

1972.  Mammals   of  the   sea;    biology    and    medicine.  Charles   C. 
Thomas,  Springfield,  111.,  xiii  +  812  p. 
SCHEVILL.  W.  E. 

1974.     The   whale   problem.   Harvard   Univ.   Press,    Cambridge, 
Mass..  297  p. 
SERGEANT,  D.  E..  and  H.  D.  FISHER. 

1957.  The  smaller  Cetacea  of  eastern  Canadian  waters.  J.  Fish. 
Res.  Board  Can.  14:83115. 
SERGEANT,  D.  E.,  A.  W.  MANSFIELD,  and  B.  BECK. 

1970.  Inshore  records  of  Cetacea  of  eastern  Canada,  1949-68.  J. 
Fish.  Res.  Board  Can.  27:1903-1915. 


SLIJPER.  E.  J. 

1962.  Whales.  Hutchinson  and  Co.. 
also  an  American  edition.! 


Ltd.,  Lond.,  475  p.  (There  is 


TOMILIN.  A.  G. 

1967.  Cetacea.  Mammals  of  the  U.S.S.R.  and  adjacent  countries. 
Isr.  Program  Sci.  Transl..  Jerusalem,  Vol.  IX.  717  p.  |A 
compilation  of  worldwide  data,  originally  published  in  Russian.] 

TOWNSEND.  C.  H. 

1935.  The  distribution  of  certain  whales  as  shown  by  logbook  records 
of  American  whaleships.  Zoologica  (N.Y.)  19:1-50. 

TRUE,  F.  W. 

1889.  Contributions  to  the  natural  history  of  the  cetaceans,  a  review 
of  the  family  Delphinidae.  Bull.  U.S.  Natl.  Mus.  36:1-192. 

WALKER,  E.  P. 

1964.  Mammalsof  the  world.  The  Johns  Hopkins  Press,  Baltimore, 
p.  1083  1145.  ICetaceans.  There  is  also  a  second,  revised  edition 
of  this  work,  and  a  third,  revised  edition  is  planned.] 


153 


APPENDIX  A 
TAGS    ON   WHALES,    DOLPHINS,    AND    PORPOISES 


Field  studies  of  cetaceans  are  very  difficult.  First,  it  is 
extremely  hard  to  be  positive  that  an  individual  or  a  group  of 
animals  is  the  same  from  one  encounter  to  the  next.  This 
means  that  it  is  nearly  impossible  to  determine,  for  example, 
whether  herds  of  animals  are  resident  in  an  area  or  only 
seasonal  visitors.  Without  information  of  this  kind, 
determinations  vital  to  population  management,  such  as  sizes 
of  populations  and  natural  ranges,  are  impossible  to  make. 

Secondly,  as  we  frequently  point  out  in  this  guide, 
individual  cetaceans  are  usually  visible  to  a  surface  observer 
only  during  the  brief  moments  when  they  break  the  air- water 
interface  to  breathe.  The  majority  of  their  vital  activities 
(e.g.,  feeding,  reproduction,  communication,  establishing 
and  maintaining  position  within  the  herd,  and  defending 
against  natural  enemies)  take  place  primarily  below  the 
surface,  well  out  of  view  to  a  surface  observer. 

In  recent  years,  in  an  attempt  to  overcome  some  of  these 
problems,  scientists  have  been  placing  markers  on  various 
species  of  cetaceans  and  monitoring  their  movements.  The 
following  brief  summary  of  major  methods  of  tagging 
cetaceans  is  provided  to  acquaint  the  reader  with  markers  he 
may  expect  to  see  in  the  western  North  Atlantic. 

Static  Tags 

Since  their  development  in  the  mid-1920's,  numerous 
Discovery  marks  (small  stainless  steel  projectiles  with 
identifying  information  stamped  on  them)  have  been  shot  into 
commercially  valuable  species  by  means  of  a  shotgun.  The 
recovery  of  these  marks  from  whales  subsequently  killed  in 
the  whaling  industry  has  provided  valuable  information  on 
the  movement  patterns  and  on  basic  aspects  of  the  growth 
and  development  of  harvested  species  of  whales.  Discovery 
marks  are  limited,  however,  because  they  are  not  visible  in  a 
living  animal.  Reduction  in  whaling  activities  will  bring  about 
a  significant  reduction  in  their  use. 

More  recent  tagging  developments  relate  to  marks  which 
will  be  visible  on  a  free-swimming  animal.  Large  whales,  for 
instance,  may  be  tagged  with  color-coded  streamers,  such  as 
that  shown  in  Appendix  Figure  A2.  The  tags,  which  are 
modified  versions  of  the  spaghetti  tags  first  constructed  for 
use  on  fishes,  consist  of  a  small  stainless  steel  head  for 
attachment  to  the  blubber  and  a  colorful  streamer  ( sometimes 
stamped  with  information  on  agencies  to  which  tags  should 
be  returned)  which  is  visible  above  the  surface  of  the  animal. 
These  tags  may  be  applied  by  using  either  a  pole  applicator  or 
a  crossbow  and  crossbow  bolts.  Both  applicators  are  equipped 
with  a  stop  to  limit  the  depth  of  penetration  into  the  animal's 
blubber.  Extensive  experimentation  indicates  that  the  tags 
do  not  harm  the  animals  and  that  their  application  is  not 
traumatic.  With  the  continued  reduction  in  whaling  activity, 
it  is  hoped  that  the  use  of  such  markers  in  the  study  of 
movements  of  big  whales  will  be  increased. 

Because  they  often  ride  the  bow  wave  of  a  moving  vessel, 
thereby  making  themselve  accessible  for  tagging  and 
capture,  small  porpoises  and  dolphins  have  been  tagged  with 
a  greater  variety  of  marks  than  large  whales.  In  recent  years, 
at  least  three  kinds   of  static   tags,    including   spaghetti 


|i^ni,u|iH|liiiiH|,li|iiyillllrl|Ulillljrll|lll|lll|iil|iii|ln|iil|liyin|ui|lli|l»^ 


Appendix  Figure  Al.  — Some  of  the  basic  kinds  of  tags  used  to  mark 
porpoises,  dolpliins,  and  small  whales.  A,  B,  and  C  are  nylon  button  tags, 
which  are  placed  in  the  dorsal  fin  of  animals  and  may  be  clearly  visible  as 
the  animal  surfaces  to  breathe.  D  is  a  vinyl  spaghetti  tag.  {Photo  by  R. 
Krenic,  courtesy  of  Naval  Undersea  Center.) 


streamers,  have  been  placed  on  small  and  medium-sized 
cetaceans. 

Spaghetti  tags,  placed  in  the  animal's  blubber  near  the 
base  of  the  dorsal  fin  as  it  rides  the  bow  wave,  stream  to 
conform  to  the  contour  of  the  animal's  body  as  it  swims  ( App. 
Fig.  A3).  It  is  not  possible  to  identify  the  numbers  on  the 
spaghetti  tag  of  a  moving  animal,  although  color  codes  may  be 
used  to  indicate  different  species,  populations,  or  tagging 
areas. 

Button  tags  and  freeze  brands  are  placed  on  captured 
animals  prior  to  their  release.  The  button  tags  (App.  Figs. 
A4,  A5)  are  placed  in  the  dorsal  fin  and  should  be  visible  as  the 
animal  surfaces  to  breathe  or  as  it  rides  the  bow  wave.  At 
close  range,  the  number,  letter,  or  design  may  also  be  visible. 
Freeze  brands  (App.  Fig.  A6)  are  placed  on  the  back  or  dorsal 
fin  with  a  supercooled  branding  iron,  apparently  without  pain 
or  discomfort  to  the  animal,  and  provide  a  permanent  mark 
which  leaves  the  tagged  animal  free  of  encumbrances.  The 
use  of  freeze  brands  shows  promise  and  should  come  into 
more  extensive  use. 

Other  static  tagging  techniques  currently  under 
investigation  include  the  use  of  laser  beams  to  apply  small 


154 


Appendix  Fi^re  A2.  —  A  spaghetti  tag  in  the 
back  of  a  blue  whale  off  San  Clemente  Island, 
Calif.  {Photo  by  S.  Leatherwood. ) 


■  ^ 


'♦^■WDjUW.  . 


Appendix  Fwure  A3  -  A  spaghetti  tag  in  the  flank  of  a  bottlenosed  dolphin  off  Loreto,  Baja  California,  Mexico.  This  particular  Ug  was  pbced 

=,iLtes't:rr^ri;r.:rrri:r^^^^^^^^^ 


155 


'^iftll. 


4 


Appendix  Figure  A4.  — A  button  tag  placed  on  the  dorsal  fin  of  a  newly  captured  saddleback  dolphin  off  Catalina  Island,  Calif. 

{Photo  by  W.  E.  Evans.) 


iummmt  ■■ 


Appendix  Figure  A5.— This  is  the  way  the  botton  tag  appears  on  an 
animal  swimming  free  in  the  open  sea  off  Palos  Verdes,  Calif.  (Photo  by 
B.  Noble,  courteiy  of  Marineland  of  the  Pacific. ) 


brands   and   the    use   of   gas    branding   devices.    Neither 
itechnique,  however,  has  yet  reached  the  field  biolog^ist. 

The  success  of  any  tagging  program  using  static  tags 
depends  on  the  resighting  of  tagged  animals  and  the  recovery 
of  tags.  For  that  reason,  we  appeal  to  readers  to  be  on  the 


Appendix  Figure  A6.  — Freeze-branding  is  an  apparently  painless 
method  of  applying  a  permanent  identifying  mark  to  the  body  of  a 
porpoise  or  whale. (PAoto  of  a  bottlenoied  dolphin  offSaraiota,  Flo.,  by 
A.  B.  Irvine.) 

lookout  for  tagged  animals  and  to  report  sightings  to  one  of 
the  authors. 

Radio  Transmitter  Tags 

In  recent  years,  radio  transmitter  tags  have  been 
developed  for  use  on  marine  mammals.  As  they  continue  to 
become  more  reliable,  these  tags  are  expected  to  come  into 
more  and  more  widespread  use. 

Early  radio  tags  (Fig.  A7)  were  simple  locator  beacons 
which  permitted  the  animal  to  be  tracked  by  sending  a  signal 
to  a  tracking  vessel  or  aircraft  every  time  the  animal  surfaced 
and  the  antenna  tip  was  exposed.  Even  these  basic  package.^ 


156 


Appendix  Figure  A7.  — A  saddleback  dolphin  wearing  a  radio  tag 
transmitter  surfaces  to  breathe  oH  southern  California.  {Photo  courtesy 
ofW.  E.  Evam.) 


provide  important  information  on  movement,  activity 
patterns,  and  respiration  rates. 

Subsequent  developments  have  involved  the  addition  of 
sensors  to  monitor  the  maximum  depth  of  each  dive  and 
environmental  parameters  such  as  the  water  temperature  at 
that  depth  (Fig.  A8). 

Logical  extensions  of  these  developments  include  the 
addition  of  numerous  other  sensors  to  permit  simultaneous 
monitoring  of  multiple  aspects  of  the  animal's  environment 
and  the  transmission  of  these  data  first  to  aircraft  and 
subsequently  to  satellites  for  relay  to  shore-based 
laboratories. 

In  addition  to  permitting  scientists  to  define  movement 
patterns  and  daily  diving  patterns  of  cetaceans,  the  use  of 
such  devices  offers  an  exciting  means  of  determining  the 
environmental  parameters  that  trigger  changes  in  their 
behavior. 

Radio  transmitter  tags,  in  a  variety  of  configurations, 
may  be  constructed  and  attached  for  short-term  studies  or  for 
long-term  monitoring  of  migrating  animals.  In  either  case, 
depending  on  their  size  and  methods  of  attachment,  radio 


Appendix  Figure  A8.  —  A  radio  transmitter  package  attached  to  the  dorsal  ridge  of  a  California  gray  whale.  This  yearling  animal,  captive  for  most  of  the 
first  year  of  its  life,  was  released  into  the  ocean  off  San  Diego,  Calif.,  in  March  1972  and  subsequently  tracked  from  shipboard  and  aircraft  for  over  30  days. 
The  sensor  transmitter  package,  shown  in  detail  in  the  inset,  was  designed  to  measure  the  maximum  depth  of  the  animal's  dive  and  the  water  temperature 
at  that  depth.  (Photo  by  S.  Leatherwood.) 


157 


transmitter  tags  may  be  visible  on  a  free-swimming  animal 
even  at  a  considerable  distance. 

Natural  Markings 

In  addition  to  these  man-made  and  applied  tags, 
variations  in  natural  markings  and  unusual  appearances  may 
be  used  to  identify  individuals  and  herds  on  repeated 
encounters.  Although  many  species  of  cetaceans  are 
characterized  by  changes  in  color  pattern  with  age, 
individuals  occasionally  differ  radically  in  their  coloration 
from  their  fellows  (App.  Figs.  A9,  AlO).  In  addition,  individ- 


uals are  sometimes  seen  with  unusually  shaped  dorsal  fins  or 
scarring  patterns  (App.  Fig.  All).  These  usually  marked 
animals  should  stand  out  in  repeated  encounters  and  can  be  a 
help  in  identifying  a  herd  from  one  encounter  to  another. 

Obviously,  this  list  of  tags  and  anomalous  markings  is  not 
exhaustive.  New  marks  may  be  developed  at  any  time.  The 
discussion  is  intended  to  make  the  reader  aware  of  the  value 
of  information  on  natural  or  man-made  marks  in  studies  of 
cetacean  natural  history.  Your  cooperation  will  perhaps  help 
us  to  unravel  some  of  the  mystery  surrounding  the 
distribution  and  movements  of  porpoises,  dolphins,  and 
whales. 


Appendix  Figure  A9.  — A  piebald  saddleback  dolphin  on  the  bow  of  a  research  vessel  off  San  Clemente  Island,  Calif.  (Photo  by  B.  C.  Parks.) 


158 


Appendix  Figure  AlO.  —  A  nearly  all-white  pilot  whale  seen  off  Catalina  Island,  Calif. ,  in  April  1971 .  The  observation  of  this  same  animal 
at  least  once  each  quarter  of  the  year  is  evidence  that  it  is  resident  in  that  area.    {Photo  by  S.  Leatherwood.) 


Appendix  Figure  All.  — A  herd  of  pilot  whales  off  Catalina  Island,  Calif.,  including  an  animal  with  a  partially  chopped-off  dorsal  fin,  which  has  made 
him  recognizable  in  repeated  encounters  with  pilot  whales  around  the  various  channel  islands.  {Photo  by  G.  E.  Ldngle. ) 


159 


APPENDIX  B 
RECORDING  AND  REPORTING  OBSERVATIONS  OF  CETACEANS  AT  SEA 


To  increase  reliability  of  identifications,  observers  should 
train  themselves  to  ask  the  following  kinds  of  questions  each 
time  cetaceans  are  encountered: 

1.  How  large  was  the  animal? 

2.  Did  it  have  a  dorsal  fin?  If  so,  what  was  its  size,  shape, 
and  position  on  the  animal's  back? 

3.  Was  the  animal's  blow  visible?  If  so,  how  tall  did  it 
appear?  What  was  its  shape?  How  frequently  did  the  animal 
blow? 

4.  What  was  the  animal's  color  and  color  pattern? 

5.  Did  it  have  any  highly  distinctive  markings? 

6.  If  it  was  a  large  or  medium-sized  animal,  did  it  show  its 
tail  flukes  when  it  began  its  dive? 

7.  If  it  was  a  medium-sized  or  small  animal,  did  it 
approach,  avoid,  or  ignore  the  vessel?  Did  it  ride  the  bow 
wave? 

8.  What  was  its  behavior?  Did  it  jump  from  the  water?  If 
so,  did  it  make  a  smooth  graceful  arching  jump,  or  did  it  spin, 
somersault,  or  reenter  with  a  splash? 

One  characteristic  is  rarely  sufficient  by  itself,  and  the 
greater  amount  of  relevant  evidence  the  observer  can  obtain, 
the  greater  the  likelihood  he  can  make  a  reliable 
identification.  But  it  is  important  to  remember  that  even  the 
most  experienced  cetologists  are  often  unable  to  make  an 
identification.  Therefore,  even  if  you  cannot  positively 
identify  an  animal  or  even  make  a  good  guess  as  to  its 
identity,  do  not  hesitate  to  fill  out  the  rest  of  the  sighting 
record  form  and  submit  it  to  an  appropriate  office.  Listing  the 
characters  you  observe  and  filling  in  as  much  of  the  form  as 
possible  may  enable  a  cetologist  to  make  an  identification 
based  on  those  characters  and  his  knowledge  of  the 
distribution,  movements,  and  behavior  of  cetaceans.  In  this 
regard,  a  sketch  made  as  soon  as  possible  after  the  encounter 
and  photographs  taken  from  as  many  angles  as  possible  will 
aid  in  the  identification. 


Two  sample  sighting  reports  are  provided  to  demonstrate 
a  method  of  recording  observations.  The  first  report, 
"Sighting  Information,"  is  completed  as  an  example  and  is 
footnoted  for  explanation.  The  second  report,  "Cetacean 
Data  Record."  located  at  the  end  of  the  guide,  is  blank  and 
may  be  photocopied  in  bulk  for  use  in  the  field.  Copies  of  this 
or  similar  forms  are  available  from  any  of  the  authors  or  from 
National  Marine  Fisheries  Service,  Tiburon,  Calif.  Even  if  no 
form  is  available,  however,  observations  should  be  recorded 
in  rough  form,  in  as  much  detail  as  possible. 

Reliable  intermittent  reports  of  cetaceans  are  of  interest 
to  cetologists.  Their  locations  indicate  seasonality  of 
distribution,  and  their  frequencies  help  indicate  relative 
abundances  of  the  various  species.  Because  scientists  are 
attempting  to  determine  areas  in  which  cetaceans  are  often, 
occasionally,  seldom,  or  never  found,  and  are  ultimately 
describing  why  animals  are  found  in  one  area  and  not  another, 
persons  who  want  to  go  a  step  further  in  their  participation  in 
observer  programs  may  want  to  keep  and  report  records  of 
their  entire  cruise  tracks  and  zones  in  which  vigilance  was 
maintained  but  no  cetaceans  were  observed.  Data  obtained  in 
this  manner  may  be  used  as  the  foundation  of  estimates  of 
cetacean  populations,  estimates  which  are  extremely  difficult 
to  obtain  by  any  other  method. 

To  be  of  maximum  use  in  such  calculations,  however, 
records  of  this  kind  must  include  the  following  minimum 
information:  time  and  location  of  beginning  and  ending  of 
each  continuous  watch,  weather  conditions  as  they  affect 
visibility,  sea  state,  ship's  speed,  height  of  the  observer(s) 
above  the  water,  number  of  persons  on  watch,  and  details  of 
each  sighting,  particularly  the  estimated  distance  of  the 
animal(s)  from  the  ship's  track. 

For  a  sample  of  a  fictional  continuous  watch  report  might 
look  like  the  following.  If  sighting  forms  are  available,  these 
observations  may  be  recorded  directly  onto  them.  Addition- 
al information  can  be  recorded  on  the  opposite  side  of  the 
forms. 


AppeofUx    Figure    Bl.  — A    sample    cruise    track    with 
cetacean  sightings.  See  text  for  detailed  data  recording. 


■-   NIGHT  OR 
NO  WATCH 


160 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 


RV  Melville  (34-foot  converted  fishing  boat) 

U.S.  Department  of  Commerce 

NMFS 

Hydrographic  Cruise  Miami.  Florida  to  Flamingo,  Florida 

28-31  January  1973 

2  observers  (G.E.  Lingle  and  G.M.  Mohr) 

Eye  level  of  observers:   16  feet  above  water 

Average  ship  speed:  8.0  knots  during  continuous  watch 

Continuous  watch  information  I  refer  to  Fig.  Bl ): 

Start     End  Start  End 

Leg      Date     time     time  position  position 


1-2       2/28     1200     1730 


3-4       2/29     0800     1500 


5-6      2/30     0700     1630 


7-8      2/31     0700     0900 


U.  Miami  Dock 
Va.  Key 

24-26N 
80-04E 

25-12N 
80-46W 

25-00 
80-45W 


25-42N 
80-02W 

25-OON 
81-04W 

25-12N 
81- low 

Flamingo 


Weather—  Visibility 

Beaufort  II  Visibility 
3  miles 

Beaufort  I  Visibility 
3.5  miles 

3.5  miles 


3.5  miles 


Cetacean  observations  (refer  to  Fig.  Bl): 

A -2/28  1048     16  bottlenosed  dolphins,  Turstops  truwcaiMs.  6  miles  outside 
our  course,  headed  west— rode  bow  briefly. 
Large  concentrations  of  sea  birds  in  area. 
One  porpoise  freeze  branded  N- 1  on  dorsal  fin. 

B-  2/29  1100  2  right  whales  directly  ahead  of  vessle  headed  NE— 40-foot 
female?  with  calf.  2  bottlenosed  dolphins  accompanying  the 
whales  were  riding  pressure  wave  off  whale's  head. 

C-2/29  1400     25-30   spotted   porpoises,   Stenella  plagiodon,    1.25    miles 
outside  our  course,  heading  240°  mag. 
Did  not  ride  bow  wave. 

D-2/30  1300  8  bottlenosed  dolphins,  Tursiops  truncatus,  200-300  yards 
inshore  of  our  course,  milling  in  area  of  concentrations  of 
mullet  and  other  small  schooling  fishes,  dolphins  (porpoises) 
and  birds  feeding  on  fish. 


161 


SIGHTING  INFORMATION 


WEATHER  CONDITIONS  :^^a#<g»-«icj  rai^r)  'i>cf^^\\t>,  VIS. I. My  l-lS^m;  ,Tg.^^  4  Z"  F 
OCEANOGRAPHIC mNmTTONs'-^weHf,   |-2^g.ef,  ^ga-Jfergj  uoK'.tg  Gaf>f> 

^    1  i     ^L    I         r-  L   1 \     '    V   *^C4-sr-4if/»SfO  ^- 

spF.rres^  Ki^U+  ujpalg-^,  fcqbaiaetna  <gUg.\a|is    number  of  animaus).^^: 

HEADING  OF  ANIMAL(S) OS^" SPEED  OF  ANIMAL(S)  ll^ 

(MAGNETIC)  (KNOTS) 

ASSOCIATED npr,. MT^M«-B<^iflgn^^d  Ao]p]n\ni> .^ur^\o^^  4-rMncala6>Oj 

TAGS  OR  UNUSUAL  MARKTMHS^ng   UjK-aW   Ka  j  ^^g^  £>U^)n  Bcro'^S   back  aL>o^4| 

3jl-f.  ]^eUxr\^    MovA?V>ole5>  -  3^lga  ^/-  ^la$l->  uua>s  coUrte. 

CHARACTERISTICS  OBSERVED  WHICH  RESULTED  IN  SPECIES  IDENTIFICATION^^  K;    'vo — 

BEHAVIOR  OF  amtmat.<.^AJuH- ujV^aU  ^w^vn  6>^eajil^  ho»-4K,  cralf-cUse 


SKETCHED;  ^^^^''^'^**^ 


* \       ^      .^  ^^       PHOTOS  AVAILABLE        YES  *^     NO, 

ADDITIONAL  REMARKS 'Po^pK'H'b    ^e^^n^•■n<g<j    VAjJ-t-h  wha\e$  e\r^\\^re.    Y-j.  hoa\r    Q  f- 

NAME  AND  ADDRESS  OF  OBSERVER  (SHIP  OR  A/C)    (p.  t.  ■    U\)no^'€  -) 

Maval    (Jv^deH6ea   Cenfgt-^    ^aiAl^-.e^o^  cSal.fo>r>r^-.a  'R^tS'Z    ar>4 
^.A.  An-Vov^eliiS,K)MF6,6ea-H-)fioU)a6W.no,Von^S>loS  s^^o*-^  ■^'^^   ^^ 

>lf  latitude  and  longitude  are  not  readily  available,  record  best  avaUable  position,  for  example  5  hours  at  10  knots,  S,E  ol  Miami.  /^obfi. 

^Any  oceanographic  or  bathymelric  information  obtainable  at  the  time  of  sighting  may  be  significant.  Such  measurements  as  water  depth.  Y 

presence  of  large  fish  schools,  or  deep  scattering  layer/organisms  (DSL)  characteristics  of  the  bottom  (e.g..  flat  sand  plam.  sea  mount, 
submarine  cliff),  surface  temperature,  depth  of  thermocline,  and  salinity  should  be  included  if  available.  In  the  Pacific,  similar  data  have 
been  used  to  demonstrate  reliable  associations  there  between  saddle  hack  dolphins  and  significant  features  of  bottom  relief  and  relationships 
between  the  onset  of  their  nighttime  deep  diving  (feeding)  patterns  and  the  upward  migration  of  the  scattering  layers. 

'  Sometimes  two  or  more  species  of  cetacean  are  found  together.  If  more  than  one  species  is  sighted,  try  to  identify  each.  Give  both  com- 
mon and  scientific  names  of  each,  and  even  if  you  cannot  identify  the  animal(s)  describe,  sketch,  and.  if  possible,  photograph  them  and  fill  out 
the  rest  of  the  sighting  report. 

•Describe  any  tags  seen  (see  Appendix  A)  and  state  their  size,  shape,  color,  and  position  on  the  animal's  body  and  any  symbols  or 
numbers  they  contain. 

162 


APPENDIX  C 

STRANDED  WHALES,  DOLPHINS,  AND  PORPOISES 
With  a  Key  to  the  Identification  of  Stranded  Cetaceans  of  the  Western  North  Atlantic 


Stranded  Animals 

As  we  discussed  briefly  in  tlie  introduction  to  this  guide, 
whales,  dolphins,  and  porpoises  sometimes  "strand"  or 
"beach"  themselves,  individually  or  in  entire  herds,  for  a 
complex  of  still  incompletely  understood  reasons.  Though  the 
reasons  suggested  for  these  strandings  appear  almost  as 
numerous  as  the  strandings  themselves,  two  tenable 
generalizations  have  recently  been  proposed. 

Strandings  of  lone  individuals  usually  involve  an  animal 
which  is  sick  or  injured.  Mass  strandings,  involving  from 
several  to  several  hundred  individuals,  appear  to  be  far  more 
complex  and  may  result  from  fear  reactions,  from  extremely 
bad  weather  conditions,  from  herd- wide  disease  conditions, 
or  from  failure  of  the  echolocation  system  due  to  physiological 
problems  or  environmental  conditions  which  combine  to 
reduce  its  effectiveness,  to  mention  only  a  few. 

Whatever  their  causes,  however,  cetacean  strandings 
usually  attract  crowds  and  elicit  much  public  interest  and 
sympathy.  There  are  frequently  attempts  to  save  the  lives  of 
the  animals  involved. 

Individually  stranded  cetaceans  rarely  survive,  even  if 
they  are  found  soon  after  stranding  and  transported  to 
adequate  holding  facilities.  This  does  not  mean  that  every 
attempt  should  not  be  made  to  save  them. 

In  mass  strandings,  some  individuals  may  be  entirely 


healthy,  and  if  they  are  found  soon  enough  after  stranding, 
properly  protected  and  transported,  and  correctly  cared  for 
in  the  initial  few  days  after  collection,  they  may  survive  in 
captivity.  Attempts  to  rescue  all  the  animals  in  a  mass 
stranding  by  towing  them  out  to  sea  have  almost  always  been 
frustrating  because  the  animals  usually  swim  repeatedly 
back  onto  the  beach. 

If  you  discover  a  stranding  and  before  you  become 
involved  in  an  attempt  to  save  a  live  stranded  animal  or  to 
collect  data  from  a  dead  one,  you  should  be  aware  of  the 
following: 

Marine  mammals  are  currently  protected  by  law.  Under 
provisions  of  the  Marine  Mammal  Protection  Act  of  1972,  it  is 
unlawful  for  persons  without  a  permit  to  handle,  harass,  or 
possess  any  marine  mammal.  It  is  within  the  authority  of 
State  officials  and  employees  of  the  National  Marine 
Fisheries  Service  to  arrange  for  the  care  of  live  animals 
through  certified  institutions,  such  as  many  of  those  listed  in 
Appendix  E.  (Even  if  the  animals  were  not  protected  by  law, 
any  impulse  to  take  them  to  backyard  swimming  pools,  for 
instance,  should  be  tempered  by  the  knowledge  that  their 
chances  of  survival  are  far  greater  in  an  institution  with  the 
facilities  and  expertise  to  properly  care  for  them.)  The  best 
general  rule  is  to  notify  the  nearest  State  or  National  Marine 
Fisheries  Service  office.  If  you  prefer,  however,  you  may 


Appendix  Figure  CI.  — Whales  and  dolphins,  like  this  mixed  school  of  false  killer  whales  and  bottlenosed  dolphins,  sometimes  strand  themselves 
individually  or  as  entire  herds  for  a  complex  of  still  incompletely  understood  reasons.    (Photo  from  Japan  by  S.  Ohsumi.) 


163 


contact  one  of  the  institutions  listed  in  the  appendix  and  ask 
them  to  handle  the  situation.  Some  will  already  have  permits 
to  investigate  strandings.  Most  will  be  anxious  to  help. 

Although  you  cannot  remove  the  animal  from  the  beach 
without  a  permit,  you  can  help  keep  it  alive  until  it  can  be 
removed.  Here  are  a  few  hints.  WhUe  waiting  for  help  to 
arrive,  endeavor  to  keep  the  animal  as  comfortable  as 
possible.  If  it  is  not  too  large  and  surf  conditions  permit,  it 
should  be  removed  to  shallow  water  where  it  is  barely  afloat. 
The  buoyancy  of  the  water  will  reduce  the  stress  to  the  animal 
and  will  help  to  keep  it  cool  and  prevent  overheating— a  real 
danger  to  stranded  cetaceans. 

Whether  or  not  the  animal  can  be  floated,  care  should  be 
taken  to  protect  it  from  sunburn,  drying  out,  and 
overheating.  If  it  is  afloat,  exposed  parts  should  be  frequently 
splashed  down.  If  it  is  high  and  dry,  it  should  be  covered  with 
damp  cloth,  particularly  on  the  dorsal  fin,  flippers,  and 
flukes,  and  the  body  and  the  terrain  should  be  frequently 
watered  to  prevent  the  animal  from  overheating  in  the  areas 
in  contact  with  the  sand  or  rock. 

In  any  case,  be  careful  to  leave  the  blowhole  free  so  that 
the  animal  can  breathe.  Note  also  that  the  eyes  are 
particularly  sensitive  and  susceptible  to  injury;  they  should 
be  covered  with  a  wet  cloth  and  treated  with  special  care. 
With  luck,  this  careful  handling  will  be  rewarded  with  the 
animal's  being  picked  up  and  transported  to  an  aquarium, 
where  it  can  receive  proper  attention.  But  even  if  the  animal 
cannot  be  saved,  collection  and  examination  of  the  carcass  can 
provide  valuable  information  to  scientists  working  on  the 
biology  of  cetaceans,  or  on  such  problems  as  their  disease 
conditions  and  the  effects  of  environmental  pollutants  on 
them.  Dead  stranded  cetaceans  even  in  advanced  stages  of 
decomposition  are  also  an  important  source  of  materials  for 
museum  study  and  display.  Therefore,  every  attempt  should 
be  made  to  get  the  carcass  into  the  best  hands.  Dead 
cetaceans,  like  the  live  ones,  are  protected  by  law  and  may 
not  be  removed  without  a  permit.  The  procedure  for 
obtaining  permission  to  collect  them  is  the  same  as  that 
outlined  for  live  strandings.  The  majority  of  the  institutions 
along  the  western  North  Atlantic  coast  will  respond  to  calls 


about  live  or  dead  strandings.  Even  if  you  are  unable  to 
contact  an  appropriate  official,  you  can  still  collect  some 
valuable  information  by  identifying  the  specimen,  using  the 
following  key,  and  by  collecting  measurements  (see 
Appendix  D). 

Identifying  the  Animal 

Cetaceans  may  be  found  during  or  shortly  after  the 
stranding  or  many  months  later,  when  the  carcass  is  bloated 
or  rotted  nearly  beyond  recognition.  If  the  stranded  animal  is 
alive  or  freshly  dead,  it  can  be  identified  by  any  of  the 
characteristics  itemized  in  the  text.  But  even  if  it  is  in  an 
advanced  stage  of  decomposition  it  can  be  identified  using  the 
key  below.  In  general  numbers  and  descriptions  of  teeth 
(Table  1)  and  numbers  and  descriptions  of  baleen  plates 
(Table  2)  persist  longest  as  reliable  identifying  characteris- 
tics. If  they  are  still  detectable  on  the  carcass,  numbers  and 
lengths  of  ventral  g^rooves  may  also  be  used  to  separate  the 
balaenopterine  whales.' 

In  order  to  use  the  key  below,  begin  with  the  first  pair  of 
opposing  characteristics— one  of  the  two  will  apply  to  the 
specimen  you  are  examining.  On  the  line  following  that  state- 
ment there  will  be  a  paragraph  number,  go  to  that  paragraph. 
There  you  will  find  two  more  paired,  opposing  characteristics. 
Again,  one  of  the  two  will  apply  to  the  specimen  you  are  ex- 
amining. Select  that  one  and  go  to  the  paragraph  indicated  on 
the  line  following  it.  Continue  this  procedure  until  the  state- 
ment which  is  true  for  your  specimen  is  followed  by  a  species 
name  instead  of  a  reference  to  another  paragraph.  This  name 
identifies  the  specimen.  To  verify  your  identification  goto  the 
discussion  of  that  species  in  the  text.  With  a  little  practice  and 
careful  attention  to  details,  identification  of  whales, 
dolphins,  and  porpoises  will  become  easier. 


'The  tables  were  prepared  primarily  from  Tomilin  (1967)  and 
supplemented  by  miscellaneous  published  papers  and  our  own 
observations.  The  sections  on  toothed  whales  in  the  key  were  developed 
following  the  general  outline  of  Moore  (1953). 


KEY  TO  THE  IDENTIFICATION  OF  STRANDED  CETACEANS 
OF  THE  WESTERN  NORTH  ATLANTIC 

1.  a.      Double  blowhole:  noteethpresent  in  either  jaw;  baleen  plates  in  upper  jaws. 

(Baleen whale)   Goto2 

b.     Single  blowhole:  teeth  present  (sometimes  concealed  beneath  the  gums):  no  baleen  plates  in  upper 

jaw.  (Toothed whale) Goto9 

2.  a.      Ventral  grooves  present;  dorsal  fin  present;  viewed  in  profile,  upper  jaw  relatively  flat  and  broad. 

(Balaenopterine  whale) Go  to  3 

b.     Ventral  grooves  absent:  dorsal  fin  absent:  viewed  in  profile,  upper  jaw  and  lower  lips  strongly 

arched:  upper  jaw  very  narrow.  (Right  whale)   Go  to  8 

3.  a.      Ventral  grooves  end  before  navel.  ^   p    '°  f 

b.     Ventral  grooves  extend  to  or  beyond  navel Go  to  5 


'Counts  of  ventral  grooves  are  made  between  the  flippers  and  do  not  include  shorter  grooves  often  found  on  the  side  of  the  head  and  on  the  side  above  the 
flippers. 


164 


4.  a.      50-70  ventral  grooves,  longest  often  ending  between  flippers;  baleen  less  than  8  inches  (20.3  cm), 

mostly  white  or  yellowish  white  (some  posterior  plates  may  be  dark)  with  1.5-25  white  bristles  per 
centimeter;  300-325  plates  per  side. 

Minke  whale,  p.  63 
b.     38.56  ventral  grooves,  longest  ending  well  short  of  navel;  baleen  less  than  31  inches  (78.7  cm),  black 
(some  anteriormost  plates  may  be  white)  and  with  35-60  fine  silky  white  bristles  per  centimeter;  318 
340  plates  per  side. 

Sei  whale,  p.  32 

5.  a.      Flippers  one-fourth  to  one-third  length  of  the  body  length  and  knobbed  on  leading  edge;  less  than  22 

broad  and  conspicuous  ventral  grooves,  longest  extending  at  least  to  navel;  head  covered  with 
numerous  knobs;  baleen  less  than  24  inches  (61  cm) ,  ash  black  to  olive  brown  (sometimes  whitish)  with 
10-35  grayish  white  bristles  per  centimeter;  270-400  plates  per  side. 

Humpback  whale,  p.  40 
b.     Flippers  less  than  one-fifth  body  length;  no  knobs;  from  40  to  100  fine  ventral  grooves,  longest 

extending  at  least  to  navel;  head  lacks  knobs  Go  to  6 

6.  a.      Three  ridges  on  head,  one  from  blowholes,  forward  towards  tip  of  snout,  one  auxiliary  groove  along 

each  side  of  main  ridge;  40-50  ventral  grooves;  250-300  slate-gray  baleen  plates  with  15-35  dirty  gray 
bristles  per  centimeter. 

Bryde's  whale,  p.  37 
b.     Only  one  prominent  ridge  on  head,^    from  just  in  front  of  blowholes  forward  towards  tip  of  snout;  55- 

100  ventral  grooves Go  to  7 

7.  a.      Head  broad  and  U-shaped;  dorsal  fin  less  than  13  inches  (33  cm)  and  very  far  back  on  tail  stock;  baleen 

all  black  with  10-30  black  bristles  per  centimeter;  plates  extremely  broad  relative  to  length. 

Blue  whale,  p.  19 
b.     Head  broad  at  gape  but  sharply  pointed  on  tip;  dorsal  fin  to  24  inches  (61  cm)  and  slightly  more  than 
one-third  forward  from  tail;  right  front  one-fifth  to  one-third  of  baleen  ivory  white  to  yellowish  white, 
remainder  dark  gray  to  bluish  gray  streaked  with  yellowish  white;  plates  have  10-35  gray  or  white 
bristles  per  centimeter  and  are  narrow  relative  to  length. 

Fin  whale,  p.  26 

8.  a.      Top  of  snout  not  covered  with  callosities;  325-360  baleen  plates  per  side,  longest  reaching  14  feet  (4.3 

m);  plates  black  with  black  bristles  (anterior  portion  of  some  plates  may  be  whitish). 

Bowhead  whale,  p.  49 
b.     Top  of  snout  covered  with  callosities,  often  including  lice  and/or  barnacles;  250-390  baleen  plates  per 
side,  longest  reaching  7.2  feet  (2.2  m);  plates  dirty  or  yellowish  gray  (some  anterior  plates  all  or  part 
white  and  some  posterior  plates  brown  or  black)  with  35-70  bristles  per  centimeter. 

Right  whale,  p.  52 

9.  a.      Upper  part  of  head  extending  appreciably  past  tip  of  lower  jaw;  lower  jaw  markedly  undershot  and 

considerably  narrower  than  upper  jaw  Go  to  10 

b.     Upper  part  of  head  not  extending  appreciably  past  tip  of  lower  jaw;  lower  jaw  approximately  same 

width  as  upper  jaw Go  to  12 

10.  a.      Body  more  than  13  feet  (4.0  m);  head  massive,  to  one-third  of  body  length;  blowhole  located  far 

forward  of  eyes  and  to  left  front  of  head;  dorsal  fin  low,  triangular  or  rounded  followed  by  series  of 
knuckles  or  crenulations;  18-25  teeth  in  each  lower  jaw  fit  into  sockets  in  upper  jaw  (10-16  upper 
teeth  rarely  emerge). 

Sperm  whale,  p.  57 

b.  Body  less  than  13  feet  (4.0  m);  head  considerably  less  than  one-third  body  length;  blowhole  located 
approximately  even  with  eyes  on  top  of  head,  slightly  displaced  to  left  but  not  on  left  front  of  head; 
conspicuous  dorsal  fin  present;  8-16  teeth  in  each  lower  jaw  fitting  into  sockets  in  upper  jaw Go  to  1 1 

11.  a.     No  creases  on  throat;  dorsal  fin  small  and  located  in  latter  third  of  back;  12-16  teeth  (rarely  10  11)  in 

each  lower  jaw. 

Pygmy  sperm  whale,  p.  144 
b.      Inconspicuous  creases  on  throat;  dorsal  fin  tall  and  falcate,  resembling  that  of  the  Atlantic  bottle- 
nosed  dolphin,  and  located  near  middle  of  back;  8-11  (rarely  13)  extremely  sharp  teeth  in  each  lower 
jaw;  rarely  1-3  teeth  in  each  upper  jaw. 

Dwarf  sperm  whale,  p.  148 


'Blue  whale  has  faint  lateral  ridges. 


165 


12.  a.      Two  conspicuous  grooves  on  outer  surface  of  throat  forming  V-shape  pointed  forward;  notch  absent 

or  inconspicuous  in  flukes.  (Beaked  whale) Go  to  13 

b.     No  conspicuous  grooves  on  outer  surface  of  throat;  deep  median  notch  on  rear  margin  of  tail 

flukes  Go  to  18 

13.  a.      A  pair  of  teeth  located  at  the  tip  of  the  lower  jaw  (erupted  only  in  adult  males,  concealed  in  females 

and  immature  animals) Go  to  14 

b.     Noteethat  the  tip  of  the  lower  jaw Goto  16 

NOTE:  Immature  individuals  of  the  species  covered  in  paragraphs  14  and  15  may  not  be  readily  identifiable  without 
museum  preparation  and  examination. 

14.  a.      Two  well-developed  teeth,  erupted  or  hidden  beneath  the  gum,  are  compressed  so  they  appear 

elliptical  in  cross  section;  body  to  16  feet  (4.9  m);  united  portion  of  the  lower  jaws*  more  than  one- 
fourth  the  length  of  the  entire  lower  jaw. 

True's  beaked  whale,  p.  77 
b.     Two  well-developed  teeth  substantially  less  flattened  so  that  they  appear  more  nearly  rounded 

in  cross  section Go  to  15 

15.  a.      Distinct  elongated  beak;  pronounced  bulge  to  forehead;  blowhole  located  in  lateral  crease  behind 

bulge;  body  to  32  feet  (9.8  m);  sometimes  second  pair  of  teeth  behind  first  in  lower  jaw. 

Northern  bottlenosed  whale,  p.  67 
b.     No  distinct  beak;  forehead  slightly  concave  in  front  of  blowhole,  increasing  in  concavity  with 
increasing  size;  body  to  23  feet  (7.0  m);  united  portion  of  lower  jaw  less  than  one-fourth  the  length  of 
the  entire  lower  jaw;  head  of  adult  males  all  white. 

Goosebeaked  whale,  p.  70 

16.  a.      A  single  pair  of  teeth  in  the  united  portion  of  the  lower  jaw,  at  the  suture  of  the  mandible  (about  one- 

third  of  the  way  from  the  tip  of  the  snout  to  the  gape);  length  to  22  feet  (6.7  m);  flukes  less  than  one- 
fifth  the  body  length. 

Antillean  beaked  whale,  p.  78 
h       A  single  pair  of  teeth  backof  united  portion  of  lower  jaw;  body  less  than  17  feet  (5.2  m) Goto  17 

17.  a.      Teeth  not  exceptionally  large  and  located  immediately  back  of  united  portion  of  lower  jaw.  about  half 

way  from  the  tip  of  the  snout  to  the  gape. 

North  Sea  beaked  whale,  p.  82 
b.     Teeth  exceptionally  large,  located  on  bony  prominences  near  the  corner  of  the  mouth,  and  oriented 
backwards;  corners  of  mouth,  particularly  in  adult  males,  have  high-arching  contour;  flukes  to  one- 
sixth  or  one-  fifth  of  the  body  length. 

Dense-beaked  whale,  p.  80 

18.  a.      Rostrum,  if  present,  not  sharply  demarcated  from  forehead Go  to  19 

b.     Head  has  a  distinct,  though  sometimes  short  rostrum  separated  from  the  forehead  by  a  distinct  crease  angle  ...   Go  to  30 

19.  a.      Teeth  spade-shaped,  laterally  compressed  and  relatively  small;  body  to  only  about  5  feet  (1.5  m); 

22-28  teeth  in  each  upper  and  lower  jaw. 

Harbor  porpoise,  p.  150 
b.     Teeth  conical  and  sharply  pointed  (in  cross  section  circular,  or  slightly   flattened   anteroposte- 

riorly Go  to  20 

20.  a.      No  distinct  dorsal  fin;  back  marked  instead  with  small  dorsal  ridge  near  midpoint  of  back Go  to  21 

b.     Distinct  dorsal  fin,  in  middleor  forward  third  of  the  back Go  to  22 

21.  a.      8-11  teeth  in  each  upper  jaw,  8-9  in  each  lower  jaw;  body  of  young  slate  gray  or  brownish,  adults 

white;  short  broad  rostrum. 

Beluga,  p.  99 
b.      No  visible  teeth  (or  two  teeth)  in  upper  jaw  of  adults  only;  in  males  and  sometimes  females  one  or  both 
of  these  may  grow  up  to  9-foot  (2.7-m)  tusk  in  left-hand  (sinestral)  spiral;  no  rostrum. 

Narwhal,  p.  102 

'  By  feeling  bet  ween  the  lower  jaws  on  the  ventral  surface  and  moving  the  finger  forward  towards  the  tip  of  the  snout,  one  can  feet  the  point  at  which  the 
two  lower  jaws  become  united  (called  the  symphysis).  This  location  is  an  important  reference  point  in  distinguishing  among  the  species  separated  in 
paragraphs  14.  15.  and  16. 


166 


22.  a.      Head  long  and  conical Go  to  23 

b.     Head  blunt Go  to  24 

23.  a.      20-27  teeth  in  each  upper  and  lower  jaw;  crowns  of  teeth  often  marked  with  many  fine  vertical 

wrinkles;  body  to  about  8  feet  (2.4  m). 

Rough-toothed  dolphin,  p.  135 
b.      26-35  teeth  in  each  upper  and  lower  jaw;  teeth  smooth;  body  to  about  5.6  feet  (1.7  m);  distribution 
restricted  to  northern  coast  of  South  America,  in  the  Guianas,  and  adjacent  eastward  territory 
of  Venezuela. 

Guiana  dolphin,  p.  132 

24.  a.      Teeth  usually  at  front  end  of  lower  jaw  only,  2-7  pairs  (rarely  teeth  in  upper  jaw);  all  teeth  may  have 

fallen  out  of  the  lower  jaw  of  older  specimens  or  may  be  extensively  worn;  forehead  with  median 
crease;  dorsal  fin  tall  and  distinct  to  15  inches  (38. 1  cm);  body  to  13  feet  (4.0  m). 

Grampus,  p.  96 
b.     Teeth  in  both  upper  and  lower  jaws,  7  or  more  pairs,  forehead  with  no  median  crease Go  to  25 

25.  a.      Flippers  large  and  paddle-shaped,  ovate,  and  rounded  on  the  distal  end;  dorsal  fin  tall  and  erect  to 

6  feet  (1.8  m)  in  males  and  3  feet  (0.9  m)  in  females;  10-12  teeth  in  each  jaw;  teeth  to  1  inch  (2.5  cm)  in 
diameter. 

Killer  whale,  p.  84 
b.     Flippers  long  and  pointed Go  to  26 

26.  a.      Dorsal  fin  located  in  forward  one- third  of  body,  very  broad  at  the  base;  head  bulbous. 

(Pilotwhale) Goto27 

b.     Dorsal  fin  located  near  midpoint  of  back;  headlong Go  to  28 

27.  a.      Flippersone-fifthof  body  length,  or  more. 

Atlantic  pilot  whale,  p.  91 
b.     Flippers  one-sixth  of  body  length,  or  less. 

Short-finned  pilot  whale,  p.  94 

28.  a.      Flipper  has  distinctive  hump  on  forward  margin;  8-11  prominent  teeth  curved  backwards  and 

inwards,  in  each  upper  and  lower  jaw. 

False  killer  whale,  p.  88 
b.      Flipper  lacks  distinctive  hump  on  forward  margin;  10-25  teeth  in  each  upper  and  lower  jaw Go  to  29 

29.  a.      8-13  teeth  in  each  jaw. 

Pygmy  killer  whale,  p.  138 
b.     20-25  teeth  in  each  upper  jaw,  21-24  teeth  in  each  lower  jaw. 

Many-toothed  blackfish,  p.  142 

30.  a.      Beak  short,  usually  less  than  about  1  inch  (2.5  cm) ' Go  to  31 

b.     Beak  more  than  1  inch  (2.5  cm)   Go  to  33 

31.  a.      Flippers  very  short;  dorsal  fin  small  and  triangular;  38-44  teeth  in  each  jaw;  body  to  at  least  8  feet  (2. 4 

ml;  distinct  black  stripe  from  beak  to  area  of  anus;  in  profile  beak  shows  very  little  separation  from 
forehead. 

Fraser's  dolphin,  p.  120    ■ 
b.     Flippers  long  relative  to  body  length;  dorsal  fin  tall  and  distinctly  falcate;  22-40  teeth  in  each  jaw;  in 

profile,  beak  shows  distinct  separation  from  forehead.  {Lagenorkynchus  sp.) Go  to  32 

32.  a.      22-28  teeth  in  each  jaw;  dorsal  fin  all  black;  body  to  about  10  feet  (3. 1  m). 

White-beaked  dolphin,  p.  126 
b.     30-40  teeth  in  each  jaw  (some  animals  have  greater  number  in  upper  than  in  lower  jaw);  dorsal  fin 
part  gray,  part  black;  body  to  about  9  feet  (2.7  m). 

Atlantic  white-sided  dolphin,  p.  123 

33.  a.      20-26  teeth  in  the  upper  jaws;  18-24  in  the  lower  jaws;  body  to  12  feet  (3.7  m);  teeth  may  be 

extensively  worn. 

Atlantic  bottlenosed  dolphin,  p.  128 

b.      26  or  more  teeth  in  both  upper  and  lower  jaws  Go  to  34 

167 


34.  a.      29-36  teeth  in  each  upper  jaw;  28-36  in  each  lower  jaw. 

(Spotted  dolphins) Go  to  35 

b.      More  than  40  teeth  in  each  upper  and  lower  jaw Go  to  36 

NOTE:  Characters  in  paragraph  35  are  usable  only  on  fresh  specimens.  Spotted  dolphins  in  advanced  stages  of 
decomposition  can  be  distinguished  only  with  museum  preparation  and  examination. 

35.  a.      Bridle  present  (dark  lines  from  eye  to  rostrum  and  from  flippers  to  corner  of  mouth);  cape  on  head 

distinct;  no  spinal  blaze. 

Bridled  dolphin,  p.  108 
b.      Bridle  absent  though  there  is  a  light  line  from  the  flipper  to  the  eye;  cape  indistinct;  spinal  blaze. 

Atlantic  spotted  dolphin,  p.  104 

36.  a.      From  46-65  small,  sharply  pointed  teeth;  body  dark  gray  on  back,  tan  to  light  gray  on  sides,  white 

on  belly;  beak  dark  gray  or  black  above,  white  below,  and  often  black-tipped;  body  to  about  7  feet 
(2.1m). 

Spinner  dolphin,  p.  110 
b.     From  40  to  50  teeth  in  each  upper  and  lower  jaw Go  to  37 

37.  a.      Body  to  9  feet  (2.7  m);  black  to  dark  gray  on  back,  gray  on  sides,  white  on  belly;  distinctive  black 

stripes  from  eye  to  anus,  eye  to  flipper,  and  dark  dorsal  coloration  to  side  above  flipper. 

Striped  dolphin,  p.  113 
b.      Body  to  8.5  feet  (2.6  m)  but  usually  less  than  7.5  feet  (2.3  m);  body  dark  on  back  with  light  thoracic 
patch  and  crisscross  or  hourglass  pattern  on  side;  black  stripe  from  middle  of  lower  jaw  to  origin 
of  flipper. 

Saddleback  dolphin,  p.  116 


168 


APPENDIX  D 
RECORDING  AND  REPORTING  DATA  ON  STRANDED  CETACEANS 


So  that  measurements  of  cetaceans  taken  at  different 
times  and  at  widely  divergent  locations  can  be  compared,  the 
measurements  and  the  methods  of  taking  them  have  been 
standardized,  although  there  is  still  some  disagreement 
about  which  of  the  measurements  are  most  important.  The 
data  form  located  at  the  end  of  this  guide,  usable  on  both 
baleen  and  toothed  whales,  includes  all  the  measurements 
routinely  taken  by  cetologists  plus  a  few  new  ones  the  authors 
consider  important.  The  form  and  the  directions  for  taking 
measurements  are  synthesized  from  those  currently  in  use  by 
the  Naval  Undersea  Center,  San  Diego;  the  Fisheries 
Research  Board  of  Canada;  the  University  of  Rhode  Island; 
the  University  of  Florida;  the  U.S.  National  Museum, 
Washington,  D.C.;  and  the  National  Marine  Fisheries 
Service,  La  Jolla,  Calif. 


Data  on  stranded  cetaceans  should  be  collected  by 
someone  experienced  in  handling  and  measuring  cetaceans. 
The  legal  problems  associated  with  collection  of  a  specimen 
are  discussed  in  Appendix  C.  In  addition  to  having  a  permit  or 
knowing  how  to  obtain  permission  to  collect  the  specimen, 
persons  active  in  cetacean  research  will  usually  have  access  to 
laboratory  facilities  where  in-depth  studies,  including 
postmortem  examinations  and  collection  of  tissues  for 
specialized  laboratory  examinations,  can  be  conducted. 
Furthermore,  specialized  equipment,  and  the  number  of 
steps  required  to  do  a  complete  job  with  the  specimen,  make 
the  procedure  prohibitive  for  most  noncetologists.  Diligent 
attempts  should  be  made  to  contact  one  of  the  institutions 
listed  in  Appendix  E.  If  no  one  is  available  and  no  permit  or 
approval  is  obtainable,  you  are  limited  to  photographing, 


37         36 


35 


17 


> 


J^^' 

■     !■ 

1 

r — 10- 

— ^ 

^/3o/l| 

9- 

1 

i-^si-^^^^L. 

-14-1 

/f<^l 

/      \ 

'  '  \ 

ry-^*^ 

} 

,£::;^^;^ 

1    U^-? 

'J 

40 

— f 

;ii 

Ji- 

^ 

'     1     1    1 
'      1     1    ' 
1      1     1    1 

13 

12   11  8 

7 

e       ,^ 

3 

o 

1 

FLIPPER 


FLUKES  BLOWHOLES         UROGEN I TAL  SLI  T(S) 

Appendix  Figure  Dl.  — Locations  and  details  of  important  measurements. 


169 


sketching,  and  measuring  the  specimen  without  removing 
the  carcass  or  any  part  of  the  carcass  from  the  beach. 

Any  person  taking  data  on  stranded  cetaceans  should 
follow  the  instructions  itemized  below,  being  careful  to  take 
measurements  in  the  manner  prescribed  and  to  record  data  in 
as  much  detail  as  possible. 


1.  Specimens  should  be  preserved  in  10%  neutral 
Formalin,  except  for  the  stomach  contents,  which  should  be 
kept  in  70%  ethyl  or  40%  isopropyl  alcohol,  or  be  frozen. 
Commercial  rubbing  alcohol  will  suffice.  As  a  minimum,  the 
head,  flippers,  and  reproductive  tract  should  be  preserved.  If 
no  other  method  of  handling  the  specimen  is  available,  and 
only  as  a  last  resort,  it  may  be  buried  in  the  sand  well  above 
the  high  tide  line  and  carefully  marked  so  it  can  later  be 
recovered.  Burying  usually  results  in  the  loss  of  some  vital 
parts. 

2.  The  carcass  should  be  examined  for  external  parasites 
particularly  in  such  areas  as  the  blowhole(s),  the  eyes,  any 
wounds  on  the  trailing  edges  of  the  dorsal  fin,  flippers,  and 
flukes.  Occasionally  barnacles  will  be  found  on  teeth  or  baleen 
plates.  Like  the  stomach  contents,  parasites  should  be 
preserved  in  alcohol. 

3.  Photographs  and  sketches  are  a  valuable  part  of  data 
collection— views  of  the  animal(s)  from  as  many  angles  as 


possible,  and  detailed  shots  of  such  features  as  baleen  plates, 
mouth  and  teeth,  ventral  grooves,  flippers,  flukes,  and 
unusual  scars  or  coloration  should  be  included.  Including  a 
ruler  for  size  reference  may  be  helpful. 

4.  Although  scientific  data  are  usually  expressed  in  metric 
units,  measurements  should  be  taken  in  whatever  units  are 
readily  available.  All  measurements  should  be  taken  in  a 
straight  line,  as  shown  in  the  diagram,  unless  otherwise 
noted.  Measurements  which  refer  to  the  rostrum  are  taken 
from  the  tip  of  the  upper  jaw.  The  external  auditory  meatus 
(ear)  is  a  small  inconspicuous  opening  located  just  below  and 
behind  the  eye.  To  locate  the  ear  the  observer  must 
sometimes  scrape  away  some  of  the  skin  to  expose  the 
unpigmented  ear  canal  beneath  it. 

.5.  Throat  grooves  are  short  grooves  found  on  the  throat  of 
beaked  whales,  sperm  whales,  and  dwarf  sperm  whales. 
Ventral  grooves  are  long  grooves  found  only  on 
balaenopterine  whales.  Ventral  grooves  should  be  counted 
between  the  flippers. 

It  is  difficult  to  overstress  the  importance  of  data  from 
stranded  cetaceans.  For  some  species,  the  only  data  available 
have  come  from  stranded  individuals.  By  carefully  gleaning 
from  each  specimen  all  the  data  that  can  be  collected,  you  will 
make  a  valuable  addition  to  the  body  of  knowledge  on  these 
elusive  animals. 


170 


APPENDIX  E 
LIST  OF  INSTITUTIONS  TO  CONTACT  REGARDING  STRANDED  CETACEANS 


The  following  list  includes  many  of  the  institutions  in  the 
area  covered  by  this  guide,  which  are  likely  to  respond  to 
calls  about  stranded  cetaceans.  The  institutions  on  the 
mainland  are  listed  roughly  in  order  from  north  to  south, 
following  the  contour  of  the  coast.  Several  island  institutions 
and  organizations  are  also  listed. 

These  institutions  are  the  ones  that  come  to  mind  as 
having  taken  an  active  interest  in  cetacean  strandings  in  the 
recent  past.  In  addition  to  these,  almost  any  university 
biology  or  zoology  department.  State  or  Federal  conserva- 
tion agency  or  marine  laboratory,  or  local  natural  history 
museum  or  society  can  recommend  an  interested  biologist  if 
no  staff  member  is  interested.  Such  organizations  are  widely 
distributed  on  or  near  the  coasts  and  are  usually  adequately 
listed  in  local  telephone  directories. 

It  should  be  obvious  that  organizations  such  as  oceanaria 
are  the  most  likely  ones  to  be  interested  in  live  animals  on  an 
emergency  basis.  Even  so,  these  organizations  often 
cooperate  with  biologists  with  whom  they  are  familiar  and  so 
will  pick  up  dead  animals  for  them  as  well.  Conversely, 
museums  and  the  like  are  most  interested  in  the  dead  animals 
as  they  have  no  facilities  for  handling  live  ones.  Nevertheless, 
they  often  cooperate  with  institutions  equipped  to  handle  live 
animals  and  will  usually  help  in  making  arrangements  for 
picking  up  the  live  ones.  Therefore,  rather  than  the  finder's 
making  a  decision  as  to  whether  or  not  an  institution  should 
be  called  because  the  animal  is  alive  or  dead,  we  would  urge 
that  the  nearest  organization  in  the  following  list  be  contacted 
under  any  circumstances. 

Space  is  provided  at  the  end  of  the  list  for  additions  of 
contacts  inadvertently  overlooked  in  compiling  this  list,  or  of 
institutions  which  come  into  being  after  its  publication. 

CANADA 


Massachusetts 

Woods  Hole  Oceanographic  Institution,  Woods  Hole. 
New  England  Ai|uarium,  Central  Wharf,  Boston. 
Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard  University, 
Cambridge. 

Rhode  Island 

Narragansett  Marine  Laboratory,  University  of  Rhode 
Island,  Kingston. 

Connecticut 

Mystic  Marine  Life  Aquarium,  Mystic. 

.New  York 

New  York  Aquarium,  Coney  Island,  Brooklyn. 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History.  Department  of 
Mammals,  New  York  City. 

New  Jersey 

Department  of  Biochemistry,  Rutgers  University,  New 

Brunswick, 
also  see  New  York. 

Delaware 

see  New  York, 
see  New  Jersey. 

Maryland 

Department  of  Pathobiology,  Johns  Hopkins  University, 

Baltimore, 
also  see  District  of  Columbia. 

District  of  Columbia 

Division  of  Mammals,  United  States  National  Museum. 


Newfoundland 

Department  of  Biology,  Memorial  University  of  New- 
foundland, St.  John's. 

Nova  Scotia 

Bedford  Institute,  Dartmouth. 

Departments  of  Biology,  Psychology  and/or  Physiology, 

Dalhousie  University,  Halifax. 
Nova  Scotia  Museum,  Halifax. 

Quebec 

Arctic  Unit,  Fisheries  Research  Board  of  Canada,  Ste. 
Anne  de  Bellevue. 

Ontario 

Department  of  Zoology,  University  of  Guelph,  Guelph. 

UNITED  STATES 

Maine 

see  Massachusetts. 

New  Hampshire 

see  Massachusetts. 


Virginia 

Virginia  Institute  of  Marine  Science,  Gloucester  Point. 
also  see  District  of  Columbia. 

North  Carolina 

Duke  Marine  Laboratory,  Beaufort. 
Institute  of  Fisheries  Research,  University  of  North 
Carolina,  Morehead  City. 

South  Carolina 

Charleston  Museum,  Charleston. 

Grice  Marine  Biological  Laboratory,  College  of  Charles- 
ton, Charleston. 

Georgia 

The  Georgia  Conservancy,  The  Clusky  Building,    127 

Abercorn  Street,  Savannah. 
University  of  Georgia  Marine  Institute,  Sapelo  Island 

(Darien). 

Florida 

Marineland  of  Florida,  St.  Augustine 
University  of  Florida   Biocommunication   and   Marine 
Mammal  Research  Facility,  St.  Augustine. 


171 


Ocean  World,  Ft.  Lauderdale. 

Wometco  Miami  Seaquarium,  Miami. 

University  of  Miami  School  of  Marine  and  Atmospheric 

Sciences,  Miami. 
Sea  World,  Orlando. 
Mote  Marine  Laboratory,  Placida. 
Mote  Marine  Laboratory,  Sarasota. 
A(|uatarium,  St.  Petersburg  Beach. 
Florida's  Gulfarium,  Ft.  Walton  Beach. 

Alabama 

see  Florida  (Florida's  Gulfarium). 
see  Mississippi. 

Mississippi 

Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory,  Ocean  Springs. 

Louisiana 

Museum  of  Natural  Science,  Louisiana  State  University, 

Baton  Rouge. 
Marine  Life  Park,  Gulfport. 

Texas 

Sea-Arama  Marineworld,  Galveston. 

Department  of  Wildlife  and  Fisheries  Sciences,  Texas 

A&M  University,  College  Station. 
Department  of  Zoology,  University  of  Corpus  Christi, 

Corpus  Christi. 
University  of  Texas,   Marine  Science  Institute,   Port 

Aransas. 

Puerto  Rico 

Commercial  Fisheries  Laboratory,  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Commonwealth  of  Puerto  Rico,  Maya- 
guez. 


Department  of  Agriculture,  Commonwealth  of  Puerto 
Rico,  Santurce  (San  Juan). 

Virgin  Islands 

Caribbean  Research  Institute,  Red  Hook,  St.  Thomas. 


OTHERS 

Mexico 

Instituto      Nacionale      de      Investigaciones      Biologia 

Pesquera,  Division  de  Vertebrados  Marinos,  Mexico 

7,  D.F. 
also  see  Texas. 

Venezuela 

Universidad  de  Oriente,   Nucleo  de  Nueva   Esparta, 
Isla  Margarita. 

Jamaica 

Department  of  Zoology,  University  of  the  West  Indies, 

Mona  (Kingston). 
Science  Museum,  Institute  of  Jamaica,  Kingston. 

Bahamas 

Lerner  Marine  Laboratory,  Bimini. 

Nassau  Aquarium,  Nassau,  New  Providence. 

Bermuda 

Bermuda  Biological  Station,  St.  George's. 
Government  Aquarium  and  Museum,  Flatts. 


Cuba 


Laboratorio   de    Vertebrados,    Instituto   de    Biologia, 
Academie  de  Ciencias  de  Cuba,  Havana. 


172 


SIGHTING  INFORMATION 

DATE  AND  LOCAL  TIME LOCATION 

WEATHER  CONDITIONS 


OCEANOGRAPHIC  CONDITIONS 


SPECIES NUMBER  OF  ANIMAL(S) 

HEADING  OF  ANIMAL(S) SPEED  OF  ANIMAL(S)  _ 

(MAGNETIC)  (KNOTS) 


ASSOCIATED  ORGANISMS 


TAGS  OR  UNUSUAL  MARKINGS 


CHARACTERISTICS  OBSERVED  WHICH  RESULTED  IN  SPECIES  IDENTIFICATION 


BEHAVIOR  OF  ANIMAL(S) 


SKETCHES 


PHOTOS  AVAILABLE     YES NO. 

ADDITIONAL  REMARKS 


NAME  AND  ADDRESS  OF  OBSERVER  (SHIP  OR  A/C) 


173 


SPECIES. 


CETACEAN  DATA  RECORD 

SEX LENGTH. 


DATE/TIME  STRANDED. 


LOCATION  OF  COLLECTION 


OBSERVER  NAME/ADDRESS 
SPECIMEN  SENT  TO 


.WEIGHT 


J) ATE/TIME  DATA  COLLECTED . 


Straight  line  parallel 
to  the  body  axis 


Point  to  point 


MEASUREMENTS: 

1 .  Tip  of  upper  jaw  to  deepest  part  of  fluke  notch 

2 .  Tip  of  upper  jaw  to  center  of  anus 

3.  Tip  of  upper  jaw  to  center  of  genital  slit 

4 .  Tip  of  lower  jaw  to  end  of  ventral  grooves 

5.  Tip  of  upper  jaw  to  center  of  umbilicus 

6.  Tipof  upper  jaw  to  top  of  dorsal  fin 

7 .  Tip  of  upper  jaw  to  leading  edge  of  dorsal  fin 

8a.  Tip  of  upper  jaw  to  anterior  insertion  of  flipper  (right) 

b.  Tip  of  upper  jaw  to  anterior  insertion  of  flipper  (left) 
9.     Tip  of  upper  jaw  to  center  of  blowhole(s) 
10 .     Tip  of  upper  jaw  to  anterior  edge  of  blowhole(s ) 
11a.  Tip  of  upper  jaw  to  auditory  meatus  (right) 

b.  Tipof  upper  jaw  to  auditory  meatus  (left) 
12a.  Tip  of  upper  jaw  to  center  of  eye  (right) 
b.  Tipof  upper  jaw  to  center  of  eye  (left) 

13.  Tipof  upper  jaw  to  angle  of  gape 

14.  Tipof  upper  jaw  to  apex  of  melon 

15.  Rostrum  -  maximum  width 

16.  Throat  grooves  -  length 


174 


Straight  line  parallel 

to  the  body  axi§  Point  to  point 


17.  Projectionof  lower  jaw  beyond  upper  (if  reverse,  so  state) 

18.  Center  of eye  to  center  of eye 
19a.  Height  of  eye  (right) 

b.  Height  of  eye  (left) 
20a.  Length  of  eye  (right) 

b.  Length  of  eye  (left) 
21a.  Centerof  eye toangleof  gape  (right) 

b.  Centerofeyetoangleof  gape  (left) 
22a.  Center  of  eye  to  external  auditory  meatus  (right) 

b.  Center  of  eye  to  external  auditory  meatus  (left) 
23a.  Centerof  eye  to  center  of  blowhole  (right) 

b.  Centerof  eye  to  center  of  blowhole  (left) 

24.  Blowhole  length 

25.  Blowhole  width 

26.  Flipper  width  (right) 

27.  Flipper  width  (left) 

28a.  Flipper  length  -  tip  to  anterior  insertion  (right) 
b.  Flipper  length  -  tip  to  anterior  insertion  (left) 

29a.  Flipper  length  -  tip  to  axilla  (right) 
b.  Flipper  length  -  tip  to  axilla  (left) 

30.  Dorsal  fin  height 

31.  Dorsal  fin  base 

32.  Fluke  span 

33.  Fluke  width 

34.  Fluke  depth  of  notch 

175 


Straight  line  parallel 
to  the  body  axis 


Point  to  point 


35.  Notch  of  flukes  to  center  of  anus 

36 .  Notch  of  flukes  to  center  of  genital  aperture 

37.  Notch  of  flukes  to  umbilicus 

38 .  Notch  of  flukes  to  nearest  point  on  leading  edge  of  flukes 

39.  Girth  at  anus 

40.  Girth  at  axilla 

41.  Girth  at  eye 

42.  Girth cm  in  front  of  notch  of  flukes 

43a.  Blubber  thickness  (middorsal) 

b.  Blubber  thickness  (lateral) 

c.  Blubber  thickness  (midventral) 

44 .  Width  of  head  at  post-orbital  process  of  frontals 

45.  Tooth  counts:  right  upper 

right  lower  

left  upper     

left  lower     

46.  Baleen  counts:  right  upper 

left  upper    


47.  Baleen  plates,  length  longest 

48.  Baleen  plates,  no.  bristles/cm  over  5  cm 
49a.  Mammary  slit  length  (right) 

b.  Mammary  slit  length  (left) 

50.  Genital  slit  length 

51.  Anal  slit  length 


176 


U.S.  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OPFICE:  1976-697-530/102     REGION   10 


:i70.  Collecting  and  processing  data  oil  fish  eggs  and  larvae  in  the  I'alifornia 
Current  region.  Bv  David  Kramer.  Mary  .1.  Kalin.  Klizaheth  G.  Stevens. 
James  R.  Thrailkili.  and  James  R.  Zweifel.  November  1972.  iv  +  38  p.,  38 
figs..  2  tables.  For  sale  hy  the  Superintendent  of  Documents.  I'.S.  Govern 
menl  Printing  Office.  Washington,  D.C.  20402. 

371.  Ocean  fisherv  management:  DiMftssions  and  research.  By  .Adam  .\. 
Sokoloski  leditorl.  li"  papers.  24  authors. I  .-ipril  1973.  vi  +  173  p..  :i8  figs.. 
.'J2  tables,  7  appendix  tables. 

372.  Fishery  publications,  calendar  year  1971:  Lists  and  indexes.  By  Thomas 
A.  Manar.  October  1972.  iv  +  24  p..  1  fig.  For  sale  hy  the  Superintendent  of 
Documents.  CS.  Ciovernment   Printing  Office.  Washington.  D.C.  20402. 

374.  Marine  flora  and  fauna  of  the  northeastern  I'nited  States.  Annelida: 
Oligochaela.  By  David  G.  Cook  and  Ralph  O.  Brinkhurst.  May  1973,  ui  +  23 
p.,  82  figs.  For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents.  CS,  Government 
I'rinling  Office.  Washington.   D.C.  20402. 

37.5.  New  Poiychaeta  from  Beaufort,  with  a  key  to  all  species  recorded  from 
North  Carolina.  By  John  H.  Day.  July  1973,  xiii  +  140  p,.  18  figs.,  1  table. 
For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing 
Office,  Washington,  D.C.  20402. 

376.  Bottom  water  temperatures  on  the  continental  shelf,  Nova  Scotia  to 
New  Jersey.  By  John  B.  Colton.  Jr.  and  Ruth  R.  Stoddard,  June  1973.  iii  + 
.5,5  p..  15  figs..  12  appendix  tables.  For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of 
Documents,  CS.  Government   Printing  Office,  Washington.   D.C,  20402, 

377.  Fisherv  publications,  calendar  year  1970:  Lists  and  indexes.  By  Mary 
Ellen  Engett  and  Lee  C.  Thorson.  December  1972,  iv  +  34  p..  1  fig.  For  sale 
by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office. 
W,ishington.  DC,  20402. 

378.  Marine  .'lora  and  fauna  of  the  northeastern  I'nited  States.  Protozoa: 
Ciliophora.  By  .Arthur  C.  Borror.  September  1973.  iii  +  62  p..  5  fig^.  For  sale 
by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  CS.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington.  DC.  20402. 


:I8I.  fishery  publications,  calendar  year  1967:  Lists  and  indexes.  By  Lee  C, 
Thorson  and  Mary  Ellen  Engett.  July  1973,  iv  +  22  p.,  1  fig.  For  sale  by  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents.  CS.  Government  Printing  Office.  Washington. 
D.C.  20402, 

:iH->.  Fisherv  publications,  calendar  year  1966:  Lists  and  indexes.  By  Mary 
Ellen  Engett  and  Lee  C.  Thorson.  Juiy  1973,  iv  +  19  p.,  1  fig.  For  sale  by 
Ihe  Superintendent  of  Documents.  CS.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washing 
ton.  D.C,  20402. 

;tK:i.  FisherN  publications,  calendar  year  1965:  Lists  and  indexes.  By  Lee  C, 
Thorson  and  M:iry  Ellen  Engett  July'l97:!.  iv  +  12  p..  1  fig.  For  sale  by  the 
.•-aperintendenl  of  D<K-uments.  IS  Government  Printing  Office.  Washing 
ion.   DC,   20102. 

;184.       Marine  flora  and  fauna  of  the  northeastern  Cnited  States.  Higher  plants 

of  the  marine  fringe.    By    Edwin  T.  Moul.    September    1973,    iii   +    60   p.,    109 

figs.  For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing 
Office.  Washington.  DC,  20402. 

;185.  Fishery  publications,  calendar  year  1972:  Lists  and  indexes.  By  Lee  C. 
Thorson  and  Mary  Ellen  Engett.  November  1973.  iv  +  23  p.,  1  fig.  For  sale 
b\  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  CS.  Government  Printing  Office. 
W:ishinKlon.   D.C    20402 

:JH6.  Miirine  Flora  and  fauna  of  the  northeastern  United  States.  Pycnogo- 
nida.  By  Lawrence  R.  MctMoskey.  September  1973.  iii  +  12  p,.  1  fig.  For 
sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
W.ishinglon.  DC    20402, 

;i87-  Marine  flora  and  fauna  of  the  northeastern  United  States.  Crustacea: 
Stomatopoda.  By  Raymond  B.  Manning.  February  1974,  iii  +  6  p.,  10  figs.  For 
sale  bv  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office. 
W.tshington.  D.C,   20402. 

.'IHH,  Proceedings  of  the  first  CS.  Japan  meeting  on  aquaculture  at  Tokyo, 
Japan.  October  18  19.  1971,  William  N,  Shaw  (editorl.  (18  papers.  14  authors.) 
February  1974.  iii  +  1,33  p.  For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Document*. 
CS.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington.  D.C,  20402. 


379.  Fisherv  publications,  calendar  vear  1969:  Lists  and  indexes.  Bv  Lee  C. 
Thorson  and  Mary  Ellen  Engett.  April  1973.  iv  +  31  p.,  1  fig.  For  sale  by 
the  Superintendent  of  Documents.  CS.  Government  Printing  Office.  Washing 
ton.  D.C.  20402. 


;JS9.  Marine  flora  and  fauna  of  the  northeastern  United  States.  Crustacea: 
Decapoda.  By  Austin  B.  Williams.  April  1974.  iii  +  ,50  p..  Ill  figs.  For  .sale 
bv  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  CS.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington,  f).C,  20402, 


:t80.  Fishery  publications,  calendar  vear  1968:  Lists  and  indexes.  By  Mary 
Ellen  Engett  and  Lee  C.  Thorson.  May  1973.  iv  +  24  p.,  1  fig.  For  sale  by 
Ihe  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  f*rinting  Office.  W'ashing 
Ion.   D.C.  20402. 


390.  Fishery  publications,  calendar  year  1973:  Lists  and  indexes.  By  Mary 
Ellen  Engett  and  Lee  C.  Thorson.  September  1974.  iv  +  14  p.,  1  fig.  For 
sale  by  the  .Superintendent  ot  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
W,ishinKlon,  D.C.  20402, 


UNITED   S'^ATES 
DEPARTMENT  OF  COMMERCE 

NATIONAl  OCEANIC  AND  ATMOSPHERIC  AOMINISIRATION 

NATIONAl  MARINE  FISHERIES  SERVICE 

SCIENTIFIC  PUBIICATIONS  ST..,=F 

ROOM  450 

I  107  N  E    45TH  ST 

SEATTLE,  WA  98105 


OFFICIAL  BUSINESS 


POSTAGE  ANDFE 
U  S   DEPARTMENT  OF  COI 
COM. 21 


>OV-^TIO/v 


'■^^6-191^ 


AMERICAS 
FIRST  INDUSTRY